There is a race condition that can occur if EMAC interrupts are
enabled when phy_disconnect() is called. phy_disconnect() sets
adjust_link to NULL. When an interrupt occurs, the ISR might
call phy_mac_interrupt(), which wakes up the workqueue function
phy_state_machine(). This function might reference adjust_link,
thereby causing a null pointer exception.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI devices that are 64-bit DMA capable should set the coherent
DMA mask as well as the streaming DMA mask. On some architectures,
these are managed separately, and so the coherent DMA mask will be
left at its default value of 32 if it is not set explicitly. This
results in errors such as
r8169 Gigabit Ethernet driver 2.3LK-NAPI loaded
hwdev DMA mask = 0x00000000ffffffff, dev_addr = 0x00000080fbfff000
swiotlb: coherent allocation failed for device 0000:02:00.0 size=4096
CPU: 0 PID: 1062 Comm: systemd-udevd Not tainted 4.8.0+ #35
Hardware name: AMD Seattle/Seattle, BIOS 10:53:24 Oct 13 2016
on systems without memory that is 32-bit addressable by PCI devices.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Oifo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma qedr RoCE driver from Doug Ledford:
"Early on in the merge window I mentioned I had a backlog of new
drivers waiting to be reviewed and that, in addition to the hns-roce
driver, I wanted to get possible a couple more reviewed. I ended up
only having the time to complete one of the additional drivers.
During Dave Miller's pull request this go around, there were a series
of 9 patches to the QLogic qed net driver that add basic support for a
paired RoCE driver. That support is currently not functional because
it is missing the matching RoCE driver in the RDMA subsystem. I
managed to finish that review. However, because it goes against part
of Dave's net pull, and a part that was accepted a day or two after
the merge window opened, to apply cleanly it has to be applied to
either the tip of Dave's net branch, or as I did in this case, I just
applied it to your master after you had taken Dave's pull request."
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma:
qedr: Add events support and register IB device
qedr: Add GSI support
qedr: Add LL2 RoCE interface
qedr: Add support for data path
qedr: Add support for memory registeration verbs
qedr: Add support for QP verbs
qedr: Add support for PD,PKEY and CQ verbs
qedr: Add support for user context verbs
qedr: Add support for RoCE HW init
qedr: Add RoCE driver framework
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
- Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
- Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=PmmI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This merge window was the first where Huawei had to try and coordinate
their patches between their net driver and their new roce driver
(similar to mlx4 and mlx5).
They didn't do horribly, but there were some issues (and we knew that
because they simply didn't know what to do in the beginning). As a
result, I had a set of patches that depended on some patches that
normally would have come to you via Dave's tree. Those patches have
been on netdev@ for a while, so I got Dave to give me his approval to
send them to you. As such, the other 29 patches I had behind them are
also now ready to go.
This catches the hns and hns-roce drivers up to current, and for
future patches we are working with them to get them up to speed on how
to do joint driver development so that they don't have these sorts of
cross tree dependency issues again. BTW, Dave gave me permission to
add his Acked-by: to the patches against the net tree, but I've had
this branch through 0day (but not linux-next since it was off by
itself) and I didn't want to rebase the series just to add Dave's ack
for the 8 patches in the net area.
Updates to the hns drivers:
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
- Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
- Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver"
* tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (36 commits)
IB/hns: Fix for removal of redundant code
IB/hns: Delete the redundant lines in hns_roce_v1_m_qp()
IB/hns: Fix the bug when platform_get_resource() exec fail
IB/hns: Update the rq head when modify qp state
IB/hns: Cq has not been freed
IB/hns: Validate mtu when modified qp
IB/hns: Some items of qpc need to take user param
IB/hns: The Ack timeout need a lower limit value
IB/hns: Return bad wr while post send failed
IB/hns: Fix bug of memory leakage for registering user mr
IB/hns: Modify the init of iboe lock
IB/hns: Optimize code of aeq and ceq interrupt handle and fix the bug of qpn
IB/hns: Delete the sqp_start from the structure hns_roce_caps
IB/hns: Fix bug of clear hem
IB/hns: Remove unused parameter named qp_type
IB/hns: Simplify function of pd alloc and qp alloc
IB/hns: Fix bug of using uninit refcount and free
IB/hns: Remove parameters of resize cq
IB/hns: Remove unused parameters in some functions
IB/hns: Add node_guid definition to the bindings document
...
wlcore
* fix a double free regression causing hard to track crashes
rtl8xxxu
* fix driver reload issues, a memory leak and an endian bug
rtlwifi
* fix a major regression introduced in 4.9 with firmware loading on
certain hardware
ath10k
* fix regression about broken cal_data debugfs file (since 4.7)
ath9k
* revert temperature compensation for AR9003+ devices, it was causing
too much problems
ath6kl
* add Dell OEM SDIO I/O for the Venue 8 Pro
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYAIKDAAoJEG4XJFUm622b7IcH/iV/mLuZ0Nyh7tsNeSElTjVc
AEFUdcxVRjM96n9K8AcHZVFqCSMggibOgulGiwHO48DLWOhOdzhffn3GZaRbHTbL
5o3d527R1kvx+UP8KIFF5MHjagMEC3/AYi417/DiCGH0BM6UcFPFxXOOWePiG0ov
Lz14xi/8AUrOnREc3TzvDsRUaI2VO3vvXq+IQtMwQBmtczeaKwjjw/RsqkCdkD70
yqiZVO7FJ3mDH1ybxmkbhlAklG7p9x01e3+gRbnKdEqYiaoYUrRGNE5wq00fuFBU
Xa3vbQa22csD2ShGHtPnZ6kg4X/q2gLmxNWl6M5TVvwUVD313AQepIcnTiHnwro=
=TI3A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-10-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.9
wlcore
* fix a double free regression causing hard to track crashes
rtl8xxxu
* fix driver reload issues, a memory leak and an endian bug
rtlwifi
* fix a major regression introduced in 4.9 with firmware loading on
certain hardware
ath10k
* fix regression about broken cal_data debugfs file (since 4.7)
ath9k
* revert temperature compensation for AR9003+ devices, it was causing
too much problems
ath6kl
* add Dell OEM SDIO I/O for the Venue 8 Pro
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check answers from USB stack and avoid re-sending the request
multiple times if the device does not respond.
This fixes the following problem, observed with a probably flaky adapter.
[62108.732707] usb 1-3: new high-speed USB device number 5 using xhci_hcd
[62108.914421] usb 1-3: New USB device found, idVendor=0b95, idProduct=7720
[62108.914463] usb 1-3: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
[62108.914476] usb 1-3: Product: AX88x72A
[62108.914486] usb 1-3: Manufacturer: ASIX Elec. Corp.
[62108.914495] usb 1-3: SerialNumber: 000001
[62114.109109] asix 1-3:1.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized):
Failed to write reg index 0x0000: -110
[62114.109139] asix 1-3:1.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized):
Failed to send software reset: ffffff92
[62119.109048] asix 1-3:1.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized):
Failed to write reg index 0x0000: -110
...
Since the USB timeout is 5 seconds, and the operation is retried 30 times,
this results in
[62278.180353] INFO: task mtpd:1725 blocked for more than 120 seconds.
[62278.180373] Tainted: G W 3.18.0-13298-g94ace9e #1
[62278.180383] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message.
...
[62278.180957] kworker/2:0 D 0000000000000000 0 5744 2 0x00000000
[62278.180978] Workqueue: usb_hub_wq hub_event
[62278.181029] ffff880177f833b8 0000000000000046 ffff88017fd00000 ffff88017b126d80
[62278.181048] ffff880177f83fd8 ffff880065a71b60 0000000000013340 ffff880065a71b60
[62278.181065] 0000000000000286 0000000103b1c199 0000000000001388 0000000000000002
[62278.181081] Call Trace:
[62278.181092] [<ffffffff8e0971fd>] ? console_conditional_schedule+0x2c/0x2c
[62278.181105] [<ffffffff8e094f7b>] schedule+0x69/0x6b
[62278.181117] [<ffffffff8e0972e0>] schedule_timeout+0xe3/0x11d
[62278.181133] [<ffffffff8daadb1b>] ? trace_timer_start+0x51/0x51
[62278.181146] [<ffffffff8e095a05>] do_wait_for_common+0x12f/0x16c
[62278.181162] [<ffffffff8da856a7>] ? wake_up_process+0x39/0x39
[62278.181174] [<ffffffff8e095aee>] wait_for_common+0x52/0x6d
[62278.181187] [<ffffffff8e095b3b>] wait_for_completion_timeout+0x13/0x15
[62278.181201] [<ffffffff8de676ce>] usb_start_wait_urb+0x93/0xf1
[62278.181214] [<ffffffff8de6780d>] usb_control_msg+0xe1/0x11d
[62278.181230] [<ffffffffc037d629>] usbnet_write_cmd+0x9c/0xc6 [usbnet]
[62278.181286] [<ffffffffc03af793>] asix_write_cmd+0x4e/0x7e [asix]
[62278.181300] [<ffffffffc03afb41>] asix_set_sw_mii+0x25/0x4e [asix]
[62278.181314] [<ffffffffc03b001d>] asix_mdio_read+0x51/0x109 [asix]
...
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qed* RoCE driver -
basically the ability to communicate with the qede driver and
receive notifications from it regarding various init/exit events.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds debugfs entry to show EP status information.
You can get each EP's status information like the following:
# cat /sys/kernel/debug/fjes/fjes.0/status
EPID STATUS SAME_ZONE CONNECTED
ep0 shared Y Y
ep1 - - -
ep2 unshared N N
ep3 unshared N N
ep4 unshared N N
ep5 unshared N N
ep6 unshared N N
ep7 unshared N N
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds implementation of supporting
ethtool -w and -W for fjes driver.
You can enable and disable firmware debug mode by
using ethtool -W, and also retrieve firmware
activity information by using ethtool -w.
This is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds tracepoints in fjes driver.
This is useful for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enhances ethtool -S for fjes driver so that
EP related statistics can be retrieved.
The following statistics can be displayed via ethtool -S:
ep%d_com_regist_buf_exec
ep%d_com_unregist_buf_exec
ep%d_send_intr_rx
ep%d_send_intr_unshare
ep%d_send_intr_zoneupdate
ep%d_recv_intr_rx
ep%d_recv_intr_unshare
ep%d_recv_intr_stop
ep%d_recv_intr_zoneupdate
ep%d_tx_buffer_full
ep%d_tx_dropped_not_shared
ep%d_tx_dropped_ver_mismatch
ep%d_tx_dropped_buf_size_mismatch
ep%d_tx_dropped_vlanid_mismatch
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While handling SPQ ramrod completion, there is a possible race
where driver might not read updated fw return code based on
ramrod completion done. This patch ensures that fw return code
is written first and then completion done flag is updated
using appropriate memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Malicious VFs might be caught in several different methods:
- Misusing their bar permission and being blocked by hardware.
- Misusing their fastpath logic and being blocked by firmware.
- Misusing their interaction with their PF via hw-channel,
and being blocked by PF driver.
On the first two items, firmware would indicate to driver that
the VF is to be considered malicious, but would sometime still
allow the VF to communicate with the PF [depending on the exact
nature of the malicious activity done by the VF].
The current existing logic on the PF side lacks handling of such events,
and might allow the PF to perform some incorrect configuration on behalf
of a VF that was previously indicated as malicious.
The new scheme is simple -
Once the PF determines a VF is malicious it would:
a. Ignore any further requests on behalf of the VF-driver.
b. Prevent any configurations initiated by the hyperuser for
the malicious VF, as firmware isn't willing to serve such.
The malicious indication would be cleared upon the VF flr,
after which it would become usable once again.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a ramrod is being sent for some device configuration,
the driver is going to sleep at least 5ms between each iteration
of polling on the completion of the ramrod.
However, in almost every configuration scenario the firmware
would be able to comply and complete the ramrod in a manner of
several usecs. This is especially important in cases where there
might be a lot of sequential configurations applying to the hardware
[e.g., RoCE], in which case the existing scheme might cause some
visible user delays.
This patch changes the completion scheme - instead of immediately
starting to sleep for a 'long' period, allow the device to quickly
poll on the first iteration after a couple of usecs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently qede fails to set IFF_UNICAST_FLT, and as a result is not
actually performing unicast MAC filtering.
While we're at it - relax a hard-coded limitation that limits each
interface into using at most 15 unicast MAC addresses before turning
promiscuous. Instead utilize the HW resources to their limit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to hardware limitation, when transmitting a geneve-encapsulated
packet with more than 32 bytes worth of geneve options the hardware
would not be able to crack the packet and consider it a regular UDP
packet.
This implements the ndo_features_check() in qede in order to prevent
GSO on said transmitted packets.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GSO support for GRE and UDP tunnels
where outer checksums are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hypervisors can support MAC hints to their VFs.
Even though we don't have such a hypervisor API in linux, we add
sufficient logic for the VF to be able to receive such hints and
set the mac accordingly - as long as the VF has not been set with
a MAC already.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cases where the number of tx rings is not a multiple of the number of
rx rings, the tx completion event will be handled on a different core
from the transmit and population of the ring. Races on the ring will
lead to a double-free of the page, and possibly other corruption.
The rings are initialized by default with a valid multiple of rings,
based on the number of cpus, therefore an invalid configuration requires
ethtool to change the ring layout. For instance 'ethtool -L eth0 rx 9 tx
8' will cause packets received on rx0, and XDP_TX'd to tx48, to be
completed on cpu3 (48 % 9 == 3).
Resolve this discrepancy by shifting the irq for the xdp tx queues to
start again from 0, modulo rx_ring_num.
Fixes: 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleans many of the warnings that would arise in qed as a
result of compilations with C=1; Most of those are the addition
of missing 'static' to functions, although there are several other
fixes as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qedr driver would require a tristate Kconfig option [to allow
it to compile as a module], and toward that end we've added the
INFINIBAND_QEDR option. But as we've made the compilation of the
qed/qede infrastructure required for RoCE dependent on the option
we'd be facing linking difficulties in case that QED=y or QEDE=y,
and INFINIBAND_QEDR=m.
To resolve this, we seperate between the INFINIBAND_QEDR option
and the infrastructure support in qed/qede by introducing a new
QED_RDMA option which would be selected by INFINIBAND_QEDR but would
be a boolean instead of a tristate; Following that, the qed/qede is
fixed based on this new option so that all config combinations would
be supported.
Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: add qedr framework")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smatch compains about qed_roce_ll2_tx() dereference
of the 'cdev' variable while testing its validity later.
As the validation checking is an over-kill [variable would always
be set], simply remove it.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver only has runtime but no build time dependency with FSL_SOC ||
ARCH_MXC || ARCH_LAYERSCAPE. So it can be built for testing purposes if
the COMPILE_TEST option is enabled.
This is useful to have more build coverage and make sure that the driver
is not affected by changes that could cause build regressions.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the device is registered via OF, the OF table is used to match the
driver instead of the SPI device ID table, but the entries in the later
are used as aliasses to load the module if the driver was not built-in.
This is because the SPI core always reports an SPI module alias instead
of an OF one, but that could change so it's better to always export it.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, module alias information isn't filled
so the module won't be autoloaded. Add a SPI device ID table and use the
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro so the information is exported in the module.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/wan/slic_ds26522.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/wan/slic_ds26522.ko | grep alias
alias: spi:ds26522
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Edge-Rate cleanup include the following:
- Updated device tree bindings documentation for edge-rate
- The edge-rate is now specified as a "slowdown", meaning that it is now
being specified as positive values instead of negative (both
documentation and implementation wise).
- Only explicitly documented values for "vsc8531,vddmac" and
"vsc8531,edge-slowdown" are accepted by the device driver.
- Deleted include/dt-bindings/net/mscc-phy-vsc8531.h as it was not needed.
- Read/validate devicetree settings in probe instead of init
Signed-off-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <raju.lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix various build warnings in tlan/qed/xen-netback drivers, from
Arnd Bergmann.
2) Propagate proper error code in strparser's strp_recv(), from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
3) Fix accidental broadcast of RTM_GETTFILTER responses, from Eric
Dumazret.
4) Need to use list_for_each_entry_safe() in qed driver, from Wei
Yongjun.
5) Openvswitch 802.1AD bug fixes from Jiri Benc.
6) Cure BUILD_BUG_ON() in mlx5 driver, from Tom Herbert.
7) Fix UDP ipv6 checksumming in netvsc driver, from Stephen Hemminger.
8) stmmac driver fixes from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
9) Fix access to mangled IP6CB in tcp, from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix info leaks in tipc and rtnetlink, from Dan Carpenter.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (27 commits)
net: bridge: add the multicast_flood flag attribute to brport_attrs
net: axienet: Remove unused parameter from __axienet_device_reset
liquidio: CN23XX: fix a loop timeout
net: rtnl: info leak in rtnl_fill_vfinfo()
tipc: info leak in __tipc_nl_add_udp_addr()
net: ipv4: Do not drop to make_route if oif is l3mdev
net: phy: Trigger state machine on state change and not polling.
ipv6: tcp: restore IP6CB for pktoptions skbs
netvsc: Remove mistaken udp.h inclusion.
xen-netback: fix type mismatch warning
stmmac: fix error check when init ptp
stmmac: fix ptp init for gmac4
qed: fix old-style function definition
netvsc: fix checksum on UDP IPV6
net_sched: reorder pernet ops and act ops registrations
xen-netback: fix guest Rx stall detection (after guest Rx refactor)
drivers/ptp: Fix kernel memory disclosure
net/mlx5: Add MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 to fix BUILD_BUG_ON
qmi_wwan: add support for Quectel EC21 and EC25
openvswitch: add NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX to internal dev
...
The dev parameter passed to __axienet_device_reset() is not used inside
the function, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is supposed to loop 1000 times and then give up. The problem is
it's a post-op and after the loop we test if "loop" is zero when really
it would be -1. Fix this by making it a pre-op.
Fixes: 1b7c55c453 ("liquidio: CN23XX queue manipulation")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy_start() is used to indicate the PHY is now ready to do its
work. The state is changed, normally to PHY_UP which means that both
the MAC and the PHY are ready.
If the phy driver is using polling, when the next poll happens, the
state machine notices the PHY is now in PHY_UP, and kicks off
auto-negotiation, if needed.
If however, the PHY is using interrupts, there is no polling. The phy
is stuck in PHY_UP until the next interrupt comes along. And there is
no reason for the PHY to interrupt.
Have phy_start() schedule the state machine to run, which both speeds
up the polling use case, and makes the interrupt use case actually
work.
This problems exists whenever there is a state change which will not
cause an interrupt. Trigger the state machine in these cases,
e.g. phy_error().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Kyle Roeschley <kyle.roeschley@ni.com>
Tested-by: Kyle Roeschley <kyle.roeschley@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wiht the latest rework of the xen-netback driver, we get a warning
on ARM about the types passed into min():
drivers/net/xen-netback/rx.c: In function 'xenvif_rx_next_chunk':
include/linux/kernel.h:739:16: error: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast [-Werror]
The reason is that XEN_PAGE_SIZE is not size_t here. There
is no actual bug, and we can easily avoid the warning using the
min_t() macro instead of min().
Fixes: eb1723a29b ("xen-netback: refactor guest rx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a problem when propagated the
failure of ptp_clock_register to open function.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gmac 4.x version has not extended descriptors
(that are available on 3.x instead of).
While initializing the PTP module, the advanced PTP was
enabled in case of extended descriptors. This cannot be
applied for 4.x version where only the hardware capability
register has to show if the feature is present.
Patch also adds some extra netdev_(debug/inof) to better
dump the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of qed_get_rdma_ops() is not a prototype unless
we add 'void' here, as indicated by this W=1 warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c: In function ‘qed_get_rdma_ops’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:2950:28: error: old-style function definition [-Werror=old-style-definition]
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The software calculation of UDP checksum in Netvsc driver was
only handling IPv4 case. By using skb_checksum_help() instead
all protocols can be handled. Rearrange code to eliminate goto
and look like other drivers.
This is a temporary solution; recent versions of Window Server etc
do support UDP checksum offload, just need to do the appropriate negotiation
with host to validate before using. This will be done in later patch.
Please queue this for -stable as well.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The quality of ADC entropy is 10 bits of min-entropy for
a 32-bit value, change '(((x) * 8 * 320) >> 10)' to
'(((x) * 8 * 10) >> 5)' for easier understanding.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
arvifs list is traversed within data_lock spin_lock in tasklet
context to fill channel information from the corresponding vif.
This means any access to arvifs list for add/del operations
should also be protected with the same spin_lock to avoid the
race. Fix this by performing list add/del on arvfis within the
data_lock. This could fix kernel panic something like the below.
LR is at ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x100/0xb6c [ath10k_core]
PC is at ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x1c0/0xb6c [ath10k_core]
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] PREEMPT SMP ARM
[<bf4857f4>] (ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x2f4/0xb6c [ath10k_core])
[<bf487540>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x8b4/0x1188 [ath10k_core])
[<c00312d4>] (tasklet_action+0x8c/0xec)
[<c00309a8>] (__do_softirq+0xdc/0x208)
[<c0030d6c>] (irq_exit+0x84/0xe0)
[<c005db04>] (__handle_domain_irq+0x80/0xa0)
[<c00085c4>] (gic_handle_irq+0x38/0x5c)
[<c0009640>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x74)
(gdb) list *(ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x1c0)
0x136c0 is in ath10k_htt_rx_h_channel (drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt_rx.c:769)
764 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
765
766 lockdep_assert_held(&ar->data_lock);
767
768 list_for_each_entry(arvif, &ar->arvifs, list) {
769 if (arvif->vdev_id == vdev_id &&
770 ath10k_mac_vif_chan(arvif->vif, &def) == 0)
771 return def.chan;
772 }
773
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a VIF has been ready for rx_stall_timeout (60s by default) and an
Rx ring is drained of all requests an Rx stall will be incorrectly
detected. When this occurs and the guest Rx queue is empty, the Rx
ring's event index will not be set and the frontend will not raise an
event when new requests are placed on the ring, permanently stalling
the VIF.
This is a regression introduced by eb1723a29b (xen-netback:
refactor guest rx).
Fix this by reinstating the setting of queue->last_rx_time when
placing a packet onto the guest Rx ring.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I am hitting this in mlx5:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function
reclaim_pages_cmd.clone.0:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:346: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_346 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_out, pas[i]) % 64
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function give_pages:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:291: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_291 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_in, pas[i]) % 64
Problem is that this is doing a BUILD_BUG_ON on a non-constant
expression because of trying to take offset of pas[i] in the
structure.
Fix is to create MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 that takes an additional argument
that is the field index to separate between BUILD_BUG_ON on the array
constant field and the indexed field to assign the value to.
There are two callers of MLX5_SET64 that are trying to get a variable
offset, change those to call MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 passing 'pas' and 'i'
as the arguments to use in the offset check and the indexed value
assignment.
Fixes: a533ed5e17 ("net/mlx5: Pages management commands via mlx5 ifc")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Quectel EC21 and EC25 need the same "set DTR" request as devices
based on the MDM9230 chipset, but has no USB3 support. Our best guess
is that the "set DTR" functionality depends on chipset and/or
baseband firmware generation. But USB3 is still an optional feature.
Since we cannot enable this unconditionally for all older devices, and
there doesn't appear to be anything we can use in the USB descriptors
to identify these chips, we are forced to use a device specific quirk
flag.
Reported-and-tested-by: Sebastian Sjoholm <sebastian.sjoholm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each_entry() macro aptly named
list_for_each_entry_safe().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While build testing with randconfig on x86, I ran into this warning
that appears to have been around forever
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c: In function ‘tlan_probe1’:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c:614:1: error: label ‘err_out’ defined but not used [-Werror=unused-label]
This can be trivially avoided by just moving the label into the
existing #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is useful to be able to see the hash configuration when running tests.
This patch adds a debugfs node for that purpose.
The original version of this patch (commit c0c64c1523) was reverted due
to build failures caused by a conflict with commit 0364a8824c
("xen-netback: switch to threaded irq for control ring"). This new version
of the patch is nearly identical to the original, the only difference
being that creation of the debugfs node is predicated on 'ctrl_irq' being
non-zero rather then the now non-existent 'ctrl_task'.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'ath10k_htt_rx_h_unchain' needs to be called only if the return
value from 'ath10k_htt_rx_amsdu_pop' is 1('chained msdu's'), this
change makes it more explicit and avoids doing a skb_peek, fetching
rx descriptor pointer, checking rx msdu decap format for the case of
ret = 0 (unchained msdus). Found this change during code walk through,
not sure if this addresses any issue.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
With centralized MTU checking, there's nothing productive done by
eth_change_mtu that isn't already done in dev_set_mtu, so mark it as
deprecated and remove all usage of it in the kernel. All callers have been
audited for calls to alloc_etherdev* or ether_setup directly, which means
they all have a valid dev->min_mtu and dev->max_mtu. Now eth_change_mtu
prints out a netdev_warn about being deprecated, for the benefit of
out-of-tree drivers that might be utilizing it.
Of note, dvb_net.c actually had dev->mtu = 4096, while using
eth_change_mtu, meaning that if you ever tried changing it's mtu, you
couldn't set it above 1500 anymore. It's now getting dev->max_mtu also set
to 4096 to remedy that.
v2: fix up lantiq_etop, missed breakage due to drive not compiling on x86
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface
combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211
to make the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SDIO ID 0271:0418
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Bugzilla-ID: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=67921
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 171f6402e4 ("ath9k_hw: implement temperature compensation
support for AR9003+"). Some users report that this commit causes a regression
in performance under some conditions.
Fixes: 171f6402e4 ("ath9k_hw: implement temperature compensation support for AR9003+")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.8
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve commit log]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 0b8e3c4ca2 ("ath10k: move cal data len to hw_params") broke retrieving
the calibration data from cal_data debugfs file. The length of file was always
zero. The reason is:
static ssize_t ath10k_debug_cal_data_read(struct file *file,
char __user *user_buf,
size_t count, loff_t *ppos)
{
struct ath10k *ar = file->private_data;
void *buf = file->private_data;
This is obviously bogus, private_data cannot contain both struct ath10k and the
buffer. Fix it by caching calibration data to ar->debug.cal_data. This also
allows it to be accessed when the device is not active (interface is down).
The cal_data buffer is fixed size because during the first firmware probe we
don't yet know what will be the lenght of the calibration data. It was simplest
just to use a fixed length. There's a WARN_ON() in
ath10k_debug_cal_data_fetch() if the buffer is too small.
Tested with qca988x and firmware 10.2.4.70.56.
Reported-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Fixes: 0b8e3c4ca2 ("ath10k: move cal data len to hw_params")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve commit log and minor other changes]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In commit d86e647688 ("rtlwifi: rtl818x: constify local structures"),
the configuration struct for most of the drivers was changed to be
constant. The problem is that five of the modified drivers need to be
able to update the firmware name based on the exact model of the card.
As the file names were stored in one of the members of that struct,
these drivers would fail with a kernel BUG splat when they tried to
update the firmware name.
Rather than reverting the previous commit, I used a suggestion by
Johannes Berg and made the firmware file name pointers be local to
the routines that update the software variables.
The configuration struct of rtl8192cu, which was not touched in the
previous patch, is now constantfied.
Fixes: d86e647688 ("rtlwifi: rtl818x: constify local structures")
Suggested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.8
Cc: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of building the multi-channel ops at runtime, declare
the common ops with a macro and build both that way, so that
the multi-channel ops can also be const.
As a side effect, due to the removed code, this decreases the
size of the module (while shifting data from .bss to .text
due to the newly added const).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used
to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and
make them seem to come from somewhere else.
Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in
further patches we'll start using them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true,
which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs
to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211
instead and let mac80211 call it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull uaccess.h prepwork from Al Viro:
"Preparations to tree-wide switch to use of linux/uaccess.h (which,
obviously, will allow to start unifying stuff for real). The last step
there, ie
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
`git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h`
is not taken here - I would prefer to do it once just before or just
after -rc1. However, everything should be ready for it"
* 'work.uaccess2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
remove a stray reference to asm/uaccess.h in docs
sparc64: separate extable_64.h, switch elf_64.h to it
score: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
mips: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
x86: separate extable.h, switch sections.h to it
remove stray include of asm/uaccess.h from cacheflush.h
mn10300: remove a bogus processor.h->uaccess.h include
xtensa: split uaccess.h into C and asm sides
bonding: quit messing with IOCTL
kill __kernel_ds_p off
mn10300: finish verify_area() off
frv: move HAVE_ARCH_UNMAPPED_AREA to pgtable.h
exceptions: detritus removal
The link value reported by the link status register is not
reliable when no SPF module inserted. This patchset fixes this
issue by using GPIO to determine the link status.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel source files need not include <linux/kconfig.h> explicitly
because the top Makefile forces to include it with:
-include $(srctree)/include/linux/kconfig.h
This commit removes explicit includes except the following:
* arch/s390/include/asm/facilities_src.h
* tools/testing/radix-tree/linux/kernel.h
These two are used for host programs.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1473656164-11929-1-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A good practice is to prefix the names of functions by the name
of the subsystem.
The kthread worker API is a mix of classic kthreads and workqueues. Each
worker has a dedicated kthread. It runs a generic function that process
queued works. It is implemented as part of the kthread subsystem.
This patch renames the existing kthread worker API to use
the corresponding name from the workqueues API prefixed by
kthread_:
__init_kthread_worker() -> __kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_worker() -> kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_work() -> kthread_init_work()
insert_kthread_work() -> kthread_insert_work()
queue_kthread_work() -> kthread_queue_work()
flush_kthread_work() -> kthread_flush_work()
flush_kthread_worker() -> kthread_flush_worker()
Note that the names of DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK*() macros stay
as they are. It is common that the "DEFINE_" prefix has
precedence over the subsystem names.
Note that INIT() macros and init() functions use different
naming scheme. There is no good solution. There are several
reasons for this solution:
+ "init" in the function names stands for the verb "initialize"
aka "initialize worker". While "INIT" in the macro names
stands for the noun "INITIALIZER" aka "worker initializer".
+ INIT() macros are used only in DEFINE() macros
+ init() functions are used close to the other kthread()
functions. It looks much better if all the functions
use the same scheme.
+ There will be also kthread_destroy_worker() that will
be used close to kthread_cancel_work(). It is related
to the init() function. Again it looks better if all
functions use the same naming scheme.
+ there are several precedents for such init() function
names, e.g. amd_iommu_init_device(), free_area_init_node(),
jump_label_init_type(), regmap_init_mmio_clk(),
+ It is not an argument but it was inconsistent even before.
[arnd@arndb.de: fix linux-next merge conflict]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160908135724.1311726-1-arnd@arndb.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1470754545-17632-3-git-send-email-pmladek@suse.com
Suggested-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Netfilter list handling fix, from Linus.
2) RXRPC/AFS bug fixes from David Howells (oops on call to serviceless
endpoints, build warnings, missing notifications, etc.) From David
Howells.
3) Kernel log message missing newlines, from Colin Ian King.
4) Don't enter direct reclaim in netlink dumps, the idea is to use a
high order allocation first and fallback quickly to a 0-order
allocation if such a high-order one cannot be done cheaply and
without reclaim. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix firmware download errors in btusb bluetooth driver, from Ethan
Hsieh.
6) Missing Kconfig deps for QCOM_EMAC, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
7) Fix MDIO_XGENE dup Kconfig entry. From Laura Abbott.
8) Constrain ipv6 rtr_solicits sysctl values properly, from Maciej
Żenczykowski.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (65 commits)
netfilter: Fix slab corruption.
be2net: Enable VF link state setting for BE3
be2net: Fix TX stats for TSO packets
be2net: Update Copyright string in be_hw.h
be2net: NCSI FW section should be properly updated with ethtool for BE3
be2net: Provide an alternate way to read pf_num for BEx chips
wan/fsl_ucc_hdlc: Fix size used in dma_free_coherent()
net: macb: NULL out phydev after removing mdio bus
xen-netback: make sure that hashes are not send to unaware frontends
Fixing a bug in team driver due to incorrect 'unsigned int' to 'int' conversion
MAINTAINERS: add myself as a maintainer of xen-netback
ipv6 addrconf: disallow rtr_solicits < -1
Bluetooth: btusb: Fix atheros firmware download error
drivers: net: phy: Correct duplicate MDIO_XGENE entry
ethernet: qualcomm: QCOM_EMAC should depend on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM
net: ethernet: mediatek: remove hwlro property in the device tree
net: ethernet: mediatek: get hw lro capability by the chip id instead of by the dtsi
net: ethernet: mediatek: get the chip id by ETHDMASYS registers
net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check
netlink: do not enter direct reclaim from netlink_dump()
...
Pull misc vfs updates from Al Viro:
"Assorted misc bits and pieces.
There are several single-topic branches left after this (rename2
series from Miklos, current_time series from Deepa Dinamani, xattr
series from Andreas, uaccess stuff from from me) and I'd prefer to
send those separately"
* 'work.misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (39 commits)
proc: switch auxv to use of __mem_open()
hpfs: support FIEMAP
cifs: get rid of unused arguments of CIFSSMBWrite()
posix_acl: uapi header split
posix_acl: xattr representation cleanups
fs/aio.c: eliminate redundant loads in put_aio_ring_file
fs/internal.h: add const to ns_dentry_operations declaration
compat: remove compat_printk()
fs/buffer.c: make __getblk_slow() static
proc: unsigned file descriptors
fs/file: more unsigned file descriptors
fs: compat: remove redundant check of nr_segs
cachefiles: Fix attempt to read i_blocks after deleting file [ver #2]
cifs: don't use memcpy() to copy struct iov_iter
get rid of separate multipage fault-in primitives
fs: Avoid premature clearing of capabilities
fs: Give dentry to inode_change_ok() instead of inode
fuse: Propagate dentry down to inode_change_ok()
ceph: Propagate dentry down to inode_change_ok()
xfs: Propagate dentry down to inode_change_ok()
...
- Updates to mlx5
- Updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
- Updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve, proper
resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in Linus'
tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into cxgb4_uld.c)
- Improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI area)
- Add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
- Conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue
- Security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
staging)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=LC+S
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull main rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This is the main pull request for the rdma stack this release. The
code has been through 0day and I had it tagged for linux-next testing
for a couple days.
Summary:
- updates to mlx5
- updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
- updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve,
proper resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in
Linus' tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into
cxgb4_uld.c)
- improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI
area)
- add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
- conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue
- security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
staging)"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (75 commits)
staging/lustre: Disable InfiniBand support
iw_cxgb4: add fast-path for small REG_MR operations
cxgb4: advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR
IB/core: correctly handle rdma_rw_init_mrs() failure
IB/srp: Fix infinite loop when FMR sg[0].offset != 0
IB/srp: Remove an unused argument
IB/core: Improve ib_map_mr_sg() documentation
IB/mlx4: Fix possible vl/sl field mismatch in LRH header in QP1 packets
IB/mthca: Move user vendor structures
IB/nes: Move user vendor structures
IB/ocrdma: Move user vendor structures
IB/mlx4: Move user vendor structures
IB/cxgb4: Move user vendor structures
IB/cxgb3: Move user vendor structures
IB/mlx5: Move and decouple user vendor structures
IB/{core,hw}: Add constant for node_desc
ipoib: Make ipoib_warn ratelimited
IB/mlx4/alias_GUID: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
IB/ipoib_verbs: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
IB/ipoib: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
...
The VF link state setting feature now works on BE3 chips too from
FW ver 11.1.192.0 onwards.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX stats update does not take into account headers which get duplicated
when the TSO packet is split into segments by HW. Fix this for both
tunneled (vxlan) and non-tunneled TSO packets.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the year and company name in the copyright string
in be_hw.h.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver has a check to ensure that NCSI FW section is updated only
if the current FW version in the card supports it. This FW version check
is done using memcmp() which obviously fails in some cases. Fix this by
breaking up the version string into integer version components and
comparing them.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gets the pf_num for Skyhawk and Lancer using
GET_FUNC_CONFIG FW command. But since that command is not
supported in BEx, we need to get it from some other command.
Otherwise TPE recovery would fail since all NIC PFs would
end up with a func num of 0. There's a pci function number
field in the response of GET_CNTL_ATTRIBUTES command that
can be read to get the same info for BEx adapters.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because
they rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the
shared header files in sync.
- The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been
merged for v4.9 through the clk tree.
- The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and
usb driver changes are required and included here, and also
the clk tree changes.
- The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their
clk drivers and the dts file updates must come after that.
This includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is
derived from sun5i/A13.
- Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
- A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't
added until just before the merge window
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=OmAu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC late DT updates from Arnd Bergmann:
"These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because they
rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the shared
header files in sync.
- The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been merged
for v4.9 through the clk tree.
- The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and usb
driver changes are required and included here, and also the clk
tree changes.
- The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their clk
drivers and the dts file updates must come after that. This
includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is derived
from sun5i/A13.
- Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
- A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't added
until just before the merge window"
* tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (99 commits)
ARM: dts: lpc32xx: add device node for IRAM on-chip memory
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add accelerometer to polaroid-mid2407pxe03
ARM: dts: sun8i: enable UART1 for iNet D978 Rev2 board
ARM: dts: sun8i: add pinmux for UART1 at PG
dts: sun8i-h3: add I2C0-2 peripherals to H3 SOC
dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for I2C0-2
dts: sun8i-h3: associate exposed UARTs on Orange Pi Boards
dts: sun8i-h3: split off RTS/CTS for UART1 in seperate pinmux
dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for UART2-3
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Disable EHCI1
ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a33-ga10h
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2809pxe04
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2407pxe03
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-inet86dz
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-gt90h
ARM64: dts: meson-gxbb-vega-s95: Enable USB Nodes
...
Size used with 'dma_alloc_coherent()' and 'dma_free_coherent()' should be
consistent.
Here, the size of a pointer is used in dma_alloc... and the size of the
pointed structure is used in dma_free...
This has been spotted with coccinelle, using the following script:
////////////////////
@r@
expression x0, x1, y0, y1, z0, z1, t0, t1, ret;
@@
* ret = dma_alloc_coherent(x0, y0, z0, t0);
...
* dma_free_coherent(x1, y1, ret, t1);
@script:python@
y0 << r.y0;
y1 << r.y1;
@@
if y1.find(y0) == -1:
print "WARNING: sizes look different: '%s' vs '%s'" % (y0, y1)
////////////////////
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ensure the dev->phydev pointer is not used after becoming invalid in
mdiobus_unregister, set it to NULL. This happens when removing the macb
driver without first taking its interface down, since unregister_netdev
will end up calling macb_close.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Brad Mouring <brad.mouring@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case when a frontend only negotiates a single queue with xen-
netback it is possible for a skbuff with a s/w hash to result in a
hash extra_info segment being sent to the frontend even when no hash
algorithm has been configured. (The ndo_select_queue() entry point makes
sure the hash is not set if no algorithm is configured, but this entry
point is not called when there is only a single queue). This can result
in a frontend that is unable to handle extra_info segments being given
such a segment, causing it to crash.
This patch fixes the problem by clearing the hash in ndo_start_xmit()
instead, which is clearly guaranteed to be called irrespective of the
number of queues.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When processing a REG_MR work request, if fw supports the
FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR work request, and if the page list for this
registration is <= 2 pages, and the current state of the mr is INVALID,
then use FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR to pass down a fully populated TPTE for FW
to write. This avoids FW having to do an async read of the TPTE blocking
the SQ until the read completes.
To know if the current MR state is INVALID or not, iw_cxgb4 must track the
state of each fastreg MR. The c4iw_mr struct state is updated as REG_MR
and LOCAL_INV WRs are posted and completed, when a reg_mr is destroyed,
and when RECV completions are processed that include a local invalidation.
This optimization increases small IO IOPS for both iSER and NVMF.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Query firmware for the FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_RI_FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR parameter.
If it exists and is 1, then advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR to
the ULDs.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
In MLX qp packets, the LRH (built by the driver) has both a VL field
and an SL field. When building a QP1 packet, the VL field should
reflect the SLtoVL mapping and not arbitrarily contain zero (as is
done now). This bug causes credit problems in IB switches at
high rates of QP1 packets.
The fix is to cache the SL to VL mapping in the driver, and look up
the VL mapped to the SL provided in the send request when sending
QP1 packets.
For FW versions which support generating a port_management_config_change
event with subtype sl-to-vl-table-change, the driver uses that event
to update its sl-to-vl mapping cache. Otherwise, the driver snoops
incoming SMP mads to update the cache.
There remains the case where the FW is running in secure-host mode
(so no QP0 packets are delivered to the driver), and the FW does not
generate the sl2vl mapping change event. To support this case, the
driver updates (via querying the FW) its sl2vl mapping cache when
running in secure-host mode when it receives either a Port Up event
or a client-reregister event (where the port is still up, but there
may have been an opensm failover).
OpenSM modifies the sl2vl mapping before Port Up and Client-reregister
events occur, so if there is a mapping change the driver's cache will
be properly updated.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The 8192eu suffered from two issues when reloading the driver.
The same problems as with the 8723bu where REG_RX_WAIT_CCA bits 22 and
23 didn't get set in rtl8192e_enable_rf().
In addition it also seems prone to issues when setting REG_RF_CTRL to
0 intead of just disabling the RF_ENABLE bit. Similar to what was
causing issues with the 8188eu.
With this patch I can successfully reload the driver and reassociate
to an APi with an 8192eu dongle.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.8+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The generic disable_rf() function clears bits 22 and 23 in
REG_RX_WAIT_CCA, however we did not re-enable them again in
rtl8723b_enable_rf()
This resolves the problem for me with 8723bu devices not working again
after reloading the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The full RX descriptor is converted so converting tsfl again would
return it to it's original endian value.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.8+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A device running without RX package aggregation could return more data
in the USB packet than the actual network packet. In this case we
could would clone the skb but then determine that that there was no
packet to handle and exit without freeing the cloned skb first.
This has so far only been observed with 8188eu devices, but could
affect others.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.8+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
An extra entry for MDIO_XGENE got added during merging.
Delete it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `emac_probe':
emac.c:(.text+0x3780b8): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x3780e2): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x378112): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x378146): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x37816e): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
drivers/built-in.o:emac.c:(.text+0x37819a): more undefined references to `bad_dma_ops' follow
If NO_IOMEM=y:
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c: In function ‘emac_remove’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c:736:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘iounmap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
iounmap(adpt->phy.digital);
^
Add dependencies on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because hw lro started to be supported from MT7623, the proper way to check if
the feature is capable is to judge by the chip id instead of by the dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gets the chip id by ETHSYS_CHIPID0_3/ETHSYS_CHIPID4_7 registers
in mtk_probe().
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the conversion to the feature flags, a check against
ci->id != BCMA_CHIP_ID_BCM47162
became
bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS
instead of
!(bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS)
Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wake-on-LAN (WoL) is an Ethernet networking standard that allows
a computer/device to be turned on or awakened by a network message.
VSC8531 PHY can support this feature configure by driver set function.
WoL status get by driver get function.
Tested on Beaglebone Black with VSC 8531 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to enable CPSW RGMII internal delay (id mode) bits
when rgmii internal delay is configured in phy.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it. Also
fix grammer, spelling mistake and add white spaces to various
error messages.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_dbg message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows full 64K skbuffs (with 1500 mtu ethernet, composed of 45
fragments) to be handled by netback for to-guest rx.
Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of flushing the copy ops when an packet is complete, complete
packets when their copy ops are done. This improves performance by
reducing the number of grant copy hypercalls.
Latency is still limited by the relatively small size of the copy
batch.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of only placing one skb on the guest rx ring at a time, process
a batch of up-to 64. This improves performance by ~10% in some tests.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an skb is removed from the guest rx queue, immediately wake the
tx queue, instead of after processing them.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the to-guest (rx) path to:
1. Push responses for completed skbs earlier, reducing latency.
2. Reduce the per-queue memory overhead by greatly reducing the
maximum number of grant copy ops in each hypercall (from 4352 to
64). Each struct xenvif_queue is now only 44 kB instead of 220 kB.
3. Make the code more maintainable.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As far as I am aware only very old Windows network frontends make use of
this style of passing GSO packets from backend to frontend. These
frontends can easily be replaced by the freely available Xen Project
Windows PV network frontend, which uses the 'default' mechanism for
passing GSO packets, which is also used by all Linux frontends.
NOTE: Removal of this feature will not cause breakage in old Windows
frontends. They simply will no longer receive GSO packets - the
packets instead being fragmented in the backend.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netback source module has become very large and somewhat confusing.
This patch simply moves all code related to the backend to frontend (i.e
guest side rx) data-path into a separate rx source module.
This patch contains no functional change, it is code movement and
minimal changes to avoid patch style-check issues.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Madalin Bucur says:
====================
fsl/fman: cleanup and small fixes
This series contains fixes for the DPAA FMan driver.
Adding myself as maintainer of the driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When power is removed from the device, all of the SDIO settings
return to default. Fix that by reconfiguring after power is
applied.
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the hardware to be restarted, as it will cause the
sg to be reinitialized.
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To reuse the busreqs in case of hardware restart, they must be
properly reinitialized. If the scat_req pointer isn't reset to
0, __ath6kl_sdio_write_async() will assume there is sg work to be
done (causing a kernel OOPS).
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Set bit 0 in register 1C.23 to enable the EDPD feature of the
KSZ9031 PHY. This reduces power consumption when the link is
down.
Signed-off-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) BBR TCP congestion control, from Neal Cardwell, Yuchung Cheng and
co. at Google. https://lwn.net/Articles/701165/
2) Do TCP Small Queues for retransmits, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Support collect_md mode for all IPV4 and IPV6 tunnels, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
4) Allow cls_flower to classify packets in ip tunnels, from Amir Vadai.
5) Support DSA tagging in older mv88e6xxx switches, from Andrew Lunn.
6) Support GMAC protocol in iwlwifi mwm, from Ayala Beker.
7) Support ndo_poll_controller in mlx5, from Calvin Owens.
8) Move VRF processing to an output hook and allow l3mdev to be
loopback, from David Ahern.
9) Support SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets. Also from David Ahern.
10) Congestion control in RXRPC, from David Howells.
11) Support geneve RX offload in ixgbe, from Emil Tantilov.
12) When hitting pressure for new incoming TCP data SKBs, perform a
partial rathern than a full purge of the OFO queue (which could be
huge). From Eric Dumazet.
13) Convert XFRM state and policy lookups to RCU, from Florian Westphal.
14) Support RX network flow classification to igb, from Gangfeng Huang.
15) Hardware offloading of eBPF in nfp driver, from Jakub Kicinski.
16) New skbmod packet action, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
17) Remove some inefficiencies in snmp proc output, from Jia He.
18) Add FIB notifications to properly propagate route changes to
hardware which is doing forwarding offloading. From Jiri Pirko.
19) New dsa driver for qca8xxx chips, from John Crispin.
20) Implement RFC7559 ipv6 router solicitation backoff, from Maciej
Żenczykowski.
21) Add L3 mode to ipvlan, from Mahesh Bandewar.
22) Support 802.1ad in mlx4, from Moshe Shemesh.
23) Support hardware LRO in mediatek driver, from Nelson Chang.
24) Add TC offloading to mlx5, from Or Gerlitz.
25) Convert various drivers to ethtool ksettings interfaces, from
Philippe Reynes.
26) TX max rate limiting for cxgb4, from Rahul Lakkireddy.
27) NAPI support for ath10k, from Rajkumar Manoharan.
28) Support XDP in mlx5, from Rana Shahout and Saeed Mahameed.
29) UDP replicast support in TIPC, from Richard Alpe.
30) Per-queue statistics for qed driver, from Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru.
31) Support BQL in thunderx driver, from Sunil Goutham.
32) TSO support in alx driver, from Tobias Regnery.
33) Add stream parser engine and use it in kcm.
34) Support async DHCP replies in ipconfig module, from Uwe
Kleine-König.
35) DSA port fast aging for mv88e6xxx driver, from Vivien Didelot.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1715 commits)
mlxsw: switchx2: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
net/faraday: Stop NCSI device on shutdown
net/ncsi: Introduce ncsi_stop_dev()
net/ncsi: Rework the channel monitoring
net/ncsi: Allow to extend NCSI request properties
net/ncsi: Rework request index allocation
net/ncsi: Don't probe on the reserved channel ID (0x1f)
net/ncsi: Introduce NCSI_RESERVED_CHANNEL
net/ncsi: Avoid unused-value build warning from ia64-linux-gcc
net: Add netdev all_adj_list refcnt propagation to fix panic
net: phy: Add Edge-rate driver for Microsemi PHYs.
vmxnet3: Wake queue from reset work
i40e: avoid NULL pointer dereference and recursive errors on early PCI error
qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support
qed: Add support for memory registeration verbs
qed: Add support for QP verbs
qed: PD,PKEY and CQ verb support
qed: Add support for RoCE hw init
qede: Add qedr framework
...
It's not necessary to free memory allocated with devm_kzalloc
and using kfree leads to a double free.
Fixes: d776fc86b8 ("wlcore: sdio: Populate config firmware data")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to specify that the mlxsw switchx2 driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.
This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to specify that the mlxsw spectrum driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.
This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately ath10k does not generally allow modifying the coverage class
with the stock firmware and Qualcomm has so far refused to implement this
feature so that it can be properly supported in ath10k. If we however know
the registers that need to be modified for proper operation with a higher
coverage class, then we can do these modifications from the driver.
This is a hack and might cause subtle problems but as it's not enabled by
default (only when user space changes the coverage class explicitly) it should
not cause new problems for existing setups. But still this should be considered
as an experimental feature and used with caution.
This patch implements the support for first generation cards (QCA9880, QCA9887
and so on) which are based on a core that is similar to ath9k. The registers
are modified in place and need to be re-written every time the firmware sets
them. To achieve this the register status is verified after certain WMI events
from the firmware.
The coverage class may not be modified temporarily right after the card
re-initializes the registers. This is for example the case during scanning.
Thanks to Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com> for initially
working on a userspace support for this. This patch wouldn't have been
possible without this documentation.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fit.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This overrides whatever regulatory the device
EEPROM contains and uses what the platform says
instead - in this implementation the ACPI driver.
In case the hint is not programmed or corrupted (0xffff)
the device falls back to the eeprom programmed settings.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: remove ifdef, change error handling, change info messages to dbg]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will be helpful for drivers that can acquire
alpha2 regulatory codes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During offchannel scan, iw survey dump shows wrong values.
Fix this by assigning cycle counter wranarround type for
QCA9888 and QCA9884, they share same config with QCA4019.
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch helps to get the TPC stats for 10.4 fw variants.
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This stops NCSI device when closing the network device so that the
NCSI device can be reenabled later.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Edge-rate:
As system and networking speeds increase, a signal's output transition,
also know as the edge rate or slew rate (V/ns), takes on greater importance
because high-speed signals come with a price. That price is an assortment of
interference problems like ringing on the line, signal overshoot and
undershoot, extended signal settling times, crosstalk noise, transmission
line reflections, false signal detection by the receiving device and
electromagnetic interference (EMI) -- all of which can negate the potential
gains designers are seeking when they try to increase system speeds through
the use of higher performance logic devices. The fact is, faster signaling
edge rates can cause a higher level of electrical noise or other type of
interference that can actually lead to slower line speeds and lower maximum
system frequencies. This parameter allow the board designers to change the
driving strange, and thereby change the EMI behavioral.
Edge-rate parameters (vddmac, edge-slowdown) get from Device Tree.
Tested on Beaglebone Black with VSC 8531 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vmxnet3_reset_work() expects tx queues to be stopped (via
vmxnet3_quiesce_dev -> netif_tx_disable). However, this races with the
netif_wake_queue() call in netif_tx_timeout() such that the driver's
start_xmit routine may be called unexpectedly, triggering one of the BUG_ON
in vmxnet3_map_pkt with a stack trace like this:
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa00cf4bc>] vmxnet3_map_pkt+0x3ac/0x4c0 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffffa00cf7e0>] vmxnet3_tq_xmit+0x210/0x4e0 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffff813ab144>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x2e4/0x4c0
[<ffffffff813c956e>] sch_direct_xmit+0x17e/0x1e0
[<ffffffff813c96a7>] __qdisc_run+0xd7/0x130
[<ffffffff813a6a7a>] net_tx_action+0x10a/0x200
[<ffffffff810691df>] __do_softirq+0x11f/0x260
[<ffffffff81472fdc>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x30
[<ffffffff81004695>] do_softirq+0x65/0xa0
[<ffffffff81069b89>] local_bh_enable_ip+0x99/0xa0
[<ffffffffa031ff36>] destroy_conntrack+0x96/0x110 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffff813d65e2>] nf_conntrack_destroy+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff8139c6d5>] skb_release_head_state+0xb5/0xf0
[<ffffffff8139d299>] skb_release_all+0x9/0x20
[<ffffffff8139cfe9>] __kfree_skb+0x9/0x90
[<ffffffffa00d0069>] vmxnet3_quiesce_dev+0x209/0x340 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffffa00d020a>] vmxnet3_reset_work+0x6a/0xa0 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffff8107d7cc>] process_one_work+0x16c/0x350
[<ffffffff810804fa>] worker_thread+0x17a/0x410
[<ffffffff810848c6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0
[<ffffffff81472ee4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-02
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake fixes an issue where PTP applications requesting software timestamps
may complain that the requested mode is not supported, so add a generic
callback for those drivers that have software transmit timestamp support
enabled. Then provides a trivial cleanup where a code was not wrapped
properly. Got make sure that code looks good in a 80 character limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although rare, it's possible to hit PCI error early on device
probe, meaning possibly some structs are not entirely initialized,
and some might even be completely uninitialized, leading to NULL
pointer dereference.
The i40e driver currently presents a "bad" behavior if device hits
such early PCI error: firstly, the struct i40e_pf might not be
attached to pci_dev yet, leading to a NULL pointer dereference on
access to pf->state.
Even checking if the struct is NULL and avoiding the access in that
case isn't enough, since the driver cannot recover from PCI error
that early; in our experiments we saw multiple failures on kernel
log, like:
[549.664] i40e 0007:01:00.1: Initial pf_reset failed: -15
[549.664] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -15
[...]
[871.644] i40e 0007:01:00.1: The driver for the device stopped because the
device firmware failed to init. Try updating your NVM image.
[871.644] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -32
[...]
[872.516] i40e 0007:01:00.0: ARQ: Unknown event 0x0000 ignored
Between the first probe failure (error -15) and the second (error -32)
another PCI error happened due to the first bad probe. Also, driver
started to flood console with those ARQ event messages.
This patch will prevent these issues by allowing error recovery
mechanism to remove the failed device from the system instead of
trying to recover from early PCI errors during device probe.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-03
This series contains fixes to i40e only.
Stefan Assmann provides the changes in this series to resolve an issue
where when we run out of MSIx vectors, iWARP gets disabled automatically.
First adds a check for "no vectors left" during MSIx vector allocation
for VMDq, which will prevent more vectors being allocated than available.
Then fixed the MSIx vector redistribution when we reach the hardware limit
for vectors so that additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc do not get
starved for vectors because the PF is hogging all the resources. Lastly,
fix the issue for flow director by moving the check for the reaching the
vector limit earlier in the code so that a decision can be made on
disabling flow director.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the RoCE-specific LL2 logic [as well as GSI support] over
the 'generic' LL2 interface.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add slowpath configuration support for user, dma and memory
regions registration.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the slowpath configurations of Queue Pair verbs
which adds, deletes, modifies and queries Queue Pairs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the configurations of the protection domain and
completion queues.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the backbone required for the various HW initalizations
which are necessary for the qedr driver - FW notification, resource
initializations, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qede RoCE driver -
The qedr has some dependencies of the state of the underlying base
interface. This adds some logic required with mutual registrations
and the ability to pass updates on 'intresting' events.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other protocols beside the networking driver need the ability
of passing some L2 traffic, usually [although not limited] for the
purpose of some management traffic.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here are the "big" driver core patches for 4.9-rc1. Also in here are a
number of debugfs fixes that cropped up due to the changes that happened
in 4.8 for that filesystem. Overall, nothing major, just a few fixes
and cleanups.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iFYEABECABYFAlfyNw4PHGdyZWdAa3JvYWguY29tAAoJEDFH1A3bLfspLVYAoNXr
FXBHGb2tNT/1PLfvUCwd5PqWAJ9Khb5WAHtvjTmEN1zabz45aSbcrA==
=Uz6V
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-4.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core updates from Greg KH:
"Here are the "big" driver core patches for 4.9-rc1. Also in here are a
number of debugfs fixes that cropped up due to the changes that
happened in 4.8 for that filesystem. Overall, nothing major, just a
few fixes and cleanups.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues"
* tag 'driver-core-4.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (23 commits)
drivers: dma-coherent: Move spinlock in dma_alloc_from_coherent()
drivers: dma-coherent: Fix DMA coherent size for less than page
MAINTAINERS: extend firmware_class maintainer list
debugfs: propagate release() call result
driver-core: platform: Catch errors from calls to irq_get_irq_data
sysfs print name of undiscoverable attribute group
carl9170: fix debugfs crashes
b43legacy: fix debugfs crash
b43: fix debugfs crash
debugfs: introduce a public file_operations accessor
device core: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
drivers/base dmam_declare_coherent_memory leaks
platform: don't return 0 from platform_get_irq[_byname]() on error
cpu: clean up register_cpu func
dma-mapping: use vma_pages().
drivers: dma-coherent: use vma_pages().
attribute_container: Fix typo
base: soc: make it explicitly non-modular
drivers: base: dma-mapping: page align the size when unmap_kernel_range
platform driver: fix use-after-free in platform_device_del()
...
Pull CPU hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"Yet another batch of cpu hotplug core updates and conversions:
- Provide core infrastructure for multi instance drivers so the
drivers do not have to keep custom lists.
- Convert custom lists to the new infrastructure. The block-mq custom
list conversion comes through the block tree and makes the diffstat
tip over to more lines removed than added.
- Handle unbalanced hotplug enable/disable calls more gracefully.
- Remove the obsolete CPU_STARTING/DYING notifier support.
- Convert another batch of notifier users.
The relayfs changes which conflicted with the conversion have been
shipped to me by Andrew.
The remaining lot is targeted for 4.10 so that we finally can remove
the rest of the notifiers"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (46 commits)
cpufreq: Fix up conversion to hotplug state machine
blk/mq: Reserve hotplug states for block multiqueue
x86/apic/uv: Convert to hotplug state machine
s390/mm/pfault: Convert to hotplug state machine
mips/loongson/smp: Convert to hotplug state machine
mips/octeon/smp: Convert to hotplug state machine
fault-injection/cpu: Convert to hotplug state machine
padata: Convert to hotplug state machine
cpufreq: Convert to hotplug state machine
ACPI/processor: Convert to hotplug state machine
virtio scsi: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
block/softirq: Convert to hotplug state machine
lib/irq_poll: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/microcode: Convert to hotplug state machine
sh/SH-X3 SMP: Convert to hotplug state machine
ia64/mca: Convert to hotplug state machine
ARM/OMAP/wakeupgen: Convert to hotplug state machine
ARM/shmobile: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/FP/SIMD: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
Currently if the MSI-X vector limit is reached the sideband flow
director gets disabled. A bit too early to make that decision, as
vectors may get re-distributed. So move the check further back.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver allocates 1 vector per CPU thread and the current hardware
limit for vectors is 129 per PF. On systems with 128 or more threads
this currently means all vectors are used by the PF leaving no room for
additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc...
The code that should redistribute the vectors in this case is broken and
never triggers. Fixed the code so that it actually triggers if the
hardware limit is reached and adjust the number of queue pairs
accordingly.
Also the number of initially requested iWARP vectors was not properly
saved when the vector limit was reached, and therefore always zero.
Comparison with debug statement.
Before:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: VMDq disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: IWARP disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 128, VMDq 0, FDSB 0, iWARP 0
After:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: MSI-X vector limit reached, attempting to redistribute vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 78, VMDq 8, FDSB 0, iWARP 42
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During MSI-X vector allocation for VMDq, a check for "no vectors left"
was missing, add it. This prevents more vectors to be allocated than
available.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of error, the function ioremap() returns NULL pointer
not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check
should be replaced with NULL test.
Also add check for return value of platform_get_resource().
Fixes: 54e19bc74f ("net: qcom/emac: do not use devm on internal
phy pdev")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The broadcast packets is filtered in the hardware now, so this process
is no need in the driver, just delete it.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When the dsaf mode receives a broadcast packet, it will filter
the packet by comparing the received queue number and destination
queue number(get from forwarding table), if they are the same,
the packet will be filtered. Otherwise, the packet will be loopback.
So this patch select queue 0 to send broadcast and multicast packets.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
As the sub queue id in the broadcast forwarding table is always
set to absolute queue 0 rather than the interface's relative queue 0,
this will cause the received broadcast packets loopback to rcb.
This patch sets the sub queue id to relative queue 0 of each port.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
After running command "ethtool -t eth0", eth0 can not be connected to
network. It is caused by the changing the inner loopback register and
this register cannot be changed when hns connected to network. The
routine of setting this register needs to be removed and using promisc
mode to let the packet looped back pass by dsaf mode.
Reported-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhaung <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Because we handle the received packets after napi, so delete the checking
before submitting. It delete the code of read the fbd number register,
which reduces the cpu usages while receiving packets
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds fini_process for v2, it handles the packets recevied
by the hardware in the napi porcess. With this patch, the hardware irq
numbers will drop 50% per sec.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When set rx/tx coalesce usecs to 0, the interrupt coalesce will be
disabled, but there is a interrupt rate limit which set to 1us, it
will cause no interrupt occurs. This patch disable interrupt limit
when sets coalsecs usecs to 0, and restores it to 1 in other case.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When hnae_reserve_buffer_map fail, it will break cycle and some
buffer description has no available memory, therefore the port will
be unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Trivial change here to cleanup a checkpatch.pl warning that got
introduced when changing to alloc_workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to clk_disable_unprepare(dev->clk)
before it was initialized.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If fi->fib_nhs is zero, the router interface pointer is uninitialized, as shown by
this warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c: In function 'mlxsw_sp_router_fib_event':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1674:21: error: 'r' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1643:23: note: 'r' was declared here
This changes the loop so we handle the case the same way as finding no router
interface pointer attached to one of the nexthops to ensure we always
trap here instead of using uninitialized data.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Build-testing this driver with -Wmaybe-uninitialized gives a new false-positive
warning that I can't really explain:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c: In function 'mlx5e_configure_flower':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:509:3: error: 'old_attr' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
It's obvious from the code that 'old_attr' is initialized whenever 'old'
is non-NULL here. The warning appears with all versions I tested from gcc-4.7
through gcc-6.1, and I could not come up with a way to rewrite the function
in a more readable way that avoids the warning, so I'm adding another
initialization to shut it up.
Fixes: 8b32580df1 ("net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan action for SRIOV offloads")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This generic callback is for drivers which have software Tx timestamp
support enabled. Without this, PTP applications requesting software
timestamps may complain that the requested mode is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent cleanup marked cxgb4_dcb_enabled as 'static', which is correct, but this ignored
how the symbol is also exported. In addition, the export can be compiled out when modules
are disabled, causing a harmless compiler warning in configurations for which it is not
used at all:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:282:12: error: 'cxgb4_dcb_enabled' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This removes the export and moves the function into the correct #ifdef so we only build
it when there are users.
Fixes: 50935857f8 ("cxgb4: mark symbols static where possible")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the mac address origin is not dt, you can only safely assign a mac
address after "link up" of the device. If the link is off the clocks are
disabled and because of issues assigning registers when clocks are off the
new mac address cannot be written in .ndo_set_mac_address() on some soc's.
This fix sets the mac address unconditionally in fec_restart(...) and
ensures consistency between fec registers and the network layer.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Schenk <g.schenk@eckelmann.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Fixes: 9638d19e48 ("net: fec: add netif status check before set mac address")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:2041:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mtk_get_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:2052:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mtk_set_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
So this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:2715:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cxgb_setup_tc' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements ndo_poll_controller in net_device_ops callbacks for mlx5,
which is necessary to use netconsole with this driver.
Acked-By: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <calvinowens@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set upper 32 bits of destination register to zeros after
load from the context structure.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also can address following UBSAN warnings:
[ 36.640343] ================================================================================
[ 36.648772] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/fw.c:857:26
[ 36.656853] shift exponent 64 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
[ 36.663348] ================================================================================
[ 36.671783] ================================================================================
[ 36.680213] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/fw.c:861:27
[ 36.688297] shift exponent 35 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
[ 36.694702] ================================================================================
Tested:
reboot with UBSAN, no warning.
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* work for new hardware support continues
* dynamic queue allocation stabilization
* improvements in the MSIx code
* multiqueue support work continues
* new firmware version support (API 26)
* add 8275 series support
* add 9560 series support
* add support for MU-MIMO sniffer
* add support for RRM by scan
* add support for "reverse" rx packet injection faking hw descriptors
* migrate to devm memory allocation handling
* Remove support for older firmwares (API older than -17 and -22)
wl12xx
* support booting the same rootfs with both wl12xx and wl18xx
hostap
* mark the driver as obsolete
ath9k
* disable RNG by default
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJX7UPbAAoJEG4XJFUm622bmgIH/2fCGwkejWpN/KLckRU0I+ze
Yx0o8aEmYAOnZW4tVVGAtEAxeLdzjMeHKsyJ+4RBguhRpbV2FTKnzg7LYeqqI3Vw
LjZwKLrrBj4DXQwtTxBC8uScUpDU91U4mZwOTN+UkyXQb9hDxl2CH3MUgc432hcd
flSXTnaY8TJzFuHM9Q/TORXmSx3VtMqYnqUYcyoaKEC8ZiSr6dWtzh5OkPS+O4Di
4CNPDjEK5uhe46gDWJhGY2bx6TnzGx6O5mRfWfzdvL3Fzy9a3rGabA9Iis+9b23n
m/5OKwN97jcPZiWrP+c2qfVmFjv2upCUUAuLuT0k05/DK70qpGKyMwklsNcC44Q=
=lRW5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-09-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.9
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* work for new hardware support continues
* dynamic queue allocation stabilization
* improvements in the MSIx code
* multiqueue support work continues
* new firmware version support (API 26)
* add 8275 series support
* add 9560 series support
* add support for MU-MIMO sniffer
* add support for RRM by scan
* add support for "reverse" rx packet injection faking hw descriptors
* migrate to devm memory allocation handling
* Remove support for older firmwares (API older than -17 and -22)
wl12xx
* support booting the same rootfs with both wl12xx and wl18xx
hostap
* mark the driver as obsolete
ath9k
* disable RNG by default
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the driver is probing the adapter, an error may occur before the
netdev structure is allocated and attached to pci_dev. In this case,
not only netdev isn't available, but the tg3 private structure is also
not available as it is just math from the NULL pointer, so dereferences
must be skipped.
The following trace is seen when the error is triggered:
[1.402247] Unable to handle kernel paging request for data at address 0x00001a99
[1.402410] Faulting instruction address: 0xc0000000007e33f8
[1.402450] Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
[1.402481] SMP NR_CPUS=2048 NUMA PowerNV
[1.402513] Modules linked in:
[1.402545] CPU: 0 PID: 651 Comm: eehd Not tainted 4.4.0-36-generic #55-Ubuntu
[1.402591] task: c000001fe4e42a20 ti: c000001fe4e88000 task.ti: c000001fe4e88000
[1.402742] NIP: c0000000007e33f8 LR: c0000000007e3164 CTR: c000000000595ea0
[1.402787] REGS: c000001fe4e8b790 TRAP: 0300 Not tainted (4.4.0-36-generic)
[1.402832] MSR: 9000000100009033 <SF,HV,EE,ME,IR,DR,RI,LE> CR: 28000422 XER: 20000000
[1.403058] CFAR: c000000000008468 DAR: 0000000000001a99 DSISR: 42000000 SOFTE: 1
GPR00: c0000000007e3164 c000001fe4e8ba10 c0000000015c5e00 0000000000000000
GPR04: 0000000000000001 0000000000000000 0000000000000039 0000000000000299
GPR08: 0000000000000000 0000000000000001 c000001fe4e88000 0000000000000006
GPR12: 0000000000000000 c00000000fb40000 c0000000000e6558 c000003ca1bffd00
GPR16: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
GPR20: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 c000000000d52768
GPR24: c000000000d52740 0000000000000100 c000003ca1b52000 0000000000000002
GPR28: 0000000000000900 0000000000000000 c00000000152a0c0 c000003ca1b52000
[1.404226] NIP [c0000000007e33f8] tg3_io_error_detected+0x308/0x340
[1.404265] LR [c0000000007e3164] tg3_io_error_detected+0x74/0x340
This patch avoids the NULL pointer dereference by moving the access after
the netdev NULL pointer check on tg3_io_error_detected(). Also, we add a
check for netdev being NULL on tg3_io_resume() [suggested by Michael Chan].
Fixes: 0486a063b1 ("tg3: prevent ifup/ifdown during PCI error recovery")
Fixes: dfc8f37031 ("net/tg3: Release IRQs on permanent error")
Tested-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove EEPROM flags in favor of new {get,set}_eeprom chip-wide
functions in the mv88e6xxx_ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a set_switch_mac chip-wide function to mv88e6xxx_ops and remove
MV88E6XXX_FLAG_G2_SWITCH_MAC flags.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a mv88e6xxx_ops structure to describe supported chip-wide
functions and assign the correct variant to the chip models.
For the moment, add only PHY access routines. This allows to get rid of
the PHY ops structures and the usage of PHY flags.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx_ops is used to describe how to access the chip registers.
It can be through SMI (via an MDIO bus), or via another interface such
as crafted remote management frames.
The correct BUS operations structure is chosen at runtime, depending on
the chip address and connectivity.
We will need the mv88e6xxx_ops name for future chip-wide operation
structure, thus rename mv88e6xxx_ops to more explicit mv88e6xxx_bus_ops.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The STU (if the switch has one) is abstracted and accessed through the
VTU operations and data registers.
Thus rename the mv88e6xxx_vtu_stu_entry struct to mv88e6xxx_vtu_entry.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an mv88e6xxx_num_ports helper instead of digging in the chip info
structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx_num_databases will be used by shared code, so move it
inline to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flags to describe the presence of Global 1 ATU FID register (0x01)
and VTU FID register (0x02), instead of checking families.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to the ports, phys, and Global SMI devices, abstract the SMI
device address of the Global 2 registers in a few g2 static helpers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Global (1) internal SMI device is an extended set of registers
containing ATU, PPU, VTU, STU, etc.
It is present on every switches, usually at SMI address 0x1B. But old
models such as 88E6060 access it at address 0xF, thus using REG_GLOBAL
is erroneous.
Add a global1_addr info member used by mv88e6xxx_g1_{read,write} and
mv88e6xxx_g1_wait helpers in a new global1.c file.
This patch finally removes _mv88e6xxx_reg_{read,write}, in favor on the
appropriate helpers. No functional changes here.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading addresses, interrupts, and _DSD properties
from ACPI tables, just like with device tree. The HID for the
EMAC device itself is QCOM8070. The internal PHY is represented
by a child node with a HID of QCOM8071.
The EMAC also has some complex clock initialization requirements
that are not represented by this patch. This will be addressed
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the DT-specific of_get_mac_address() function with
device_get_mac_address, which works on both DT and ACPI platforms. This
change makes it easier to add ACPI support.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform_device returned by of_find_device_by_node() is not
automatically released when the driver unprobes. Therefore,
managed calls like devm_ioremap_resource() should not be used.
Instead, we manually allocate the resources and then free them
on driver release.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building with W=1, we got one warning as belows:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/wmi.c:3509:6: warning: variable ‘ret’
set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
At the end of ath6kl_wmi_set_pvb_cmd, it is returned by 0 regardless of
return value of ath6kl_wmi_cmd_send.
This patch fixes return value from 0 to ret that has result of
ath6kl_wmi_cmd_send execution.
Signed-off-by: Chaehyun Lim <chaehyun.lim@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath9k RNG will dominates all the noise sources from the real HW
RNG, disable it by default. But we strongly recommand to enable
it if the system without HW RNG, especially on embedded systems.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de>
Acked-by: Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de>
Reviewed-by: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware is running watchdog timer for tracking copy engine ring index
and write index. Whenever both indices are stuck at same location for
given duration, watchdog will be trigger to assert target. While
updating copy engine destination ring write index, driver ensures that
write index will not be same as read index by finding delta between these
two indices (CE_RING_DELTA).
HTT target to host copy engine (CE5) is special case where ring buffers
will be reused and delta check is not applied while updating write index.
In rare scenario, whenever CE5 ring is full, both indices will be referring
same location and this is causing CE ring stuck issue as explained
above. This issue is originally reported on IPQ4019 during long hour stress
testing and during veriwave max clients testsuites. The same issue is
also observed in other chips as well. Fix this by ensuring that write
index is one less than read index which means that full ring is
available for receiving data.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ignore processing further in SWBA event scheduled for a vif, if mac80211
has marked the particular vif for stop beaconing and brought the vdev
down in 'ath10k_control_beaconing'. This should potentially avoid ath10k
warning/error messages while running continuous wifi down/up with max
number of vaps configured. Found this change during code walk through
and going through other beacon configuration related functions in ath10k
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling case
instead of 0, as done elsewhere in function ath10k_ahb_probe() or
ath10k_ahb_resource_init().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for the first two members of the Renesas RZ/G family, RZ/G1M/E
(also known as R8A7743/5). The Ether core is the same as in the R-Car gen2
SoCs, so will share the code/data with them...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, in order to offload a FIB entry to HW we use switchdev op.
Use the newly introduced FIB notifier infrasturucture to process
FIB entries to offload the in HW.
Abort mechanism is now handled within the rocker driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, in order to offload a FIB entry to HW we use switchdev op.
However that has limits. Mainly in case we need to make the HW aware of
all route prefixes configured in kernel. HW needs to know those in order
to properly trap appropriate packets and pass the to kernel to do
the forwarding. Abort mechanism is now handled within the mlxsw driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a reset occurs, the PPS SYS_WRAP interrupt was not re-enabled which
resulted in disabling of the PPS signaling. Fix this by recording when
the interrupt is on and ensuring that we re-enable it every time we
reset.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump igb version to match other igb drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version to match other igbvf drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ethtool.c:2707:5: warning:
symbol 'igb_rxnfc_write_vlan_prio_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The only remaining users are issuing SIOCGMIIPHY and SIOCGMIIREG,
neither of which deals with userland pointers. Simply calling
->ndo_do_ioctl() is fine; no messing with set_fs() is needed.
It used to mess with SIOCETHTOOL, which would've needed set_fs(),
but that has been killed in "[NET] ethtool ops are the only way"
9 years ago...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Flowrings contain skbs waiting for transmission that were passed to us
by netif. It means we checked every one of them looking for 802.1x
Ethernet type. When deleting flowring we have to use freeing function
that will check for 802.1x type as well.
Freeing skbs without a proper check was leading to counter not being
properly decreased. This was triggering a WARNING every time
brcmf_netdev_wait_pend8021x was called.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.5+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Even with timeout increased to 950 ms we get WARNINGs from time to time.
It mostly happens on A-MPDU stalls (e.g. when station goes out of
range). It may take up to 5-10 secods for the firmware to recover and
for that time it doesn't process packets.
It's still useful to have a message on time out as it may indicate some
firmware problem and incorrect key update. Raising a WARNING however
wasn't really that necessary, it doesn't point to any driver bug anymore
and backtrace wasn't much useful.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The entries in this enum may be referenced in debug output. Adding explicit
values simplifies the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Only rtl8821ae implements WOWLAN; however, the other drivers may receive
a call requesting information about this mode. The other drivers need to
ignore the request rather than logging that the default branch of the
switch statement has been reached.
Reported by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Help along debugging by showing what switch/case variable is not
being processed in these messages.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* Small fix in CTDP error handling;
* Remove support for older firmwares;
* Clean-ups and a few simple fixes here and there.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=MdMZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-09-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* Some new HW IDs;
* Small fix in CTDP error handling;
* Remove support for older firmwares;
* Clean-ups and a few simple fixes here and there.
The group list must be freed prior to freeing the command otherwise
we have a use-after-free.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(1) Modify the register settings for LRO relinquishments
(2) Jump out from the waiting loop while LRO relinquishments are done
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop PDMA while the frame engine is going to stop.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The (1 << x) - 1 trick won't work when you
are trying to fill up all 64 bits, so add special
case for that.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: remove the sentence about moving limits]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
They are not necessarily named in an intuitive manner,
so at least add some comments to help the next person.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Chipset from QCA99X0 onwards (QCA99X0, QCA9984, QCA4019 & future)
rx_hdr_status is not padded to align in 4-byte boundary. Define a
new hw_params field to handle different alignment behaviour between
different hw. This patch fixes improper retrieval of rfc1042 header
with QCA4019. This patch along with "ath10k: Properly remove padding
from the start of rx payload" will fix traffic failure in ethernet
decap mode for QCA4019.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since reset_control_get() never returns NULL, we can use IS_ERR()
instead of IS_ERR_OR_NULL(). The return statements can be simpler
as well.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the managed variant of reset_control_get() to simplify the
failure path and the .remove callback.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the managed variant of clk_get() to simplify the failure path
and the .remove callback.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Correct some trivial comment typos.
Remove unnecessary parentheses in a long line.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: drop the change for return]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 62469c7600 ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet: use phydev
from struct net_device") because it causes GENETv1/2/3 adapters to
expose the following behavior after an ifconfig down/up sequence:
PING fainelli-linux (10.112.156.244): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.352 ms
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.472 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.496 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.517 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.536 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.557 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=752.448 ms (DUP!)
This was previously fixed by commit 5dbebbb44a ("net: bcmgenet:
Software reset EPHY after power on") but the commit we are reverting was
essentially making this previous commit void, here is why.
Without commit 62469c7600 we would have the following scenario after
an ifconfig down then up sequence:
- bcmgenet_open() calls bcmgenet_power_up() to make sure the PHY is
initialized *before* we get to initialize the UniMAC, this is
critical to ensure the PHY is in a correct state, priv->phydev is
valid, this code executes fine
- second time from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), through the normal
phy_init_hw() call (which arguably could be optimized out)
Everything is fine in that case. With commit 62469c7600, we would have
the following scenario to happen after an ifconfig down then up
sequence:
- bcmgenet_close() calls phy_disonnect() which makes dev->phydev become
NULL
- when bcmgenet_open() executes again and calls bcmgenet_mii_reset() from
bcmgenet_power_up() to initialize the internal PHY, the NULL check
becomes true, so we do not reset the PHY, yet we keep going on and
initialize the UniMAC, causing MAC activity to occur
- we call bcmgenet_mii_reset() from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), but this is
too late, the PHY is botched, and causes the above bogus pings/packets
transmission/reception to occur
Reported-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6b352ebccb ("net: ethernet: broadcom: bcmgenet:
use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings").
We needs to revert the commit 62469c7600 ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet:
use phydev from struct net_device"), because this commit add a
regression. As the commit 6b352ebccb ("net: ethernet: broadcom:
bcmgenet: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings") depend
on the first one, we also need to revert it first.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 62469c7600 ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet: use phydev
from struct net_device") because it causes GENETv1/2/3 adapters to
expose the following behavior after an ifconfig down/up sequence:
PING fainelli-linux (10.112.156.244): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.352 ms
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.472 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.496 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.517 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.536 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.557 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=752.448 ms (DUP!)
This was previously fixed by commit 5dbebbb44a ("net: bcmgenet:
Software reset EPHY after power on") but the commit we are reverting was
essentially making this previous commit void, here is why.
Without commit 62469c7600 we would have the following scenario after
an ifconfig down then up sequence:
- bcmgenet_open() calls bcmgenet_power_up() to make sure the PHY is
initialized *before* we get to initialize the UniMAC, this is
critical to ensure the PHY is in a correct state, priv->phydev is
valid, this code executes fine
- second time from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), through the normal
phy_init_hw() call (which arguably could be optimized out)
Everything is fine in that case. With commit 62469c7600, we would have
the following scenario to happen after an ifconfig down then up
sequence:
- bcmgenet_close() calls phy_disonnect() which makes dev->phydev become
NULL
- when bcmgenet_open() executes again and calls bcmgenet_mii_reset() from
bcmgenet_power_up() to initialize the internal PHY, the NULL check
becomes true, so we do not reset the PHY, yet we keep going on and
initialize the UniMAC, causing MAC activity to occur
- we call bcmgenet_mii_reset() from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), but this is
too late, the PHY is botched, and causes the above bogus pings/packets
transmission/reception to occur
Reported-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FEC receive accelerator (RACC) supports shifting the data payload of
received packets by 16-bits, which aligns the payload (IP header) on a
4-byte boundary, which is, if not required, at least strongly suggested
by the Linux networking layer.
Without this patch, a huge number of alignment faults will be taken by the
IP stack, as seen in /proc/cpu/alignment:
~/$ cat /proc/cpu/alignment
User: 0
System: 72645 (inet_gro_receive+0x104/0x27c)
Skipped: 0
Half: 0
Word: 0
DWord: 0
Multi: 72645
User faults: 3 (fixup+warn)
This patch was suggested by Andrew Lunn in this message to linux-netdev:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-arm-kernel&m=147465452108384&w=2
and adapted from a patch by Russell King from 2014:
http://git.arm.linux.org.uk/cgit/linux-arm.git/commit/?id=70d8a8a
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the i.MX27 reference manual, this SoC does not have support
for the receive accelerator (RACC) register at offset 0x1C4.
http://cache.nxp.com/files/32bit/doc/ref_manual/MCIMX27RM.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the i.MX25 reference manual, this SoC does not have support
for the receive accelerator (RACC) register at offset 0x1C4.
http://www.nxp.com/files/dsp/doc/ref_manual/IMX25RM.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we unshare a queue, the ADD_STA was not properly
initialised.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The firmware has a new smart linker, and this table can now be
in ICCM or in SMEM. It is not hardcoded, but depends on code
size. Allow the full range.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This define should really be TX_CMD_SEC_KEY_FROM_TABLE
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
FW versions older than -17 for 3160 and 7260 and older than -22 for
newer NICs are not supported anymore. Don't load these versions
and remove code that handles them.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
They seem to be there from the first day. We calculate these values but
never use them.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is called from get_station callback which means that every
time user space was getting/dumping station(s) we were leaking 2 KiB.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes: 1f0dc59a6d ("brcmfmac: rework .get_station() callback")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.2+
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As soon as debugging is turned on, the logs are filled with messages
reporting the interrupt status. As this quantity is usually zero, this
output is not needed. In fact, there will be a report if the status is
not zero, thus the debug line in question could probably be deleted.
Rather than taking that action, I have changed it to only be printed
when the newly added RTL8XXXU_DEBUG_INTERRUPT bit is set in the debug
mask.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This saves some 217, or about, derefences of priv->fops.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove last_tx_page argument from the llt_init() function. The
rtl8xxxu_fileops structure contains the correct TX_TOTAL_PAGE_NUM
value for the device, and rtl8xxxu_auto_llt_table() doesn't need to
know the value in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was detected tracing the 8188eu driver, but doesn't seem to make
any difference when using it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch helps get rid of goto statement and improves readability.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that in a corner case mwifiex_usb_tx_complete()
gets called before we exit from mwifiex_usb_host_to_card() after
submitting the urb. 'data_sent' flag remains set in this case. It
blocks further Tx packets and triggers watchdog timeout.
The problem is fixed by setting data_sent and port_block flag at
correct place.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Following crash issue is observed during TCP traffic stress
test
[ 2253.625439] NMI watchdog: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#3 stuck for 22s!
[kworker/u17:1:5191]
[ 2253.625520] Call Trace:
[ 2253.625527] [<ffffffffc0b47030>] ? moal_spin_lock+0x30/0x30
[usb8xxx]
[ 2253.625533] [<ffffffffc0ac3ceb>] ? wlan_wmm_lists_empty+0xb/0xf0
[mlan]
[ 2253.625537] [<ffffffffc0ab0ea3>] mlan_main_process+0x1b3/0x720
[mlan]
[ 2253.625540] [<ffffffffc0b337f5>] woal_main_work_queue+0x45/0x80
[usb8xxx]
[ 2253.625543] [<ffffffff8108aaf0>] process_one_work+0x150/0x3f0
[ 2253.625545] [<ffffffff8108b1e1>] worker_thread+0x121/0x520
[ 2253.625547] [<ffffffff8108b0c0>] ? rescuer_thread+0x330/0x330
[ 2253.625549] [<ffffffff81090222>] kthread+0xd2/0xf0
[ 2253.625551] [<ffffffff81090150>] ?
kthread_create_on_node+0x1c0/0x1c0
[ 2253.625553] [<ffffffff8179423c>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[ 2253.625555] [<ffffffff81090150>] ?
kthread_create_on_node+0x1c0/0x1c0
In mwifiex_usb_tx_complete(), we are updating port->block_status first
and then freeing the skb attached to that URB. We may end up attaching
new skb to URB in a corner case and same will be freed. This results in
the kernel crash. The problem is solved by changing the sequence.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 802.11 standard only has four valid auth type configurations of which
our firmware only supports two, ie. Open System and Shared Key. Simplify
the mapping falling back to automatic for other types specified by
user-space.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clearing the wowl wakeindicator happens with a rather odd
construction where the string "clear" is used to set the iovar
wowl_wakeind. This was implemented incorrectly as it caused an
out of bound access. Use an intermediate variable of correct
length and copy string in that. Problem was found using coverity.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When IPv6 address is to be cleared there is a possible out of
bound access. But also the clearing of the last entry and the
adjustment of total number of stored IPv6 addresses is not
updated. This patch fixes that bug. Bug was found using coverity.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the function brcmf_bus_start() in the exception handling a
check is made to dermine whether ifp is null, though this is not
possible. Removing the unnessary check.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As it turns out there is no need to use a worker for the callback
because it is not called from atomic context.
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In case of an error the variable returned is uninitialized. The caller
will probably check the error code before using it, but better assure
it is set to zero.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the error paths in brcmf_flowring_add_tdls_peer() the allocated
resource should be freed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The variable info is assigned to point to bcdc->msg[1], which is the
same as pointing to bcdc->buf. As that is what we want to access
make it clear by fixing the assignment. This also avoid out-of-bounds
errors from static analyzers are bcdc->msg[1] is not in the structure
definition.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
802.11d is not always supported by firmware anymore. Currently the
AP configuration of 11d will cause an abort if the ioctl set is
failing. This behavior is not correct and the error should be
ignored.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Previously device used to start using IGTK key as Tx key as soon as it
gets downloaded in add_key(). This patch implements set_default_mgmt_key
handler. We will update Tx key ID in set_default_mgmt_key().
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the wl18xx specific config firmware we now have available.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Booting multiple wl12xx and wl18xx devices using the same rootfs is
a pain. You currently have to symlink the right nvs file depending
on the wl12xx type.
For example, with wl1271-nvs.bin being a symlink to wl127x-nvs.bin
by default and trying to bring up a wl128x based device:
wlcore: ERROR nvs size is not as expected: 1113 != 912
wlcore: ERROR NVS file is needed during boot
wlcore: ERROR NVS file is needed during boot
wlcore: ERROR firmware boot failed despite 3 retries
Note that wl18xx uses a separate config firmware wl18xx-conf.bin
that can be generated with tools using the following two git repos:
git.ti.com/wilink8-wlan/18xx-ti-utils
git.ti.com/wilink8-wlan/wl18xx_fw
So let's not configure the nvs file for wl18xx as it's not needed
AFAIK. If it turns out that we also need the nvs file for wl18xx,
we can just add it to the config firmware data for wl18xx.
Let's fix the issue by using the chip specific config firmware
data, and make sure we produce understandable warnings if something
is missing.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Configure the config firmware names and make it available
in platform data.
Let's also fix the order of the struct wilink_family_data
while at it.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Configure the config firmware names and make it available
in platform data.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move struct wilink_family_data to be available for all TI WLAN
variants. And fix familiy typo, it should be just family.
Looks like wl12xx use two different nvs.bin files and wl18xx
uses a different conf.bin file.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently, we can have high order page allocations that specify
GFP_ATOMIC when configuring multicast MAC address filters.
For example, we have seen order 2 page allocation failures with
~500 multicast addresses configured.
Convert the allocation for the pending list to be done in PAGE_SIZE
increments.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we can have high order page allocations that specify
GFP_ATOMIC when configuring multicast MAC address filters.
For example, we have seen order 2 page allocation failures with
~500 multicast addresses configured.
Convert the allocation for 'mcast_list' to be done in PAGE_SIZE
increments.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I stumbled over a new warning during randconfig testing,
with CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfp_net_offload.c: In function 'nfp_net_bpf_offload':
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfp_net_offload.c:263:3: error: '*((void *)&res+4)' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfp_net_offload.c:263:3: error: 'res.n_instr' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
As far as I can tell, this is a false positive caused by the compiler
getting confused about a function that is partially inlined, but it's
easy to avoid while improving the code:
The nfp_bpf_jit() stub helper for that configuration is unusual as it
is defined in a header file but not marked 'static inline'. By moving
the compile-time check into the caller using the IS_ENABLED() macro,
we can remove that stub and simplify the nfp_net_bpf_offload_prepare()
function enough to unconfuse the compiler.
Fixes: 7533fdc0f7 ("nfp: bpf: add hardware bpf offload")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c:2763:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'bcmgenet_hfb_add_filter' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is implemented in
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c, but be called
by no one, thus can be removed.
So this patch removes the unused functions.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 10 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:304:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cxgb4_dcb_enabled' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:194:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'setup_sge_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:241:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'free_sge_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:268:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cfg_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:344:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'free_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:353:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'request_msix_queue_irqs_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:379:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'free_msix_queue_irqs_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:393:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'name_msix_vecs_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:433:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'enable_rx_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:442:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'quiesce_rx_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:639:27: warning: no previous prototype for 'mvneta_get_stats64' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:3529:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mvneta_ethtool_set_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these two functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.c:603:22: warning: no previous prototype for 'tx_done' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hisi_femac.c:943:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'hisi_femac_drv_suspend' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hisi_femac.c:960:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'hisi_femac_drv_resume' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these two functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx/chip.c:219:5: warning:
symbol 'mv88e6xxx_port_read' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx/chip.c:227:5: warning:
symbol 'mv88e6xxx_port_write' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:47:25: warning:
symbol 'be_err_recovery_workq' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:63:25: warning:
symbol 'be_wq' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This aligns smc91x with its cousin, namely smc911x.c.
This also allows the driver to run also in a device-tree based lubbock
board build, on which it was tested.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iq is unsigned, so the error check for iq < 0 has no effect so errors
can slip past this check. Fix this by making iq signed and also
get_filter_steerq return a signed int so a -ve error can be returned.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit a75e8005d5 ("i40e: queue-specific settings for interrupt
moderation") the i40e driver gained support for setting interrupt
moderation values per queue. This patch adds support for this feature
to the i40evf driver as well. In addition, a few changes are made to
the i40e implementation to add function header documentation comments,
as well.
This behaves in a similar fashion to the implementation in i40e. Thus,
requesting the moderation value when no queue is provided will report
queue 0 value, while setting the value without a queue will set all
queues at once.
Change-ID: I1f310a57c8e6c84a8524c178d44d1b7a6d3a848e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some rare cases, we might get a VSI with no queues. In this case, we
cannot configure RSS on this VSI as it will try to divide by zero when
configuring the lookup table.
Change-ID: I6ae173a7dd3481a081e079eb10eb80275de2adb0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This interface was only ever meant for debug only. Since it is not
supposed to be here we are removing it.
Change-ID: Id771a1e5e7d3e2b4b7f56591b61fb48c921e1d04
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In an effort to improve code readability I am splitting the Flow Director
filter configuration out into a separate function like we have done for the
standard xmit path. The general idea is to provide a single block of code
that translates the flow specification into a proper Flow Director
descriptor.
Change-ID: Id355ad8030c4e6c72c57504fa09de60c976a8ffe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a txring_txq function which allows us to convert a
i40e_ring/i40evf_ring to a netdev_tx_queue structure. This way we
can avoid having to make a multi-line function call for all the spots
that need access to this.
Change-ID: Ic063b71d8b92ea406d2c32e798c8e2b02809d65b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Tx cleanup flow was incorrectly assuming it could check for the flow
director bits after it had unmapped the buffer. However in this case it
results in us trying to free a raw_buf as though it is an sk_buff.
To fix this I am moving up the flag test for the FD_SB bit so that when
find a non-NULL skb or raw_buf value we then check the flag and use the
appropriate call to free the buffer.
Change-ID: I6284034ba1ea87c9922e56f6eb3181f7f09bddde
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All of the code to support adaptive interrupt throttling is already in
the interrupt handler, it just needs to be enabled. Fill out the data
structures properly to make it happen. Single-flow traffic tests may
show slightly lower throughput, but interrupts per second will drop by
about 75%.
Change-ID: I9cd7d42c025b906bf1bb85c6aeb6112684aa6471
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases minimum number of allocated VSIs, so as to resolve
failure adding VSI for VF when 64-VFs assigned to a PF. The driver
supports up to 128 VFs per device, users can decide to enable up to
64-VFs on a single PF, especially 2 X 40 devices. In that scenario, with
VMDq co-existence, there would be starvation of VSIs - with this patch,
supported features would have enough VSIs for configuration now.
Change-ID: If084f4cd823667af8fe7fdc11489c705b32039d5
Signed-off-by: Akeem Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The return value from i40e_shutdown_adminq() is always 0
(I40E_SUCCESS). So, the test for non-0 will never be true. Cleanup
by removing the test and debug print statement.
Change-ID: Ie51e8e37515c3e3a6a9ff26fa951d0e5e24343c1
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40e_fdir_check_and_reenable(), the driver performs some checks to
determine whether it is safe to re-enable FD Sideband and FD ATR
support. The current check will only determine if there is available
space in the flow director table. However, this ignores the fact that
ATR should be disabled when there are TCP/IPv4 sideband rules in effect.
Add the missing check, and update the info message printed when
I40E_DEBUG_FD is enabled.
Change-ID: Ibb9c63e5be95d63c53a498fdd5dbf69f54a00e08
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some locations that disable ATR accidentally used the "full" disable by
disabling the flag in the standard flags field. This incorrectly forces
ATR off permanently instead of temporarily disabling it. In addition,
some code locations accidentally set the ATR flag enabled when they only
meant to clear the auto_disable_flags. This results in ignoring the
user's ethtool private flag settings.
Additionally, when disabling ATR via ethtool, we did not perform a flush
of the FD table. This results in the previously assigned ATR rules still
functioning which was not expected.
Cleanup all these areas so that automatic disable uses only the
auto_disable_flag. Fix the flush code so that we can trigger a flush
even when we've disabled ATR and SB support, as otherwise the flush
doesn't work. Fix ethtool setting to actually request a flush. Fix
NETIF_F_NTUPLE flag to only clear the auto_disable setting and not
enable the full feature.
Change-ID: Ib2486111f8031bd16943e9308757b276305c03b5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag. Currently VF assumes checksum
offload for encapsulated packets is supported by default. Going forward,
this feature needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the
stack. Hence, we need a flag to control it.
This is in regards to prepping up for VF base mode functionality support.
Change-ID: Iaab1f25cc0abda5f2fbe3309092640f0e77d163e
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which deleting a mac filter does not actually
occur. The driver reports that the filter has been deleted with no
error. The problem occurs because the wrong cmd_flag is passed to the
firmware when deleting the filter. The firmware reports an error back
to the driver but it is expressly ignored.
This fixes the bug by using the correct flag when deleting a filter.
Without this patch, deleted filters remain in firmware and function as
if they had not been deleted.
Change-ID: I5f22b874f3b83f457702f18f0d5602ca21ac40c3
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where driver shows 100 Mbps as a supported speed,
and allows it to be configured for advertising on X722 devices. This patch
fixes the problem by not setting the 100 Mbps SGMII flag for X722 devices.
Without this patch, the user incorrectly thinks that 100 Mbps is supported
and hence might try to advertise it on X722 devices when it is actually not
a supported speed.
Change-ID: I8c3d7c4251a9402d98994ed29749b7b895a0f205
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Typo's and spelling errors. Also remove old comment from staging era.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a regression caused by previous commit
when irq name exceeds 20 byte array if interface's name
size is large.
Fixes: e412621394 ("net: thunderx: Use netdev's name for naming VF's interrupts")
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an earlier check and return if err is non-zero, so
the check to see if it is zero is redundant in every iteration
of the loop and hence the check can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-23
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil provides several changes, first simplifies the logic for setting VLAN
filtering by checking the VMDQ flag and the old 82598 MAC, instead of
having to maintain a list of MAC types. Then made two functions static
that are used only within the file, a by-product is sparse is now happy.
Added spinlocks to make sure that the MTU configuration is handled
properly. Fixed an issue where when SR-IOV is enabled while the
ixgbevf driver is loaded would result in all mailbox requests being
rejected by ixgbe, so call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov()
to ensure mailbox requests are properly handled.
Mark resolves a NULL pointer issue by simply setting the read and write
*_ref_mdi pointers for x550em_a devices. Then clearly indicates within
ethtool that all MACs support pause frames and made sure that the
advertising is set to the requested mode. Fixed an issue where
MDIO_PRTAD_NONE was not being used consistently to indicate no PHY
address.
Alex fixes an issue, where the support for multiple queues when SR-IOV
is enabled was added but the support was not reported. With that, fix
an issue where the hardware redirection table could support more queues
then the PF currently has when SR-IOV is enabled, so use the RSS mask to
trim off the bits that are not used. Lastly, instead of limiting the
VFs if we do not use 4 queues for RSS in the PF, we can instead just limit
the RSS queues used to a power of 2. We can now support use cases where
VFs are using more queues than the PF is currently using and can support
RSS if so desired.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Sridhar fixes link state event handling by updating the carrier and
starts/stops the Tx queues based on the link state notification from PF.
Brady fixes an issue where a user defined RSS hash key was not being
set because a user defined indirection table is not supplied when changing
the hash key, so if an indirection table is not supplied now, then a
default one is created and the hash key is correctly set. Also fixed
an issue where when NPAR was enabled, we were still using pf->mac_seid
to perform the dump port query. Instead, go through the VSI to determine
the correct ID to use in either case.
Mitch provides one fix where a conditional return code was reversed, so
he does a "switheroo" to fix the issue.
Carolyn has two fixes, first fixes an issue in the virt channel code,
where a return code was not checked for NULL when applicable. Second,
fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port parameter, then
byte swapping it again in function execution.
Colin Ian King fixes a potential NULL pointer dereference.
Bimmy changes up i40evf_up_complete() to be void since it always returns
success anyways, which allows cleaning up of code which checked the
return code from this function.
Alex fixed an issue where the driver was incorrectly assuming that we
would always be pulling no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment.
So to correct this, we just need to make certain to test all the way to
the end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors
in the block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6
descriptors have enough data to fill a full frame.
v2: dropped patches 1-3, 10 and 12 from the original series since Or
Gerlitz pointed out several areas of improvement in the implementation
of the VF Port representor netdev. Sridhar is re-working the series
for later submission.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the vf to VST 802.1ad mode (mlx4 VST QinQ mode) by setting vf vlan
protocol to 802.1ad.
VST 802.1ad mode in mlx4, is used for STAG strip/insertion by PF, while
the CTAG is set by the VF.
Read current vlan protocol as part of the vf configuration state.
Upon setting vf vlan protocol to 802.1ad, we use a mechanism of handshake
to verify that both the vf and the pf driver version support it.
The handshake uses the command QUERY_FUNC_CAP:
- The vf sets a pre-defined support bit in input modifier.
- A pf that supports the feature sends the request to the vf through a
pre-defined field in the output mailbox.
- In case vf does not support the feature, the pf will fail the control
command (in this case, IP link tool command to set the vf vlan
protocol to 802.1ad).
No change in VST 802.1Q mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new rtnl UAPI that exposes a list of vlans per VF, giving
the ability for user-space application to specify it for the VF, as an
option to support 802.1ad.
We adjusted IP Link tool to support this option.
For future use cases, the new UAPI supports multiple vlans. For now we
limit the list size to a single vlan in kernel.
Add IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST in addition to IFLA_VF_VLAN to keep backward
compatibility with older versions of IP Link tool.
Add a vlan protocol parameter to the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback.
We kept 802.1Q as the drivers' default vlan protocol.
Suitable ip link tool command examples:
Set vf vlan protocol 802.1ad:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1ad
Set vf to VST (802.1Q) mode:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1Q
Or by omitting the new parameter
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Ethernet VF, disable vlan HW acceleration on VF
while it is set to VF vlan protocol 802.1ad mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check device capability to support VF vlan protocol 802.1ad mode.
Add vport attribute vlan protocol.
Init vport vlan protocol by default to 802.1Q.
Add update QP support for VF vlan protocol 802.1ad.
Add func capability vlan_offload_disable to disable all
vlan HW acceleration on VF while the VF is set to VF vlan protocol
802.1ad mode.
No change in VF vlan protocol 802.1Q (VST) mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate QUERY_FUNC_CAP flags0 from QUERY_FUNC_CAP flags, as 'flags' is
already used for another set of flags in FUNC CAP, while phv bit should be
part of a different set of flags.
Remove QUERY_FUNC_CAP port_flags field, as it is not in use.
Fixes: 77fc29c4bb ('net/mlx4_core: Preparations for 802.1ad VLAN support')
Fixes: 5cc914f108 ('mlx4_core: Added FW commands and their wrappers for supporting SRIOV')
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit c0c64c1523.
There is no vif->ctrl_task member, so this change broke
the build.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Useful for debugging issues with multicast and SR-IOV to keep track
of number of received multicast packets.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since VF reference is now protected by RCU, no longer need the VF usage
counter and can use device flags to see whether to inject or not.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vf_netdev pointer in the netvsc device context can simply be protected
by RCU because network device destruction is already RCU synchronized.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to associate netvsc and VF devices can be made less error prone
by using a better matching algorithms.
On registration, use the permanent address which avoids any possible
issues caused by device MAC address being changed. For all other callbacks,
search by the netdevice pointer value to ensure getting the correct
network device.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callback handler for netlink events can be simplified:
* Consolidate check for netlink callback events about this driver itself.
* Ignore non-Ethernet devices.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netvsc driver holds a pointer to the virtual function network device if
managing SR-IOV association. In order to ensure that the VF network device
does not disappear, it should be using dev_hold/dev_put to get a reference
count.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets that are transmitted in normal path should use consume_skb
instead of kfree_skb. This allows for better tracing of packet drops.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the DSA layer handles port fast ageing on correct STP change,
simplify _mv88e6xxx_port_state and implement mv88e6xxx_port_fast_age.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the fast ageing logic from b53_br_set_stp_state and implement the
new DSA switch port_fast_age operation instead.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver programs static value of MSS in hardware register for TSO
offload engine to segment the TCP payload regardless the MSS value
provided by network stack.
This patch fixes this by programming hardware registers with the
stack provided MSS value.
Since the hardware has the limitation of having only 4 MSS registers,
this patch uses reference count of mss values being used.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change predecrement compare to post decrement compare to avoid an
unsigned integer wrap-around comparison when decrementing idx in
the while loop.
For example, when idx is zero, the current situation will
predecrement idx in the while loop, wrapping idx to the maximum
signed integer and cause out of bounds reads on rxq_info->msix_tbl[idx].
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the parsing of offloaded TC rules matches to handle vlans.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse TC vlan actions and set the required elements to allow offloading.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many virtualization systems use a policy under which a vlan tag is
pushed to packets sent by guests, and popped before the packet is
forwarded to the VM.
The current generation of the mlx5 HW doesn't fully support that on
a per flow level. As such, we are addressing the above common use
case with the SRIOV e-Switch abilities to push vlan into packets
sent by VFs and pop vlan from packets forwarded to VFs.
The HW can match on the correct vlan being present in packets
forwarded to VFs (eSwitch steering is done before stripping
the tag), so this part is offloaded as is.
A common practice for vlans is to avoid both push vlan and pop vlan
for inter-host VM/VM (east-west) communication because in this case,
push on egress cancels out with pop on ingress.
For supporting that, we use a global eswitch vlan pop policy, hence
allowing guest A to communicate with both remote VM B and local VM C.
This works since the HW pops the vlan only if it exists (e.g for
C --> A packets but not for B --> A packets).
On the slow path, when a VF vport has an offloaded flow which involves
pushing vlans, wheres another flow is not currently offloaded, the
packets from the 2nd flow seen by the VF representor on the host have
vlan. The VF rep driver removes such vlan before calling into the host
networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor the relevant code into a static inline helper (skb_from_cqe)
doing that.
Move the call to napi_gro_receive to be carried out just
after mlx5e_complete_rx_cqe returns.
Both changes are to be used for the VF representor as well
in the next commit.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the representors related to the source and dest vports and the
action in struct mlx5_esw_flow_attr which is used while setting the FDB rule.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HW can be programmed to push vlan, pop vlan or both.
A factorization step towards using the push/pop capabilties in the
eswitch offloads mode. This patch doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure we use for the eswitch vport representor (mlx5_eswitch_rep)
has some fields which are set from upper layers in the driver when they
register the rep. Use explicit setting on registration time for them and
avoid global memcpy. This patch doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the vport value in the PF entry to be that of the uplink so
we can use it blindly over the tc / eswitch offload code without
translating it each time we deal with the uplink representor.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a NULL check before calling asynchronous MCDI completion functions
during device removal.
Fixes: 7014d7f6 ("sfc: allow asynchronous MCDI without completion function")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabling SRIOV while the ixgbevf driver is loaded will result in all
mailbox requests from ixgbevf_open() being rejected by ixgbe because
adapter->clear_to_send is set to false on reset.
Call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov() to make sure that
mailbox requests are handled from the time ixgbevf is loaded.
Reported-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of limiting the VFs if we don't use 4 queues for RSS in the PF we
can instead just limit the RSS queues used to a power of 2. By doing this
we can support use cases where VFs are using more queues than the PF is
currently using and can support RSS if so desired.
The only limitation on this is that we cannot support 3 queues of RSS in
the PF or VF. In either of these cases we should fall back to 2 queues in
order to be able to use the power of 2 masking provided by the psrtype
register.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware redirection table can support more queues then the PF
currently has when SR-IOV is enabled. In order to account for this use the
RSS mask to trim of the bits that are not used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The maximum queue count reported was 1, however support for multiple queues
with SR-IOV was added some time ago so we should report support for it to
the user so that they can select multiple queues if they so desire.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The value MDIO_PRTAD_NONE should be used to indicate no PHY address.
Not 0, not 0xFFFF. Use the MDIO_PRTAD_NONE value consistently.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Protect set_rlpml with mailbox lock to make sure the MTU configuration
is handled properly.
This change resolves an issue where set_rlpml can fail when the VF
interface is brought up:
ixgbevf 0000:03:1d.6: Failed to set MTU at 1500
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All the MACs supported by ixgbe support pause frames, so indicate
that support in ethtool. Also set advertising according to requested
mode.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set the read_reg_mdi and write_reg_mdi method pointers for
X550EM_A_10G_T devices to resolve jumping to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions are only used in ixgbe_x550.c.
Fixes a warning when compiling with -Wmissing-prototypes
Reported-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simplify the logic for setting VLNCTRL.VFE by checking the VMDQ flag
and 82598 MAC instead of having to maintain a list of MAC types.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_shutdown_adminq function never returns failure. There is no need to
check the non-0 return value. Clean up the unnecessary error checking and
warning against it.
Change-ID: Ibb616f09cfb93bd1a872ebf3241a15fb8354b31b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver was incorrectly assuming that we would always be pulling
no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment. It is in fact possible for
us to end up with the case where 2 descriptors worth of data may be pulled
when a frame is larger than one of the pieces generated when aligning the
payload to either 4K or pieces smaller than 16K.
To adjust for this we just need to make certain to test all the way to the
end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors in the
block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6 descriptors
have enough data to fill a full frame.
Change-ID: Ic2ecb4d6b745f447d334e66c14002152f50e2f99
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function i40evf_up_complete() always returns success. Changed this to a
void type and removed the code that checks the return status and prints
an error message.
Change-ID: I8c400f174786b9c855f679e470f35af292fb50ad
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently disabling the link state from PF via
ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
doesn't disable the CARRIER on the VF.
This patch updates the carrier and starts/stops the tx queues based on the
link state notification from PF.
PF: enp5s0f0, VF: enp5s2
#modprobe i40e
#echo 2 > /sys/class/net/enp5s0f0/device/sriov_numvfs
#ip link set enp5s2 up
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64
#ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
#ip -d link show enp5s0f0
171: enp5s0f0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 68:05:ca:2e:72:68 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 72 numrxqueues 72 portid 6805ca2e7268
vf 0 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state disable, trust off
vf 1 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 16 numrxqueues 16
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is a sanitcy check for desc being null in the first line of
function i40evf_debug_aq. However, before that, aq_desc is cast from
desc, and aq_desc is being dereferenced on the assignment of len, so
this could be a potential null pointer deference. Fix this by moving
the initialization of len to the code block where len is being used
and hence at this point we know it is OK to dereference aq_desc.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port
parameter, then byte swapping it again in function execution.
Obviously, that's unnecessary, so take it out of the function calls.
Without this patch, the udp based tunnel configuration would
not be correct.
Change-ID: I788d83c5bd5732170f1a81dbfa0b1ac3ca8ea5b7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue in the virt channel code, where a return
from i40e_find_vsi_from_id was not checked for NULL when applicable.
Without this patch, there is a risk for panic and static analysis
tools complain. This patch fixes the problem by adding the check
and adding an additional input check for similar reasons.
Change-ID: I7e9be88eb7a3addb50eadc451c8336d9e06f5394
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This conditional is backward, so the driver responds back to the VF with
the wrong opcode. Do the old switcheroo to fix this.
Change-ID: I384035b0fef8a3881c176de4b4672009b3400b25
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using the debugfs to issue the "dump port" command
with NPAR enabled, the firmware reports back with invalid argument.
The issue occurs because the pf->mac_seid was used to perform the query.
This is fine when NPAR is disabled because the switch ID == pf->mac_seid,
however this is not the case when NPAR is enabled. This fix instead
goes through the VSI to determine the correct ID to use in either case.
Change-ID: I0cd67913a7f2c4a2962e06d39e32e7447cc55b6a
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, when using ethtool to change the RSS hash key, ethtool would
report back saying the old key was still being used and no error was
reported. It was unclear whether it was being reported incorrectly or
being set incorrectly. Debugging revealed 'i40e_set_rxfh()' returned
zero immediately instead of setting the key because a user defined
indirection table is not supplied when changing the hash key.
This fix instead changes it such that if an indirection table is not
supplied, then a default one is created and the hash key is now
correctly set.
Change-ID: Iddb621897ecf208650272b7ee46702cad7b69a71
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The upper bound IWL_RATE_COUNT_LEGACY should be used
with a >= check, rejecting the value itself; fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We were assigning the return value of iwl_mvm_ctdp_command() to a
variable, but never checking it. If this command fails, we should not
allow the interface up process to proceed, since it is potentially
dangerous to ignore thermal management requirements.
Fixes: commit 5c89e7bc55 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add registration to cooling device")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The various TFD/TB helpers have two code paths depending on the
type of TFD supported, with variable shadowing due to the new if
branches. Move the fall-through code into else branches to avoid
variable shadowing. While doing so, rename some of the variables
and do some other cleanups (like removing void * casts of void *
pointers.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Move the init_dbg check to earlier in the function to simplify the
code.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Instead of open coding it use the threaded irq mechanism in
xen-netback.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Potential dangerous invalid pointer might be accessed if
the error happens when couple phy_device to net_device so
cleanup the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) use new api [get|set]_link_ksettings instead
of [get|set]_settings old ones.
2) dev->phydev is sure being ready before calling
these callbacks, so removing all the sanity check
if it is existing.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove the unused variable for parsing PHY address
and the related logic for sanity test which would
be all already handled done when of_mdiobus_register
was called
Reported-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reuse phydev already in struct net_device instead of creating
another new one in private structure.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing dynamically source clock, TX/RX delay and interface mode
used by TRGMII hardware module inside PHY capability polling routine
for adapting to the various speed of RGMII used by external PHY for
GMAC0.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds PHY-mode "trgmii" as an extension for the operation
mode of the PHY interface for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_TRGMII.
and adds a variable trgmii inside mtk_mac as the indication
to make the difference between the MAC connected to internal
switch or connected to external PHY by the given configuration
on the board and then to perform the corresponding setup on
TRGMII hardware module.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A timer was used to restart after the bus-off state, leading to a
relatively large can_restart() executed in an interrupt context,
which in turn sets up pinctrl. When this happens during system boot,
there is a high probability of grabbing the pinctrl_list_mutex,
which is locked already by the probe() of other device, making the
kernel suspect a deadlock condition [1].
To resolve this issue, the restart_timer is replaced by a delayed
work.
[1] https://github.com/victronenergy/venus/issues/24
Signed-off-by: Sergei Miroshnichenko <sergeimir@emcraft.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PHYSTS_CHG (the ftgmac100's PHY IRQ) is telling the system to go
look at the PHY registers for a link status change.
The interrupt was causing issues on Aspeed SoC where some board designs
had an active high configuration, some active low, and in some cases
repurposed for other functions. When misconfigured Linux would chew 100%
of CPU cycles servicing interrupts:
[ 20.280000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
[ 20.280000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
[ 20.280000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
[ 20.300000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
While in the ftgmac100 IP can be configured for high, low and edge
sensitivity the current driver always polls the PHY, so we chose to mask
out the interrupt.
See https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/672099/ for more discussion.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Aspeed SoCs have a new MDIO interface as an option in the G4 and G5
SoCs. The old one is still available, so select it in order to remain
compatible with the ftgmac100 driver.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is stale interrupt (PHYSTS_CHG in ISR, bit#6 in 0x0) from
the bootloader (uboot) when enabling the MAC. The stale interrupts
aren't part of kernel and should be cleared.
This clears the stale interrupts in ISR (0x0) when enabling the MAC.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RXDES and TXDES registers bits in the ftgmac100 indicates EDO{R,T}R
at bit position 15 for the Faraday Tech IP. However, the version of this
IP present in the Aspeed SoCs has these bits at position 30 in the
registers.
It appers that ast2400 SoCs support both positions, with the 15th bit
marked as reserved but still functional. In the ast2500 this bit is
reused for another function, so we need a work around.
This was confirmed with engineers from Aspeed that using bit 30 is
correct for both the ast2400 and ast2500 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These bits are #defined at a fixed location. In order to support future
hardware that has chosen to move these bits around move the bits into a
member of the struct ftgmac100.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ftgmac100 hardware revision in e.g. the Aspeed AST2500 no longer
reserves all bits in RXDES#2 but instead uses the bottom 16 bits to
store MAC frame metadata. Avoid corruption by shifting struct page
pointers out to their own member in struct ftgmac100.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove an open coded simple_open() function and replace file
operations references to the function with simple_open()
instead.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mdio_module_driver() makes the code simpler by eliminating
boilerplate code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/dsa/qca8k.c:259:22: warning:
symbol 'qca8k_regmap_config' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we rang XDP SQ doorbell on every forwarded XDP packet.
Here we introduce a xmit more like mechanism that will queue up more
than one packet into SQ (up to RX napi budget) w/o notifying the hardware.
Once RX napi budget is consumed and we exit napi RX loop, we will
flush (doorbell) all XDP looped packets in case there are such.
XDP forward packet rate:
Comparing XDP with and w/o xmit more (bulk transmit):
RX Cores XDP TX XDP TX (xmit more)
---------------------------------------------------
1 6.5Mpps 12.4Mpps
2 13.2Mpps 24.2Mpps
4 25.2Mpps 36.3Mpps*
8 36.3Mpps* 36.3Mpps*
*My xmitter was limited to 36.3Mpps, so it is the bottleneck.
It seems that receive side can handle more.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for XDP_TX forwarding from xdp program.
Using XDP, now user can loop packets out of the same port.
We create a dedicated TX SQ for each channel that will serve
XDP programs that return XDP_TX action to loop packets back to
the wire directly from the channel RQ RX path.
For that RX pages will now need to be mapped bi-directionally,
and on XDP_TX action we will sync the page back to device then
queue it into SQ for transmission. The XDP xmit frame function will
report back to the RX path if the page was consumed (transmitted), if so,
RX path will forget about that page as if it were released to the stack.
Later on, on XDP TX completion, the page will be released back to the
page cache.
For simplicity this patch will hit a doorbell on every XDP TX packet.
Next patch will introduce a xmit more like mechanism that will
queue up more than one packet into SQ w/o notifying the hardware,
once RX napi loop is done we will hit doorbell once for all XDP TX
packets form the previous loop. This should drastically improve
XDP TX performance.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make a clear separate between Regular SQ (TXQ) and ICO SQ creation,
destruction and union their mutual information structures.
Don't allocate redundant TXQ skb/wqe_info/dma_fifo arrays for ICO SQ.
And have a different SQ edge for ICO SQ than TXQ SQ, to be more
accurate.
In preparation for XDP TX support.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the BPF_PROG_TYPE_PHYS_DEV hook in mlx5e driver.
When XDP is on we make sure to change channels RQs type to
MLX5_WQ_TYPE_LINKED_LIST rather than "striding RQ" type to
ensure "page per packet".
On XDP set, we fail if HW LRO is set and request from user to turn it
off. Since on ConnectX4-LX HW LRO is always on by default, this will be
annoying, but we prefer not to enforce LRO off from XDP set function.
Full channels reset (close/open) is required only when setting XDP
on/off.
When XDP set is called just to exchange programs, we will update
each RQ xdp program on the fly and for synchronization with current
data path RX activity of that RQ, we temporally disable that RQ and
ensure RX path is not running, quickly update and re-enable that RQ,
for that we do:
- rq.state = disabled
- napi_synnchronize
- xchg(rq->xdp_prg)
- rq.state = enabled
- napi_schedule // Just in case we've missed an IRQ
Packet rate performance testing was done with pktgen 64B packets and on
TX side and, TC drop action on RX side compared to XDP fast drop.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Comparison is done between:
1. Baseline, Before this patch with TC drop action
2. This patch with TC drop action
3. This patch with XDP RX fast drop
RX Cores Baseline(TC drop) TC drop XDP fast Drop
--------------------------------------------------------------
1 5.3Mpps 5.3Mpps 16.5Mpps
2 10.2Mpps 10.2Mpps 31.3Mpps
4 20.5Mpps 19.9Mpps 36.3Mpps*
*My xmitter was limited to 36.3Mpps, so it is the bottleneck.
It seems that receive side can handle more.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two helper functions to allow dynamic changes of RQ type.
mlx5e_set_rq_priv_params and mlx5e_set_rq_type_params will be
used on netdev creation to determine the default RQ type.
This will be needed later for downstream patches of XDP support.
When enabling XDP we will dynamically move from striding RQ to
linked list RQ type.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch LRO size was 64K, now with build_skb requires
extra room, headroom + sizeof(skb_shared_info) added to the data
buffer will make wqe size or page_frag_size slightly larger than
64K which will demand order 5 page instead of order 4 in 4K page systems.
We take those extra bytes from hardware LRO data size in order to not
increase the required page order for when hardware LRO is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have two types of RX RQs, and they use two separate sets of
info arrays and structures in RX data path function. Today those
structures are mutually exclusive per RQ type, hence one kind is
allocated on RQ creation according to the RQ type.
For better cache locality and to minimalize the
sizeof(struct mlx5e_rq), in this patch we define them as a union.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For non-striding RQ configuration before this patch we had a ring
with pre-allocated SKBs and mapped the SKB->data buffers for
device.
For robustness and better RX data buffers management, we allocate a
page per packet and build_skb around it.
This patch (which is a prerequisite for XDP) will actually reduce
performance for normal stack usage, because we are now hitting a bottleneck
in the page allocator. We use the page-cache to restore or even improve
performance in comparison to the old RX scheme.
Packet rate performance testing was done with pktgen 64B packets on xmit
side and TC ingress dropping action on RX side.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Comparison is done between:
1.Baseline, before 'net/mlx5e: Build RX SKB on demand'
2.Build SKB with RX page cache (This patch)
RX Cores Baseline Build SKB+page-cache Improvement
-----------------------------------------------------------
1 4.16Mpps 5.33Mpps 28%
2 7.16Mpps 10.24Mpps 43%
4 13.61Mpps 20.51Mpps 51%
8 25.32Mpps 32.00Mpps 26%
All respective cores were 100% utilized.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJX4kYAAAoJED07qiWsqSVqzoYIAKEkRhTIgrHr14kJhFOTfMF2
jftbRrOXgUhfaVTrK8EdqCZ6RWUsquHg/l6n4N5uMu2mPE9z2xaql6TuoeS0LLtu
l7a6sSgo+qvAY8nwn8ObAI0+528kIkPHY8bM3QCx0LhjVrBM0JtLWgPRudsQoUko
yctxxpXY18Jo58SCn7k27cg+3V2j+ZDYd0hAOvQUPbI5Cw8kGRUHkUOqUtqn3oD3
3eSlRX64Or25V2q0zrM1OqFcmT/W6Os+Icne4DWomU0uy4e/YV8DyTj2qV52S4id
7k7qyv/ITVPdHeg/xxdEVgc6AaD1HsIym1IZF6JsdUFRPf6r/Rt+hVAlPYbDdtg=
=zagb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.8-20160921' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2016-09-21
this is another pull request of one patch for the upcoming linux-4.8 release.
Marek Vasut fixes the CAN-FD bit rate switch in the ifi driver by configuring
the transmitter delay.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are soon going to run out of flag bits on 32bit systems. Convert to
unsigned long long.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a device coming soon which places its port registers
somewhere different to all other Marvell switches supported so far.
Add helper functions for reading/writing port registers, making it
easier to handle this new device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers must be ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() if the
PTP clock subsystem is configured out.
This patch documents that and ensures that all drivers cope well
with a NULL return.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add the missing commits about
1)
Commit d3bd1ce4db
("remove redundant free_irq for devm_request_ir allocated irq")
2)
Commit 7c6b0d76fa
("fix logic unbalance between probe and remove")
during merge for conflicts overlapping commits by
Commit b20b378d49
("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans devlink resources by calling devlink_port_unregister()
to avoid the following issues:
- Kernel panic when triggering reset flow.
- Memory leak due to unfreed resources in mlx4_init_port_info().
Fixes: 09d4d087cd ("mlx4: Implement devlink interface")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dropping matched packets in hardware. Also add support
for re-directing matched packets to a specified port in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for offloading u32 filter onto hardware. Links are stored
in a jump table to perform necessary jumps to match TCP/UDP header.
When inserting rules in the linked bucket, the TCP/UDP match fields
in the corresponding entry of the jump table are appended to the filter
rule before insertion. If a link is deleted, then all corresponding
filters associated with the link are also deleted. Also enable
hardware tc offload as a supported feature.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse information sent by u32 into internal filter specification.
Add support for parsing several fields in IPv4, IPv6, TCP, and UDP.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable filters for non-offload configuration and add common api support
for setting and deleting filters in LE-TCAM region of the hardware.
IPv4 filters occupy one slot. IPv6 filters occupy 4 slots and must
be on a 4-slot boundary. IPv4 filters can not occupy a slot belonging
to IPv6 and the vice-versa is also true.
Filters are set and deleted asynchronously. Use completion to wait
for reply from firmware in order to allow for synchronization if needed.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move common filter code to separate files. Also fix the following
checkpatch checks.
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!f->l2t"
+ if (f->l2t == NULL) {
CHECK: spaces preferred around that '/' (ctx:VxV)
+ fwr->len16_pkd = htonl(FW_WR_LEN16_V(sizeof(*fwr)/16));
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When switching from polling-based fw commands to event-based fw
commands, there is a race condition which could cause a fw command
in another task to hang: that task will keep waiting for the polling
sempahore, but may never be able to acquire it. This is due to
mlx4_cmd_use_events, which "down"s the sempahore back to 0.
During driver initialization, this is not a problem, since no other
tasks which invoke FW commands are active.
However, there is a problem if the driver switches to polling mode
and then back to event mode during normal operation.
The "test_interrupts" feature does exactly that.
Running "ethtool -t <eth device> offline" causes the PF driver to
temporarily switch to polling mode, and then back to event mode.
(Note that for VF drivers, such switching is not performed).
Fix this by adding a read-write semaphore for protection when
switching between modes.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Radix tree lookup can be performed without locking.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tabs instead of spaces before if statement, no functional change.
Fixes: e7c1c2c462 ("mlx4_en: Added self diagnostics test implementation")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add likely/unlikely hints to improve branch predictions
in the RX data-path.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi
* fix to prevent firmware crash when sending off-channel frames
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJX4QrCAAoJEG4XJFUm622beaQIAJBf9BWZ0ZYu7qz0C5VXjOh2
+mDPz6eI2uHKFtliyyMxqxrDZf2Ik+xlTnDudtOqhOglx6bO0f1q3OSqWZdZ/tg2
eCWN/Yt8i3lVlHaa5pQprkqaQ7lFO4KUKmN4augZk1AXlCH6H2n7zfX4N2MoKnxQ
1nKDTUWgjLPwdrvVvLLdKj/FWKRObxpDs21pdPRyeyW2u+K257z9mx0Zf5NxodZU
2aIrPiiNvsTIT2BVf7FCQTZvyMPWh3JbkaVe15beuwXGiJYY0EYT89oc7zW80tLY
0wRpUpELCbmJtducjkbsh91rnhp495HXQX71p+EhWn9GK2XR+TUCUTEmv+w0HVY=
=6EUu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-09-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.8
iwlwifi
* fix to prevent firmware crash when sending off-channel frames
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add offload of TC in direct action mode. We just need
to provide appropriate checks in the verifier and
a new outro block to translate the exit codes to what
data path expects
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Data path has redirect support so expressing redirect
to the port frame came from is a trivial matter of
setting the right result code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing ABI defines and eBPF instructions to allow
mark to be passed on and extend prepend parsing on the
RX path to pick it up from packet metadata.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Periodically poll stats and call into offloaded actions
to update them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hardware bpf offload on our smart NICs. Detect if
capable firmware is loaded and use it to load the code JITed
with just added translator onto programmable engines.
This commit only supports offloading cls_bpf in legacy mode
(non-direct action).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add translator for JITing eBPF to operations which
can be executed on NFP's programmable engines.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Greear reported:
> I see lots of instability as soon as I load up the carl9710 NIC.
> My application is going to be poking at it's debugfs files...
>
> BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in carl9170_debugfs_read+0xd5/0x2a0
> [carl9170] at addr 0xffff8801bc1208b0
> Read of size 8 by task btserver/5888
> =======================================================================
> BUG kmalloc-256 (Tainted: G W ): kasan: bad access detected
> -----------------------------------------------------------------------
>
> INFO: Allocated in seq_open+0x50/0x100 age=2690 cpu=2 pid=772
>...
This breakage was caused by the introduction of intermediate
fops in debugfs by commit 9fd4dcece4
("debugfs: prevent access to possibly dead file_operations at file open")
Thankfully, the original/real fops are still available in d_fsdata.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This patch fixes a crash that happens because b43legacy's
debugfs code expects file->f_op to be a pointer to its own
b43legacy_debugfs_fops struct. This is no longer the case
since commit 9fd4dcece4
("debugfs: prevent access to possibly dead file_operations at file open")
Reviewed-by: Nicolai Stange <nicstange@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This patch fixes a crash that happens because b43's
debugfs code expects file->f_op to be a pointer to
its own b43_debugfs_fops struct. This is no longer
the case since commit 9fd4dcece4
("debugfs: prevent access to possibly dead file_operations at file open")
Reviewed-by: Nicolai Stange <nicstange@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Configure the transmitter delay register at +0x1c to correctly handle
the CAN FD bitrate switch (BRS). This moves the SSP (secondary sample
point) to a proper offset, so that the TDC mechanism works and won't
generate error frames on the CAN link.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Replace max rif const with using the result from resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the max number of rif (router interfaces) to resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max system ports, max regions and max vlan groups to resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace max virtual routers const with the result from
the resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the max number of virtual routers to resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use resources from resource query to determine values for
the profile configuration.
Add KVD determined section sizes to the resources struct.
Change the profile struct and value to match this changes.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add KVD size, and minimum sizes for the single and double
sections resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use max lag and max ports in lag resources as the result of resource query
instead of using const to save them.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max lag and max ports in lag resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable ALDPS and EEE to avoid the possible failure when setting the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the PHY relative settings together to hw_phy_cfg().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move enabling PHY to init(), otherwise some other settings may fail.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the following functions forward.
r8152_mmd_indirect()
r8152_mmd_read()
r8152_mmd_write()
r8152_eee_en()
r8152b_enable_eee()
r8153_eee_en()
r8153_enable_eee()
r8152b_enable_fc()
r8153_aldps_en()
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were missing check for 25G and 100G while checking port speed,
which lead to less number of queues getting allocated for 25G & 100G
adapters and leading to low throughput. Adding the missing check for
both NIC and vNIC driver.
Also fixes port advertisement for 25G and 100G in ethtool output.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offloads stats functions are local to this file, make them static.
Fixes: fc1bbb0f18 ('mlxsw: spectrum: Implement offload stats ndo [..]')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
data_src is unchanged inside the loop, so this patch moves
the assignment to outside the loop to avoid unnecessarily
assignment
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An address can be loaded in the ATU with multiple ports, for instance
when adding multiple ports to a Multicast group with "bridge mdb".
The current code doesn't allow that. Add an helper to get a single entry
from the ATU, then set or clear the requested port, before loading the
entry back in the ATU.
Note that the required _mv88e6xxx_atu_getnext function is defined below
mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge, so forward-declare it for the moment. The
ATU code will be isolated in future patches.
Fixes: 83dabd1fa8 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: make switchdev DB ops generic")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild-build-bot reported that if NETFILTER is not selected, the
build fails pointing to netfilter symbols.
Fixes: 4fbae7d83c ("ipvlan: Introduce l3s mode")
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-09-19
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.9 kernel.
- Added new messages for monitor sockets for better mgmt tracing
- Added local name and appearance support in scan response
- Added new Qualcomm WCNSS SMD based HCI driver
- Minor fixes & cleanup to 802.15.4 code
- New USB ID to btusb driver
- Added Marvell support to HCI UART driver
- Add combined LED trigger for controller power
- Other minor fixes here and there
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Vyukov wrote:
> different runs). Looking at code, the following looks suspicious -- we
> limit copy by 512 bytes, but use the original count which can be
> larger than 512:
>
> static void sixpack_receive_buf(struct tty_struct *tty,
> const unsigned char *cp, char *fp, int count)
> {
> unsigned char buf[512];
> ....
> memcpy(buf, cp, count < sizeof(buf) ? count : sizeof(buf));
> ....
> sixpack_decode(sp, buf, count1);
With the sane tty locking we now have I believe the following is safe as
we consume the bytes and move them into the decoded buffer before
returning.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJX3/GcAAoJED07qiWsqSVq9PgH/jucrHh2H7IAnJi6ZasZmu1t
+beOkzg954rJfz2cGulhpNBAl9xJYRhPuJ+Jw5JhDEPXVisgeRVm6lT+8YJaCsWL
utTotzyRYI3HUrXIl6V2rjn1ms7TAlZsHrAGPj1ufJKEZg8/SF5C15NuY9YTlh4d
JZT0V13Yxj0CV3d2jqZshFXrF+CiAsGyQF1aGA9Wo2xQeZIt2vY/1DfNtC9eXlXW
+t7tBCgLka7cwTBC513BKjl9fGwzYO0eYU993N9+Ijir6HLM9N3igZwxjH1hEl/S
ow6n5T1O89JEnghSN5Xq+2ThkkXR7zZwi+6l74eFICkIwHK/pekZ8dPr9Ct9ZZ0=
=JcjG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.8-20160919' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2016-09-19
this is a pull request of one patch for the upcoming linux-4.8 release.
The patch by Fabio Estevam fixes the pm handling in the flexcan driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct drop handling for XDP_TX on TX failure, were recently added in
commit 95357907ae ("mlx4: fix XDP_TX is acting like XDP_PASS on TX
ring full").
The change missed an opportunity for recycling the RX page, instead of
going through the page allocator, like the regular XDP_DROP action does.
This patch cease the opportunity, by going through the XDP_DROP case.
Fixes: 95357907ae ("mlx4: fix XDP_TX is acting like XDP_PASS on TX ring full")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
has introduced a stack corruption during probe, where filling a
local struct with data to be sent to management firmware is incorrectly
filled; The data is written outside of the struct and corrupts
the stack.
Changes from v1:
----------------
- Correct the value written [Caught by David Laight]
Fixes: fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The set_addr() callback is now optional. Remove the empty stub that qca8k
has.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The set_addr() callback is now optional. Remove the empty stub that b53
has.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small packet loss is reported on complex multi host network configurations
including tunnels, NAT, ... My investigation led me to the following check
in netback which drops packets:
if (unlikely(txreq.size < ETH_HLEN)) {
netdev_err(queue->vif->dev,
"Bad packet size: %d\n", txreq.size);
xenvif_tx_err(queue, &txreq, extra_count, idx);
break;
}
But this check itself is legitimate. SKBs consist of a linear part (which
has to have the ethernet header) and (optionally) a number of frags.
Netfront transmits the head of the linear part up to the page boundary
as the first request and all the rest becomes frags so when we're
reconstructing the SKB in netback we can't distinguish between original
frags and the 'tail' of the linear part. The first SKB needs to be at
least ETH_HLEN size. So in case we have an SKB with its linear part
starting too close to the page boundary the packet is lost.
I see two ways to fix the issue:
- Change the 'wire' protocol between netfront and netback to start keeping
the original SKB structure. We'll have to add a flag indicating the fact
that the particular request is a part of the original linear part and not
a frag. We'll need to know the length of the linear part to pre-allocate
memory.
- Avoid transmitting SKBs with linear parts starting too close to the page
boundary. That seems preferable short-term and shouldn't bring
significant performance degradation as such packets are rare. That's what
this patch is trying to achieve with skb_copy().
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the review comments updated and resending for review.
This is MAC interface feature.
Microsemi PHY can support RGMII, RMII or GMII/MII interface between MAC and PHY.
MAC-IF function program the right value based on Device tree configuration.
Tested on Beaglebone Black with VSC 8531 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:251:28: warning: symbol
'mlxsw_sp_span_entry_find' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:265:28: warning: symbol
'mlxsw_sp_span_entry_get' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:367:56: warning: mixing
different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:367:56: int enum
mlxsw_sp_span_type versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:367:56: int enum
mlxsw_reg_mpar_i_e
...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:598:32: warning:
mixing different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:598:32: int
enum mlxsw_reg_sbxx_dir versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:598:32: int
enum devlink_sb_pool_type
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:600:39: warning:
mixing different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:600:39: int
enum mlxsw_reg_sbpr_mode versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:600:39: int
enum devlink_sb_threshold_type
...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:255:54: warning:
mixing different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:255:54: int
enum mlxsw_sp_l3proto versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:255:54: int
enum mlxsw_reg_ralxx_protocol
...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1749:6: warning:
symbol 'mlxsw_sp_fib_entry_put' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the RX hash function from XOR to CRC in order to have better
distribution of the traffic.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt_hwrm_fw_set_time() now returns -EOPNOTSUPP when built for kernel
without RTC_LIB. Setting the firmware time is not critical to the
successful completion of the firmware update process.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <Rob.Swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
E-switch mode changes involve creating HW tables, potentially allocating
netdevices, etc, and things can fail. Add an attempt to rollback to the
existing mode when changing to the new mode fails. Only if rollback fails,
getting proper SRIOV functionality requires module unload or sriov
disablement/enablement.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enablement of the SRIOV e-switch in certain mode (switchdev or legacy)
fails, we must set the mode to none. Otherwise, we'll run into double free
based crashes when further attempting to deal with the e-switch (such
as when disabling sriov or unloading the driver).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FW command output length should be only the length of struct
mlx5_cmd_fc_bulk out field. Failing to do so will cause the memcpy
call which is invoked later in the driver to write over wrong memory
address and corrupt kernel memory which results in random crashes.
This bug was found using the kernel address sanitizer (kasan).
Fixes: a351a1b03b ('net/mlx5: Introduce bulk reading of flow counters')
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch_offloads.c:463:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'esw_offloads_init' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch_offloads.c:521:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'esw_offloads_cleanup' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, both functions are declared in
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch.c,but should be
declared in a header file, thus can be recognized in other file.
So this patch moves the declarations into
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch.h
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 4 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:4368:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'be_calculate_pf_pool_rss_tables' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.c:4385:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'be_get_nic_pf_num_list' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.c:4537:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'be_reset_nic_desc' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.c:4910:5: warning: no previous prototype for '__be_cmd_set_logical_link_config' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/phy/microchip.c:58:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'lan88xx_suspend' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF link state can be changed via the 'ip link set' cmd.
Currently, the new link state does not take effect immediately.
The fix is for the PF to send a link change async event to the
designated VF after a VF link state change. This async event will
trigger the VF to update the link status.
Signed-off-by: Eddie Wai <eddie.wai@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Restart autoneg if autoneg is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Deepak Khungar <deepak.khungar@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware has a limitation that it won't pass host to BMC loopback
packets below 52-bytes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After generating the random MAC address for VF, call the firmware to
approve it. This step serves 2 purposes. Some hypervisor (e.g. ESX)
wants to approve the MAC address. 2nd, the call will setup the
proper forwarding database in the internal switch.
We need to unlock the hwrm_cmd_lock mutex before calling bnxt_approve_mac().
We can do that because we are at the end of the function and all the
previous firmware response data has been copied.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-arrange the code so that the generation of the random MAC address for
the VF is at the end of the function. The next patch will add one more step
to call bnxt_approve_mac() to get the firmware to approve the random MAC
address.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code is inconsistent in reporting and accepting the combined
channel count. bnxt_get_channels() reports maximum combined as the
maximum rx count. bnxt_set_channels() accepts combined count that
cannot be bigger than max rx or max tx.
For example, if max rx = 2 and max tx = 1, we report max supported
combined to be 2. But if the user tries to set combined to 2, it will
fail because 2 is bigger than max tx which is 1.
Fix the code to be consistent. Max allowed combined = max(max_rx, max_tx).
We will accept a combined channel count <= max(max_rx, max_tx).
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using Ethtool flashdev command, entire NVM package (*.pkg) files
may now be staged into the "update" area of the NVM and subsequently
verified and installed by the firmware using the newly introduced
command: NVM_INSTALL_UPDATE.
We also introduce use of the new firmware command FW_SET_TIME so that the
NVM-resident package installation log contains valid time-stamps.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <Rob.Swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove "Single-port/Dual-port" from the device names. Dual-port devices
will appear as 2 separate devices, so no need to call each a dual-port
device. Use a more generic name for VF devices belonging to the same
chip fanmily. Add some remaining NPAR device IDs.
Signed-off-by: David Christensen <david.christensen@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And remove redundant definitions of the same flags.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the spinlock to mutex for the available fakelb phy
list. When holding the spinlock the ieee802154_unregister_hw is called
which holding the rtnl_mutex, in that case we get a "BUG: sleeping function
called from invalid context" error. We simple change the spinlock to
mutex which allows to hold the rtnl lock there.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
- media: update IR support for newer SoCs
- firmware: add secure monitor driver
- net: new stmmac glue driver
- usb: udd DWC2 support for meson-gxbb
- clocks: expose more clock IDs for use by DT
- DT binding updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=DlpW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'amlogic-drivers-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/khilman/linux-amlogic into next/late
Pull "Amlogic driver updates for v4.9, 2nd round" from Kevin Hilman:
- media: update IR support for newer SoCs
- firmware: add secure monitor driver
- net: new stmmac glue driver
- usb: udd DWC2 support for meson-gxbb
- clocks: expose more clock IDs for use by DT
- DT binding updates
* tag 'amlogic-drivers-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/khilman/linux-amlogic: (21 commits)
clk: gxbb: expose i2c clocks
clk: gxbb: expose USB clocks
clk: gxbb: expose spifc clock
clk: gxbb: expose MPLL2 clock for use by DT
Documentation: dt-bindings: Add documentation for the Meson USB2 PHYs
usb: dwc2: add support for Meson8b and GXBB SoCs
net: stmmac: update the module description of the dwmac-meson driver
net: stmmac: add a glue driver for the Amlogic Meson 8b / GXBB DWMAC
stmmac: introduce get_stmmac_bsp_priv() helper
net: dt-bindings: Document the new Meson8b and GXBB DWMAC bindings
clk: meson-gxbb: Export PWM related clocks for DT
meson: clk: Add support for clock gates
gxbb: clk: Adjust MESON_GATE macro to be shared with meson8b
clk: meson: Copy meson8b CLKID defines to private header file
meson: clk: Rename register names according to Amlogic datasheet
meson: clk: Move register definitions to meson8b.h
clk: meson: Rename meson8b-clkc.c to reflect gxbb naming convention
nvmem: amlogic: Add Amlogic Meson EFUSE driver
firmware: Amlogic: Add secure monitor driver
media: rc: meson-ir: Add support for newer versions of the IR decoder
...
On a imx6ul-pico board the following error is seen during system suspend:
dpm_run_callback(): platform_pm_resume+0x0/0x54 returns -110
PM: Device 2090000.flexcan failed to resume: error -110
The reason for this suspend error is because when the CAN interface is not
active the clocks are disabled and then flexcan_chip_enable() will
always fail due to a timeout error.
In order to fix this issue, only call flexcan_chip_enable/disable()
when the CAN interface is active.
Based on a patch from Dong Aisheng in the NXP kernel.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There's no need to declare a list and then init it manually,
just use the LIST_HEAD() macro.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There's no need to declare a list and then init it manually,
just use the LIST_HEAD() macro.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently it is logged as UNKNOWN.
Also, 0x6c seems to be the permanent ID for this command, remove
incorrect comment and uncomment the command from the commands
list.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In order to access cached/paged memory, there are a couple of firmware
commands (one for UMAC and one for LMAC) that let the host access memory
and registers indirectly. Since this is done by the firmware on behalf
of the host, even if memory is paged out or cached, the host will
retrieve the memory as the firmware sees it (paged out memory will get
paged in).
Export this mechanism via a debugfs entry for both read and write
access.
WARNING: This mechanism has no protections at all. Invalid addresses may
crash or hang the firmware. Writing to arbitrary memory also comes with
no guarantees.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There's no need for the common MAC context function to have an
if on AP mode, the values can be overridden in the AP-specific
function later. Clean that up by adding the full command as a
new parameter to the AP-specific function, and doing it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
New function, reveals the diff between gp2 and host time.
Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When we get an unexpected Block Ack Request frame, the BAID from
the hardware will be invalid, and we'll pass it to mac80211 for
further handling (sending a delBA action frame.)
Add a comment explaining that, in case anyone looks in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Due to firmware design considerations, move to wide ID for
all commands.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There's no point in making this an out-of-line function
since it just calls a single other function with a few
changed parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Log group as well. Remove 0x prefix to match TX logging.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This will be used by more than MVM, so move it to iwlwifi
While at it, rename WRD_METHOD to the more appropriate
WRDD_METHOD and add some documentation.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
For automatic testing packet injection can be useful.
Support injection through debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Implement support for RRM by adding an option to configure the scan
dwell time and reporting scan start time and BSS detection time, and
Advertise support for these features.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
On default queue we will not receive frame release notification,
but the BAR itself.
Upon receiving the BAR driver should look at the NSSN and adjust
window accordingly.
Fixes: b915c10174 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add reorder buffer per queue")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There was recently a Full AP mode feature added where hostap adds
the station at auth stage, and not assoc.
However, when running with legacy hostapd, we get the auth response
before station was added, and tx_skb_non_sta fails to allocate
a queue, resulting in a complete failure of association.
Take care of this situation as well.
Add a warning when no valid queue is returned at all and make mvm
drop the packet instead of passing it on.
Refactor the function a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In 9000 family products we added an option to let the OEM fuse the
mac address via registers. If these registers are zeroed we use the OTP
address instead. Make sure that the address provided by the OEM is valid
and, if not, fall back to the OTP address as well.
Fixes: commit 17c867bfe8 ("iwlwifi: add support for getting HW address from CSR")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
enable MU-MIMO air sniffer if it's supported by the NIC
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When comparing command IDs, the group should be taken
into account so the same command/notification from a
different group doesn't trigger anything unexpected.
Fix this by comparing to the wide ID.
Fixes: commit 1738d60b31 ("iwlwifi: mvm: handle RX MPDUs separately")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Use skb_queue_empty() and not skb_peek_tail() to check for
empty list.
Avoid a redundant check as well - loop will take care of it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Fix the retrn value check which testing the wrong variable
in cfg_queues_uld().
Fixes: 94cdb8bb99 ("cxgb4: Add support for dynamic allocation of
resources for ULD")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The codes add ethtool functions to set RX flows for HW LRO. Because the
HW LRO hardware can only recognize the destination IP of TCP/IP RX flows,
the ethtool command to add HW LRO flow is as below:
ethtool -N [devname] flow-type tcp4 dst-ip [ip_addr] loc [0~1]
Otherwise, cause the hardware can set total four destination IPs, each
GMAC (GMAC1/GMAC2) can set two IPs separately at most.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The codes add the large receive offload (LRO) functions by hardware as below:
1) PDMA has total four RX rings that one is the normal ring, and others can
be configured as LRO rings.
2) Only TCP/IP RX flows can be offloaded. The hardware can set four IP
addresses at most, if the destination IP of the RX flow matches one of
them, it has the chance to be offloaded.
3) There three RX flows can be offloaded at most, and one flow is mapped to
one RX ring.
4) If there are more than three candidate RX flows, the hardware can
choose three of them by throughput comparison results.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate resources dynamically to cxgb4's Upper layer driver's(ULD) like
cxgbit, iw_cxgb4 and cxgb4i. Allocate resources when they register with
cxgb4 driver and free them while unregistering. All the queues and the
interrupts for them will be allocated during ULD probe only and freed
during remove.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XDP_TX action can fail transmitting the frame in case the TX ring
is full or port is down. In case of TX failure it should drop the
frame, and not as now call 'break' which is the same as XDP_PASS.
Fixes: 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a typical IPvlan L3 setup where master is in default-ns and
each slave is into different (slave) ns. In this setup egress
packet processing for traffic originating from slave-ns will
hit all NF_HOOKs in slave-ns as well as default-ns. However same
is not true for ingress processing. All these NF_HOOKs are
hit only in the slave-ns skipping them in the default-ns.
IPvlan in L3 mode is restrictive and if admins want to deploy
iptables rules in default-ns, this asymmetric data path makes it
impossible to do so.
This patch makes use of the l3_rcv() (added as part of l3mdev
enhancements) to perform input route lookup on RX packets without
changing the skb->dev and then uses nf_hook at NF_INET_LOCAL_IN
to change the skb->dev just before handing over skb to L4.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the default statistics ndo to return HW statistics
(like the one returned by ethtool_ops).
The HW stats are collected to a cache by delayed work every 1 sec.
Implement the offload stat ndo.
Add a function to get SW statistics, to be called from this function.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s1MY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-09-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have various things - all across the board:
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of dev_err messages span two lines and the literal
string is missing a white space between words. Add the white
space and join the two lines into one.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: FLorian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAC devices use the RWKPKTEN and MGKPKTEN bits of the PMT Control/Status
register to generate power management events.
So this patch is to properly set the RWKPKTEN [BIT(2)] inside the
PMT register (needed in case of global unicast).
Reported-by: Aditi SHARMA <aditi-hed.sharma@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If adapter is null the error exit path in mwifiex_shutdown_sw is
to down the semaphore sem and print some debug via mwifiex_dbg.
However, passing a NULL adapter to mwifiex_dbg causes a null
pointer deference when accessing adapter->dev. This fix checks
for a null adapter at the start of the function and to exit
without the need to up the semaphore and we also skip the debug
to avoid the null pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
smatch reports:
sta_cmdresp.c:1053 mwifiex_create_custom_regdomain() warn: possible memory leak of 'regd'
Indeed, mwifiex_create_custom_regdomain() returns NULL in the
case that channel is missing in the TLV without freeing regd.
Moreover, some other error paths in this function return ERR_PTR
values which are assigned without checking to the regd field in
the mwifiex_adapter struct. The latter is only null-checked where
used.
Fix by freeing regd in the error path, and only update
priv->adapter->regd if the returned pointer is valid.
Cc: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This powers down the 8192e correctly, or at least to the point where
the firmware will load again, when reloading the driver module.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* dynamic queue allocation stabilization
* improvements in the MSIx code
* multiqueue support work continues
* new firmware version support
* general cleanups and improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=SrvZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-09-15-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* work for new hardware support continues
* dynamic queue allocation stabilization
* improvements in the MSIx code
* multiqueue support work continues
* new firmware version support
* general cleanups and improvements
Commit 6e7333d "net: add rx_nohandler stat counter" added the new entry
rx_nohandler into struct rtnl_link_stats64. Unfortunately the bna
driver foolishly depends on the structure. It uses part of it for
ethtool statistics and it's not bad but the driver assumes its size
is constant as it defines string for each existing entry. The problem
occurs when the structure is extended because you need to modify bna
driver as well. If not any attempt to retrieve ethtool statistics results
in crash in bnad_get_strings().
The patch changes BNAD_ETHTOOL_STATS_NUM so it counts real number of
strings in the array and also removes rtnl_link_stats64 entries that
are not used in output and are always zero.
Fixes: 6e7333d "net: add rx_nohandler stat counter"
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ba5ca784 "bna: check for dma mapping errors" added besides other
things a statistic that counts number of DMA buffer mapping failures
per each Rx queue. This counter is not included in ethtool stats output.
Fixes: ba5ca784 "bna: check for dma mapping errors"
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for net_device_ops structures that are only stored in the netdev_ops
field of a net_device structure. This field is declared const, so
net_device_ops structures that have this property can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct net_device_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.netdev_ops = &i@p;
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok.p};
identifier r.i;
struct net_device_ops e;
@@
e@i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct net_device_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
The result of size on this file before the change is:
text data bss dec hex filename
21623 1316 40 22979 59c3
drivers/net/ethernet/synopsys/dwc_eth_qos.o
and after the change it is:
text data bss dec hex filename
22199 724 40 22963 59b3
drivers/net/ethernet/synopsys/dwc_eth_qos.o
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for net_device_ops structures that are only stored in the netdev_ops
field of a net_device structure. This field is declared const, so
net_device_ops structures that have this property can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct net_device_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.netdev_ops = &i@p;
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok.p};
identifier r.i;
struct net_device_ops e;
@@
e@i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct net_device_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
The result of size on this file before the change is:
text data bss dec hex filename
7995 848 8 8851 2293
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.o
and after the change it is:
text data bss dec hex filename
8571 256 8 8835 2283
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.o
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer used after d66f6c0a8f ("net: ipv4: Remove l3mdev_get_saddr")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error during netback_probe() (e.g. an entry missing on the
xenstore) netback_remove() is called on the new device, which will set
the device backend state to XenbusStateClosed by calling
set_backend_state(). However, the backend state wasn't initialized by
netback_probe() at this point, which will cause and invalid transaction
and set_backend_state() to BUG().
Initialize the backend state at the beginning of netback_probe() to
XenbusStateInitialising, and create two new valid state transitions on
set_backend_state(), from XenbusStateInitialising to XenbusStateClosed,
and from XenbusStateInitialising to XenbusStateInitWait.
Signed-off-by: Filipe Manco <filipe.manco@neclab.eu>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* preparation for new a000 HW continues
* some DQA improvements
* add support for GMAC
* add support for 9460, 9270 and 9170 series
mwifiex
* support random MAC address for scanning
* add HT aggregation support for adhoc mode
* add custom regulatory domain support
* add manufacturing mode support via nl80211 testmode interface
bcma
* support BCM53573 series of wireless SoCs
bitfield.h
* add FIELD_PREP() and FIELD_GET() macros
mt7601u
* convert to use the new bitfield.h macros
brcmfmac
* add support for bcm4339 chip with modalias sdio:c00v02D0d4339
ath10k
* add nl80211 testmode support for 10.4 firmware
* hide kernel addresses from logs using %pK format specifier
* implement NAPI support
* enable peer stats by default
ath9k
* use ieee80211_tx_status_noskb where possible
wil6210
* extract firmware capabilities from the firmware file
ath6kl
* enable firmware crash dumps on the AR6004
ath-current is also merged to fix a conflict in ath10k.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJX2rF7AAoJEG4XJFUm622bD3EH/icZDT7vVxnb0VPP8jAScA4h
bMNrI3iFxnPohO8Rzp+edWSdxEZoxwrBVk/6BHXO9PHHZwPX7/b8/OOXmLWB2X1c
ffj1jt83RENcsZFvd5OJfDYxIq89uOkWybdD6nIUd3umKC9KeFOI5nCju31fEZrQ
ZptqvKGIV36bbx07K8Y/PQRL2SA6T+09WqvuljLHZD5hfPGZ+GWXV2p+HAm3Moos
iy6HUx5+pYfC+zlcmvJvL47Wxj+HppS/48ujyQ68DD2UkjOtF620YJjVy3o+njip
GNJtCgWFDp2ar3uvRP2BfBd9FtseDTKsKusxJQvNGoSR0ON+uGIzURCznQ+2PCM=
=FyXw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-09-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.9
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* preparation for new a000 HW continues
* some DQA improvements
* add support for GMAC
* add support for 9460, 9270 and 9170 series
mwifiex
* support random MAC address for scanning
* add HT aggregation support for adhoc mode
* add custom regulatory domain support
* add manufacturing mode support via nl80211 testmode interface
bcma
* support BCM53573 series of wireless SoCs
bitfield.h
* add FIELD_PREP() and FIELD_GET() macros
mt7601u
* convert to use the new bitfield.h macros
brcmfmac
* add support for bcm4339 chip with modalias sdio:c00v02D0d4339
ath10k
* add nl80211 testmode support for 10.4 firmware
* hide kernel addresses from logs using %pK format specifier
* implement NAPI support
* enable peer stats by default
ath9k
* use ieee80211_tx_status_noskb where possible
wil6210
* extract firmware capabilities from the firmware file
ath6kl
* enable firmware crash dumps on the AR6004
ath-current is also merged to fix a conflict in ath10k.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of reallocating and mapping pages for RX data-path,
recycle already used pages in a per ring cache.
Performance tests:
The following results were measured on a freshly booted system,
giving optimal baseline performance, as high-order pages are yet to
be fragmented and depleted.
We ran pktgen single-stream benchmarks, with iptables-raw-drop:
Single stride, 64 bytes:
* 4,739,057 - baseline
* 4,749,550 - order0 no cache
* 4,786,899 - order0 with cache
1% gain
Larger packets, no page cross, 1024 bytes:
* 3,982,361 - baseline
* 3,845,682 - order0 no cache
* 4,127,852 - order0 with cache
3.7% gain
Larger packets, every 3rd packet crosses a page, 1500 bytes:
* 3,731,189 - baseline
* 3,579,414 - order0 no cache
* 3,931,708 - order0 with cache
5.4% gain
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Manage the allocation and deallocation of mapped RX pages only
through dedicated API functions.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To improve the memory consumption scheme, we omit the flow that
demands and splits high-order pages in Striding RQ, and stay
with a single Striding RQ flow that uses order-0 pages.
Moving to fragmented memory allows the use of larger MPWQEs,
which reduces the number of UMR posts and filler CQEs.
Moving to a single flow allows several optimizations that improve
performance, especially in production servers where we would
anyway fallback to order-0 allocations:
- inline functions that were called via function pointers.
- improve the UMR post process.
This patch alone is expected to give a slight performance reduction.
However, the new memory scheme gives the possibility to use a page-cache
of a fair size, that doesn't inflate the memory footprint, which will
dramatically fix the reduction and even give a performance gain.
Performance tests:
The following results were measured on a freshly booted system,
giving optimal baseline performance, as high-order pages are yet to
be fragmented and depleted.
We ran pktgen single-stream benchmarks, with iptables-raw-drop:
Single stride, 64 bytes:
* 4,739,057 - baseline
* 4,749,550 - this patch
no reduction
Larger packets, no page cross, 1024 bytes:
* 3,982,361 - baseline
* 3,845,682 - this patch
3.5% reduction
Larger packets, every 3rd packet crosses a page, 1500 bytes:
* 3,731,189 - baseline
* 3,579,414 - this patch
4% reduction
Fixes: 461017cb00 ("net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE (Striding RQ)")
Fixes: bc77b240b3 ("net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to initialize at runtime, when the static
declaration macro can just be used instead, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch contains initial support for the QCA8337 switch. It
will detect a QCA8337 switch, if present and declared in the DT.
Each port will be represented through a standalone net_device interface,
as for other DSA switches. CPU can communicate with any of the ports by
setting an IP@ on ethN interface. Most of the extra callbacks of the DSA
subsystem are already supported, such as bridge offloading, stp, fdb.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 73725d9dfd ("nfp: allocate ring SW structs dynamically")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove .owner field if calls are used which set it automatically.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/platform_no_drv_owner.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/dsa/bcm_sf2.c:963:19: warning:
symbol 'bcm_sf2_io_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for preventing race conditions within ioctl calls.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add realization for mac address set and remove dummy callback.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device table is required to load modules based on
modaliases. After adding MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE, below entries
for example will be added to modules.alias:
alias of:N*T*Cmediatek,mt7623-ethC* mtk_eth_soc
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an error occurs in mlx4_init_eq_table the index used in the
err_out_unmap label is one too big which results in a panic in
mlx4_free_eq. This patch fixes the index in the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add the protection of the race condition between
the reset process and hardware access happening
on the related callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mtk_eth has already contained struct regmap ethsys pointer
to the address range of the internal circuit reset, so we reuse it
to reset more internal blocks on ethernet hardware such as packet
processing engine (PPE) and frame engine (FE) instead of rstc which
deals with FE only.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) original driver only resets DMA used by descriptor rings
which can't guarantee it can recover all various kinds of fatal
errors, so the patch tries to reset the underlying hardware
resource from scratch on Mediatek SoC required for ethernet
running, including power, pin mux control, clock and internal
circuits on the ethernet in order to restore into the initial
state which the rebooted machine gives.
2) add state variable inside structure mtk_eth to help distinguish
mtk_hw_init is called between the initialization during boot time
or re-initialization during the reset process.
3) add ge_mode variable inside structure mtk_mac for restoring
the interface mode of the current setup for the target MAC.
4) remove __init attribute from mtk_hw_init definition
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce power domain control which the digital circuit of
the ethernet belongs to inside the flow of hardware initialization
and deinitialization which helps the entire ethernet hardware block
could restart cleanly and completely as being back to the initial
state when the whole machine reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleans up the error path inside mtk_hw_init call, causing it able
to exit appropriately when something fails and also includes refactoring
mtk_cleanup call to make the partial logic reusable on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
grouping things related to the deinitialization of what
mtk_hw_init call does that help to be reused by the reset
process and the error path handling.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the existing mtk_hw_init includes hardware and software
initialization inside so that it is slightly hard to reuse
them for the process of the reset recovery, so some splitting
is made here for keeping hardware initializing relevant thing
and the else such as IRQ registration and MDIO initialization
what are all about to the interface of core driver moved to the
other proper place because they have no needs to register IRQ and
re-initialize structure again during the reset process.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by smatch, checking the BAID for just >= INVALID
is a bad idea since only 32 (IWL_MAX_BAID) actually exist. Check
the range for that and print invalid ones in the warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Inside the reorder timer expire function, there's no point in
disabling BHs since it is in BH context. Remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the firmware ever decides to send any new/more notifications
to the RSS queues, the driver would currently try to interpret
those as REPLY_RX_MPDU_CMD and, if the notification was small,
access invalid memory.
Prevent that by checking for REPLY_RX_MPDU_CMD explicitly which
allows ignoring unexpected notifications.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In MSIX mode the number of irq depends on the number of
possible cpus existing on the host.
This cause to bug in case there are offline cores.
Take into account only the online CPUs instead.
Also save it in temporary variable.
Fixes: commit 2e5d4a8f61 ("iwlwifi: pcie: Add new configuration to enable MSIX")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The driver now support version 26 of the firmware APIs.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Function is very indented. Go to msi section if needed to avoid
it and by that make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the function
and data fields
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a new config struct for the new 8275 series and add
the first PCI ID for it.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a new config struct for the new 9560 series and add
the 4 new PCI IDs for it.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In order to utilize the host's CPUs in the most efficient way
we bind each rx interrupt vector to each CPU on the host.
Each rx interrupt is prioritized to execute only on the designated CPU
rather than any CPU.
Processor affinity takes advantage of the fact that some remnants of
a process that was run on a given processor may remain in that
processor's memory state for example, data in the CPU cache after
another process is run on that CPU. Scheduling that process to execute
on the same processor could result in an efficient use of process by
reducing performance-degrading situations such as cache misses
and parallel processing.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a STA is removed in DQA mode, if no traffic went through
its reserved queue, the txq continues to be marked as
reserved and no STA can use it.
Make sure that in such a case the reserved queue is marked
as free when the STA is removed.
Fixes: commit 24afba7690 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support bss dynamic alloc/dealloc of queues")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In iwl_mvm_rx_tx_cmd_single(), when checking if a given TID is
aggregated, the driver doesn't check whether or not the queue
itself can be aggregated. For example, a management queue might
be marked as aggregated if TID 0 is aggregated on a (different)
data queue.
Make sure that mgmt frames are sent with TID IWL_TID_NON_QOS,
and in this way make sure no mixups of this sort happen.
Fixes: commit 24afba7690 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support bss dynamic alloc/dealloc of queues")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In case the OS provides fewer interrupts than requested, different
causes will share the same interrupt vector as follow:
1.One interrupt less: non rx causes shared with FBQ.
2.Two interrupts less: non rx causes shared with FBQ and RSS.
3.More than two interrupts: we will use fewer RSS queues.
Also make the request depend on the number of online CPUs
instead of possible CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Support new format. TX response will not be sent anymore,
so all needed data is in the BA response.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The original intent was to have the general iwl_queue shared
between RX and TX queues, but it is not the actual status.
Since it is not shared with any struct but iwl_txq, it adds
unnecessary complexity. Merge those structs.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since TFD was enlarged to 256 bytes, the fetch of the TFD
itself is very expensive.
To make DRAM to SRAM more efficient, bits 12-13 will indicate
the number of 64 byte chunks that should be transferred to
SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Previous patch introduced the new formats. This patch
allocates the new structures and adjusts code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In future HW the byte count table address will be configured
by ucode per queue. Add API to expose the byte count table to
the opmode
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add cxgb_mk_rx_data_ack() to remove duplicate
code to form CPL_RX_DATA_ACK hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_abort_rpl() to remove duplicate
code to form CPL_ABORT_RPL hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_abort_req() to remove duplicate code
to form CPL_ABORT_REQ hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_close_con_req() to remove duplicate
code to form CPL_CLOSE_CON_REQ hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_tid_release() to remove duplicate code
to form CPL_TID_RELEASE hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_compute_wscale() in libcxgb_cm.h to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_best_mtu() in libcxgb_cm.h to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_is_neg_adv() in libcxgb_cm.h to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_find_route6() in libcxgb_cm.c to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_find_route() in libcxgb_cm.c to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_get_4tuple() in libcxgb_cm.c to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 9ee7b683ea we moved the enablement of msi interrupts earlier in
alx_init_intr. If there is an error in alx_alloc_rings, __alx_open returns
with an error but msi (or msi-x) interrupts stays enabled. Add a new error
label to disable msi (or msi-x) interrupts.
Fixes: 9ee7b683ea ("alx: refactor msi enablement and disablement")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The checksum provided by the device doesn't include the L3 headers,
as IPv6 expects
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a000 devices we have 15 fifos, so in the shared memory
config the number of tx fifos in the array was changed
accordingly.
As it is in the middle of the struct, the parsing code needs
to be duplicated.
To minimize the duplication, do not save variables we never
actually use.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Firmware may lock those registers for access. This results
in 9000 devices with a bus stall and an endless loop of 0x5a5a5a.
Don't dump those registers.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
New hardware supports bigger TFDs and TBs.
Introduce the new formats and adjust defines and code
relying on old format.
Changing the actual TFD allocation is trickier and
deferred to the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In DQA mode, a delBA might free the queue although it
shouldn't. Fix that.
Fixes: cf941e174ee2 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dqa-mode agg on non-shared queue")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since the SCD_QUEUE_CFG command was introduced the driver
calls iwl_trans_txq_enable_cfg() with a NULL for scd_cfg
parameter.
This makes the transport avoid writing to the SCD pointers,
since it can cause races with firmware, which is also accessing
the registers.
The transport only updates the write pointer in that case.
Fix a wrong call to iwl_trans_txq_enable() which caused a
scd_cfg parameter to be sent to transport, resulting with an
access to SCD registers.
Fixes: 58f2cc57dc ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dqa-mode scd queue redirection")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Off-channel action frames (such as ANQP frames) must be sent either on
the AUX queue or on the offchannel queue, otherwise the firmware will
cause a SYSASSERT.
In the current implementation, the queue to be used is correctly set in
the original skb, but this is done after it is copied. Thus the copy
remains with the original, incorrect queue.
Fix this by setting the queue in the original skb before copying it.
Fixes: commit 5c08b0f502 ("iwlwifi: mvm: don't override the rate with the AMSDU len")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.6+
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Similar to pcie8997 chipset, first firmware submitted for usb8997
chipset will be usbusb8997_combo_v4.bin. This patch corrects the
name used in driver.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware image for newer USB chipsets starts with a command 7 block
(special command). It doesn't contain data length field. This patch adds
necessary handling.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For structure types defined in the same file or local header files, find
top-level static structure declarations that have the following
properties:
1. Never reassigned.
2. Address never taken
3. Not passed to a top-level macro call
4. No pointer or array-typed field passed to a function or stored in a
variable.
Declare structures having all of these properties as const.
Done using Coccinelle.
Based on a suggestion by Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For structure types defined in the same file or local header files, find
top-level static structure declarations that have the following
properties:
1. Never reassigned.
2. Address never taken
3. Not passed to a top-level macro call
4. No pointer or array-typed field passed to a function or stored in a
variable.
Declare structures having all of these properties as const.
Done using Coccinelle.
Based on a suggestion by Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For structure types defined in the same file or local header files, find
top-level static structure declarations that have the following
properties:
1. Never reassigned.
2. Address never taken
3. Not passed to a top-level macro call
4. No pointer or array-typed field passed to a function or stored in a
variable.
Declare structures having all of these properties as const.
Done using Coccinelle.
Based on a suggestion by Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Trivial fix to spelling mistakes in dev_dbg message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the USB dongle is still attached, reset it on module unload to
avoid scans failing when reloading the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently Rx STBC in assoc request frame is advertised as 3. It should
be 2, as our chipsets support two spatial streams.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When this failure occurs, we will clear card->plt_wake_cfg so that
device would initialize without wake up on external interrupt feature.
This feature specific code in suspend and resume handlers will be
skipped.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath.git patches for 4.9. Major changes:
ath10k
* add nl80211 testmode support for 10.4 firmware
* hide kernel addresses from logs using %pK format specifier
* implement NAPI support
* enable peer stats by default
ath9k
* use ieee80211_tx_status_noskb where possible
wil6210
* extract firmware capabilities from the firmware file
ath6kl
* enable firmware crash dumps on the AR6004
ath-current is also merged to fix a conflict in ath10k.
Remove the deprecated {get,set}_settings callbacks and instead add
{get,set}_link_ksettings along with support for newly available speeds.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device can support multiple port types, so don't return on first
match.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case port isn't operational we shouldn't report the port type, but
instead return PORT_OTHER. This is consistent with most other drivers
that return PORT_OTHER when media type can't be determined.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If autonegotiation was performed successfully, then we should report the
link partner's advertised speeds instead of the operational speed of the
port.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now the device always reported autonegotiation to be off
although it was on by default.
Allow the user to disable / enable autonegotiation and report its status
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If 'IS_ERR(pdata->clk)' is true, then 'clk_disable_unprepare(pdata->clk)'
will do nothing.
It is likely that 'if (!IS_ERR(pdata->clk))' was expected here.
In fact, the test can even be removed because 'clk_disable_unprepare'
already handles such cases.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-stm32.c:172:1: warning:
symbol 'stm32_dwmac_pm_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing unlock before return from function macb_start_xmit()
in the error handling case.
Fixes: 007e4ba3ee ("net: macb: initialize checksum when using
checksum offloading")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'd like to eventually remove NO_IRQ on powerpc, so remove usages of it
from powerpc-only drivers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When system enters into kdump kernel because of kernel panic, it won't
shutdown devices. On-flight DMA will continue transferring data until
device driver initializes. All devices are supposed to reset during
driver initialization. And this property is used to fix the kdump
failure in system with intel iommu. Other systems with hardware iommu
should be similar. Please check commit 091d42e ("iommu/vt-d: Copy
translation tables from old kernel") and those commits around.
But bnx2 driver doesn't reset device during driver initialization. The
device resetting is deferred to net device up stage. This will cause
hardware iommu handling failure on bnx2 device. And its resetting relies
on firmware. So in this patch move the firmware requesting code to earlier
bnx2_init_one(), then next call bnx2_reset_chip to reset device.
Signed-off-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hw_4addr_pad was added to handle different types of padding
in 4-address rx frame. But this padding is not very specific
to 4-address, it can happen even with three address + ethernet
decap mode. Since the padding information can be obtained
through Rx desc for QCA99X0 and newer chips, this hw_param
is not needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In QCA99X0 (QCA99X0, QCA9984, QCA9888 and QCA4019) family chips,
hw adds padding at the begining of the rx payload to make L3
header 4-byte aligned. In the chips doing this type of padding,
the number of bytes padded will be indicated through msdu_end:info1.
Define a hw_rx_desc_ops wrapper to retrieve the number of padded
bytes and use this while doing undecap. This should fix padding
related issues with ethernt decap format with QCA99X0, QCA9984,
QCA9888 and QCA4019 hw.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
[Rename operations to hw_ops for other purposes]
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are slight differences in Rx hw descriptor information
among different chips. So far driver does not use those new
information for any functionalities, but there is one important
information which is available from QCA99X0 onwards to indicate
the number of bytes that hw padded at the begining of the rx
payload and this information is needed to undecap the rx
packet. Add an abstraction for Rx desc to make use of the
new desc information available. The callback that this patch
defines to retrieve the padding bytes will be used in follow-up
patch.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
[Rename operations to hw_ops for other purposes]
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is to prepare for rx descriptor abstraction where we'll
be dereferencing ath10k_hw_params member in hw.h. Moreover
hw.h looks more suitable to house ath10k_hw_params definition
than core.h
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Helps to know the sta pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: add %pK and remove the colon]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
IFTYPE_MESH_POINT need to rely on these for accurate path
selection metrics. Other modes will probably also find
them useful. Enabling peer stats has the side effect of
reducing max number of STAs from 128 to 118. There should
be negligible performance impact.
If users really need 128 STAs and don't mind losing out on
peer stats, they can still disable them:
echo 0 > debugfs/ieee80211/phyn/ath10k/peer_stats
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Trival fix to remove unused variable ar_pci in ath10k_pci_tx_pipe_cleanup
when building with W=1:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/pci.c:1696:21: warning: variable
'ar_pci' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Chaehyun Lim <chaehyun.lim@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
caldata is not being free'd on the error exit path, causing
a memory leak and data definitely should not be freed. Free
caldata instead of data.
Thanks to Kalle Valo for spotting that data should not be
free'd.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Daniele Venzano <venza@brownhat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When port is down, tx drop counter update is not needed.
Updating the counter in this case can cause a kernel
panic as when the port is down, ring can be NULL.
Fixes: 63a664b7e9 ("net/mlx4_en: fix tx_dropped bug")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a capability check before enabling DCBX.
In addition, it re-organizes the relevant data structures,
and fixes a typo in a define.
Fixes: af7d518526 ("net/mlx4_en: Add DCB PFC support through CEE netlink commands")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_dcbnl_set_state() returns u8, the return value from
mlx4_en_setup_tc() could be negative in case of failure, so fix that.
Fixes: af7d518526 ("net/mlx4_en: Add DCB PFC support through CEE netlink commands")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_dcbnl_set_all() returns u8, so return value can't be negative in
case of failure.
Fixes: af7d518526 ("net/mlx4_en: Add DCB PFC support through CEE netlink commands")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While migrating the bcm_sf2 driver to use b53_common, we left a small
piece untouched where we kept our local copy of the per-port
port_vlan_ctl bitmask value. This value is now maintained by b53_device
so we need to use it instead of our local (and now stale) copy of it.
Fixes: f458995b9a ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Utilize core B53 driver when possible")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flip the IPv6 output path to use the l3mdev tx out hook. The VRF dst
is not returned on the first FIB lookup. Instead, the dst on the
skb is switched at the beginning of the IPv6 output processing to
send the packet to the VRF driver on xmit.
Link scope addresses (linklocal and multicast) need special handling:
specifically the oif the flow struct can not be changed because we
want the lookup tied to the enslaved interface. ie., the source address
and the returned route MUST point to the interface scope passed in.
Convert the existing vrf_get_rt6_dst to handle only link scope addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flip the IPv4 output path to use the l3mdev tx out hook. The VRF dst
is not returned on the first FIB lookup. Instead, the dst on the
skb is switched at the beginning of the IPv4 output processing to
send the packet to the VRF driver on xmit.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are used by other code misc-next tree.
This reverts commit 30d1de08c8.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hide the exposed (external) mlx5_dev_list and mlx5_intf_mutex and expose
an organized modular API to manage and manipulate mlx5 devices list.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When detaching the mlx5e interface clear all the vlans rules from the
vlan flow table.
When attaching it back restore all the active vlans rules to the HW.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to support seamless and lightweight PCI/Internal error recovery.
Implement the attach/detach interface callbacks.
In attach callback we only allocate HW resources.
In detach callback we only deallocate HW resources.
All SW/kernel objects initialzing/destroying is kept in add/remove
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save the user configuration in the vport sturct.
Restore saved old configuration upon vport enable.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Init/cleanup sriov/eswitch in the core software context init/cleanup
flows.
Attach/detach sriov/eswitch in the core load/unload flows.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for lightweight and modular internal/pci error handling.
Implement eswitch attach function which allocates/starts hw related
resources.
Implement eswitch detach function which releases/stops hw related
resources.
Init/cleanup function only handle eswitch software context allocation
and destruction.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for lightweight and modular internal/pci error handling.
Implement sriov attach function which enables pre-saved number of vfs on
the device side.
Implement sriov detach function which disable the current vfs on the
device side.
Init/cleanup function only handles sriov software context allocation and
destruction.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gather all software context creating/destroying in one function and call
it once in the first load and in the last unload.
load/unload functions will now receive indication if we need to
create/destroy the software contexts.
In internal/pci error do the unload/load flows without releasing the
software objects.
In this way we perserve the sw core state and it help us restoring old
driver state after PCI error/shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add attach/detach callbacks to interface API.
This is crucial for implementing seamless reset flow which releases the
hardware and it's resources upon detach while keeping software
structures and state (e.g netdev) then reset and reallocate the hardware
needed resources upon attach.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code and makes it look modular and symmetric.
Split sriov enable/disable to two levels: device level and pci level.
When user enable/disable sriov (via sriov_configure driver callback) we
will enable/disable both device and pci sriov.
When driver load/unload we will enable/disable (on demand) only device
sriov while keeping the PCI sriov enabled for next driver load.
On internal/pci error, VFs will be kept enabled on PCI and the reset
is done only in device level.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of device in internal error state there is no need to wait for
vf pages since they will be reclaimed manually later in the unload flow.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Measurement shows that on a MPC8xx running at 132MHz, the optimal
limit is 112:
* 114 bytes packets are processed in 147 TB ticks with higher copybreak
* 114 bytes packets are processed in 148 TB ticks with lower copybreak
* 128 bytes packets are processed in 154 TB ticks with higher copybreak
* 128 bytes packets are processed in 148 TB ticks with lower copybreak
* 238 bytes packets are processed in 172 TB ticks with higher copybreak
* 238 bytes packets are processed in 148 TB ticks with lower copybreak
However it might be different on other processors
and/or frequencies. So it is useful to make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the length of the packet is below the defined copybreak limit,
the received packet is copied into a newly allocated skb in order
to reuse the skb. This is only interesting if it allow us to avoid
a new DMA mapping. We shall therefore not DMA unmap and remap the
skb->data. Instead, we invalidate the cache
with dma_sync_single_for_cpu() once the received data has been
copied into the new skb.
The following measures have been obtained on a mpc885 running at 132Mhz.
Measurement is done using the timebase with packets sent to the target
with 'ping -s 1' (packet len is 60):
* Without this patch: 182 TB ticks
* With this patch: 143 TB ticks
As a comparison, if we set the copybreak limit to 0, then we get
148 TB ticks. It means that without this patch, duration is even
worse when copying received data to a new skb instead of
allocating a new skb for next packet to be received
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially, a NAPI TX routine has been implemented separately from
NAPI RX, as done on the freescale/gianfar driver.
By merging NAPI RX and NAPI TX, we reduce the amount of TX completion
interrupts.
Handling of the budget in association with TX interrupts is based on
indications provided at https://wiki.linuxfoundation.org/networking/napi
We never proceed more than the complete TX ring on a single run.
At the same time, we fix an issue in the handling of fep->tx_free:
It is only when fep->tx_free goes up to MAX_SKB_FRAGS that
we need to wake up the queue. There is no need to call
netif_wake_queue() at every packet successfully transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a mistake in the hardware manual, the FWSLC and POST1-4 registers
were not documented and left out of the driver for RZ/A making the CAM
feature non-operational.
Additionally, when the offset values for POST1-4 are left blank, the driver
attempts to set them using an offset of 0xFFFF which can cause a memory
corruption or panic.
This patch fixes the panic and properly enables CAM.
Reported-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility functions to convert a 32 bits key into a 64 bits tunnel and
vice versa.
These functions will be used instead of cloning code in GRE and VXLAN,
and in tc act_iptunnel which will be introduced in a following patch in
this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
msi-x support is default disabled in the alx driver. In order to test msi-x
interrupts for regressions add a module parameter to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add msi-x support to the alx driver. This is in preparation for multi queue
support.
msi-x interrupts are disabled by default because without multi queue support
there is no advantage over msi interrupts. The performance numbers observed
with iperf stay the same.
Based on information of the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out the handling of misc interrupts into a new function.
This function can be reused later for msi-x interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new flag field for the advanced interrupt capatibilities and add
new functions to enable and disable msi interrupts. These functions will be
extended later to cover msi-x interrupts.
We enable msi interrupts earlier in alx_init_intr because with msi-x and multi
queue support the number of queues must be set before we allocate resources for
the rx and tx paths.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a few warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_l2.c:112:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_sp_vport_start' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:110:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_is_valid_vfid' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:188:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_post_vf_bulletin' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:578:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_set_vfs_to_disable' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:1135:28: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_get_public_vf_info' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:1148:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_clean_vf' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:2444:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_chk_ucast' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:2762:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_vf_flr_cleanup' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
....
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mdio-xgene driver is only useful on X-Gene SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi
* fix P2P dump trigger
* prevent a potential null dereference in iwlmvm
* prevent an uninitialized value from being returned in iwlmvm
* advertise support for channel width change in AP mode
ath10k
* fix racy rx status retrieval from htt context
* QCA9887 support is not experimental anymore, remove the warning message
ath9k
* fix regression with led GPIOs
* fix AR5416 GPIO access warning
brcmfmac
* avoid potential stack overflow in brcmf_cfg80211_start_ap()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJX0UZGAAoJEG4XJFUm622bNrQH/1x1A5go1O0WT9LFz7xgowY9
LtcpDcyDsz0h+dn1d9VuncTuO8mSREP/zxcDyibhiwnrVXR00QM0F9VgPSlUxASH
PwM06NZACblCk/mqSzI79BJ8kNBlwIhcr6OXpwzlcvF9JMUIDu/hQCdRPPn0lDRI
XVJHrM7dP2ZB0sVKAbM7+1Q1Bnv5JetPUduu1jOBtk+HiGjOAsejTFOh6AsOqZzZ
ZUTKBJeGkDp3XEVnlgkhJ1Y9xPaMpke/yqAlOPIgP90Ghd2SMJHTHiW6S28P/W1F
FMtTMXbYzzHAHNVSnOMgJyWRm1xD/Y6sVkeyXTD40BgHYXZcB6uHVLnzjR4i4BY=
=teXL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-09-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.8
iwlwifi
* fix P2P dump trigger
* prevent a potential null dereference in iwlmvm
* prevent an uninitialized value from being returned in iwlmvm
* advertise support for channel width change in AP mode
ath10k
* fix racy rx status retrieval from htt context
* QCA9887 support is not experimental anymore, remove the warning message
ath9k
* fix regression with led GPIOs
* fix AR5416 GPIO access warning
brcmfmac
* avoid potential stack overflow in brcmf_cfg80211_start_ap()
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move register_netdev() to the end of dwceqos_probe() to close any
races where the netdev callbacks are called before the initialization
has finished.
Reported-by: Pavel Andrianov <andrianov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tdinfo->skb_dma is a 7 element array of dma_addr_t hence cannot be
null, so the pull pointer check on tdinfo->skb_dma is redundant.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_main.c:2113:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qede_set_features' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing VSC85xx PHY driver did not follow the coding style and caused "checkpatch" to complain. This commit fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During port init, we currently set the port's type to Ethernet after
setting its MAC address. However, the hardware documentation states this
should be the other way around.
Align the driver with the hardware documentation and set the port's MAC
address after setting its type.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When neigh_init fails, we have to do proper cleanup including
router_fini call.
Fixes: 6cf3c971dc ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add private neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdevice type structure for macsec was being defined but never used.
To set the network device type the macro SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE must be called.
Compile tested only, I don't use macsec.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3c97f5de1f ("ath10k: implement NAPI support") conflicts with
ath-current. To avoid any merge problems merge ath-current to ath-next already now.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt_rx.c
carl9170_usb_stop() is used from several places to flush and cleanup any
pending work. The normal pattern is to send a request and wait for the
irq handler to call complete(). The completion is not reinitialized
during normal operation and as the old comment indicates it is important
to keep calls to wait_for_completion_timeout() and complete() balanced.
Calling complete_all() brings this equilibirum out of balance and needs
to be fixed by a reinit_completion(). But that opens a small race
window. It is possible that the sequence of complete_all(),
reinit_completion() is faster than the wait_for_completion_timeout() can
do its work. The wake up is not lost but the done counter test is after
reinit_completion() has been executed. The only reason we don't see
carl9170_exec_cmd() hang forever is we use the timeout version of
wait_for_copletion().
Let's fix this by reinitializing the completion (that is just setting
done counter to 0) just before we send out an request. Now,
carl9170_usb_stop() can be sure a complete() call is enough to make
progess since there is only one waiter at max. This is a common pattern
also seen in various drivers which use completion.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ath6kl driver attempts to get the txpower value from the radio by first
clearing the existing stored value and then watching the value to become
non-zero.
APs allow setting client power to values from -127..127, but this radio
is not capable of setting values less then 0 and so will report txpower
as 0dbm for both negative and 0 client power values.
When the radio has txpower set to 0dbm txpower (equivalent to 1mw) the
ath6kl_cfg80211_get_txpower() function will remain in the
wait_event_interruptible_timeout() loop waiting for the value to be
non-zero, and will eventually timeout. This results in a 5 second delay in
response. However, the correct value of zero is eventually returned.
The 6004 defaults to 63dbm which is then limited by regulatory and
hardware limits with max of 18dbm (6003 max is 16dbm), therefore we can
use values larger then these to be able to determine when the value has
been updated.
To correct the issue, set the value to a nonsensical value (255) and wait
for it to change to the valid value.
Tested on both 6003 and 6004 based radios. Return value of zero is
correctly returned in an expected amount of time (similar to when
returning non-zero values) when AP client power is set to both 0 and
negative values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Bentley <eric.bentley@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The firmware crash dumps on the 6004 are the same as the 6003. Remove the
statement guarding it from dumping on the 6004. Renamed the
REG_DUMP_COUNT_AR6003 to reflect support on both chips.
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The constant "123", which is the number of elements in
mask_m / mask_p, is repeated several times in this function.
Replace memsets with array initialization, and replace a loop
conditional with ARRAY_SIZE() so that we don't repeat ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When user requests for survey dump data, driver is providing wrong survey
information. This information we sent is the survey data that we have
collected during previous user request.
This issue occurs because we request survey dump for wrong channel. With
this change, we correctly display the correct and current survey
information to userspace.
Fixes: fa7937e3d5 ("ath10k: update bss channel survey information")
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The error assigned does not seems to be used anywhere,
fixes nothing just a small cleanup
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For non-aggregated frames, ath9k was leaving handling of powersave
filtered packets to mac80211. This can be too slow if the intermediate
queue is already filled with packets and mac80211 does not immediately
send a new packet via drv_tx().
Improve response time with filtered frames by triggering clearing the
powersave filter internally.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It removes the need for undoing the padding changes to skb->data and it
improves performance by eliminating one tx status lookup per MPDU in the
status path. It is also useful for preparing a follow-up fix to better
handle powersave filtering.
A side effect is that these counters, available via debugfs, become now invalid:
* dot11TransmittedFragmentCount
* dot11FrameDuplicateCount,
* dot11ReceivedFragmentCount
* dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: add a note about counters, thanks to Zefir Kurtisi]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit 7a0adc83f3 ("ath10k: improve tx scheduling") is causing
severe throughput drop in multi client mode. This issue is originally
reported in veriwave setup with 50 clients with TCP downlink traffic.
While increasing number of clients, the average throughput drops
gradually. With 50 clients, the combined peak throughput is decreased
to 98 Mbps whereas reverting given commit restored it to 550 Mbps.
Processing txqs for every tx completion is causing overhead. Ideally for
management frame tx completion, pending txqs processing can be avoided.
The change partly reverts the commit "ath10k: improve tx scheduling".
Processing pending txqs after all skbs tx completion will yeild enough
room to burst tx frames.
Fixes: 7a0adc83f3 ("ath10k: improve tx scheduling")
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add NAPI support for rx and tx completion. NAPI poll is scheduled
from interrupt handler. The design is as below
- on interrupt
- schedule napi and mask interrupts
- on poll
- process all pipes (no actual Tx/Rx)
- process Rx within budget
- if quota exceeds budget reschedule napi poll by returning budget
- process Tx completions and update budget if necessary
- process Tx fetch indications (pull-push)
- push any other pending Tx (if possible)
- before resched or napi completion replenish htt rx ring buffer
- if work done < budget, complete napi poll and unmask interrupts
This change also get rid of two tasklets (intr_tq and txrx_compl_task).
Measured peak throughput with NAPI on IPQ4019 platform in controlled
environment. No noticeable reduction in throughput is seen and also
observed improvements in CPU usage. Approx. 15% CPU usage got reduced
in UDP uplink case.
DL: AP DUT Tx
UL: AP DUT Rx
IPQ4019 (avg. cpu usage %)
========
TOT +NAPI
=========== =============
TCP DL 644 Mbps (42%) 645 Mbps (36%)
TCP UL 673 Mbps (30%) 675 Mbps (26%)
UDP DL 682 Mbps (49%) 680 Mbps (49%)
UDP UL 720 Mbps (28%) 717 Mbps (11%)
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The patch corrects the revision id register and uses it along with
magic value and chip version registers to download appropriate firmware
image.
PCIe8997 Z chipset variant code has been removed, as it won't be used in
production.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch:
- improves code layout
- removes a useless memset(0) for some memory allocated with kzalloc
- removes a useless if. We know that 'if (chan_band_tlv)' will succeed
because it has been tested a few lines above
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch implements pre and post FLR handlers to support PCIe FLR
functionality. Software cleanup is performed in pre-FLR whereas
firmware is downloaded and software is re-initialised in
post-FLR handler.
Following command triggers FLR.
echo "1" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/$NUMBER/reset
This feature can be used as a recovery mechanism when firmware gets
hang.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In brcmf_sdio_kso_control() there is a retry loop as hardware may take
time to settle. However, when the call to brcmf_sdiod_regrb() returns
an error it is due to SDIO access failure and it makes no sense to wait
for hardware to settle. This patch aborts the loop after a number of
subsequent access errors.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver already supports the bcm4339 chipset but only for the variant
that shares the same modalias as the bcm4335, ie. sdio:c00v02D0d4335.
It turns out that there are also bcm4339 devices out there that have a
more distiguishable modalias sdio:c00v02D0d4339.
Reported-by: Steve deRosier <derosier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the newly added linux/bitfield.h.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need to include linux/version.h in a in-tree
driver.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove redefinition of GENMASK which should not be there
in the upstream version of the code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds cfg80211 testmode support so that userspace tools can
download necessary commands to firmware during manufacturing mode tests.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
By default normal mode is chosen when driver is loaded. This
patch adds a provision to choose manufacturing mode via module
parameters.
Below command loads driver in manufacturing mode
insmod mwifiex.ko mfg_mode=1.
Tested-by: chunfan chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need to pad frames to ETH_ZLEN on RX.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be more strict about FW versions. Drop support for old
transitional revisions which were never used in production.
Dropping support for FW ABI version 0.0.0.0 is particularly
useful because 0 could just be uninitialized memory.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary version.h includes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently vlan tagged packets were not parsed correctly
and assumed to be regular IPv4/IPv6 packets.
We should check for 802.1Q/802.1ad tags and update the lro header
accordingly.
This fixes the use case where LRO is on and rxvlan is off
(vlan stripping is off).
Fixes: e586b3b0ba ('net/mlx5: Ethernet Datapath files')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when reading global PFC statistics we left the counter
iterator out of the equation and we ended up reading the same counter
over and over again.
Instead of reading the counter at index 0 on every iteration we now read
the counter at index (i).
Fixes: e989d5a532 ('net/mlx5e: Expose flow control counters to ethtool')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64 bits architectures unsigned long is longer than u32,
casting to unsigned long will result in overflow.
We need to first allocate an unsigned long variable, then assign the
wanted value.
Fixes: 665bc53969 ('net/mlx5e: Use new ethtool get/set link ksettings API')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the xmit_more counter before notifying the HW,
to prevent a possible use-after-free of the skb.
Fixes: c8cf78fe10 ("net/mlx5e: Add ethtool counter for TX xmit_more")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MIPS based xilfpga platform uses this driver.
Enable it for MIPS
Signed-off-by: Zubair Lutfullah Kakakhel <Zubair.Kakakhel@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the device mac address is updated using ndo_set_mac_address(),
while the same mac address is already programmed, the driver does not
detect this condition if its netdev->dev_addr has been changed. The
driver tries to add the same mac address resulting in mac address
collision error. This has been observed in bonding mode-5 configuration.
To fix this, store the mac address configured in HW in the adapter
structure. Use this to compare against the new address being updated
to avoid collision.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a mac address is added to the uc_list and later the same mac address
is added via ndo_set_mac_address() or vice versa, the driver does not
detect this condition and tries to add it again. This results in a mac
address collision error when the FW rejects it.
Fix this by checking if the given mac address is present in uc_list while
setting the device mac address and vice versa. Similarly skip deletion if
the address is still in use in the other form.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver issues OPCODE_COMMON_GET_EXT_FAT_CAPABILITIES cmd during init which
when issued by VFs results in the logging of a cmd failure message since
they don't have the required privilege for this cmd. Fix by checking
privilege before issuing the cmd.
Also fixed typo in CAPABILITIES.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per SLI guideline, drivers need to issue COMMON_RESET_FUNCTION SLI
cmd during driver unload to clean up any non-persistent state
information.
Issue this cmd only if VFs are not assigned to VMs as it is possible
for PF driver to unload while it\'s VF remains functional and assigned
to a VM.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch supports recovery from UEs caused due to Transient Parity
Errors (TPE), in BE2, BE3 and Skyhawk adapters. This change avoids
system reboot when such errors occur. The driver recovers from these
errors such that the adapter resumes full operational status as prior
to the UE.
Following is the list of changes in the driver to support this:
o The driver registers its UE recoverable capability with ARM FW at init
time. This also allows the driver to know if the feature is supported in
the FW.
o As the UE recovery requires precise time bound processing, the driver
creates its own error recovery work queue with a single worker thread (per
module, shared across functions).
o Each function runs an error detection task at an interval of 1 second as
required by the FW. The error detection logic already exists for BEx/SH,
but it now runs in the context of a separate worker thread.
o When an error is detected by the task, if it is recoverable, the PF0
driver instance initiates a soft reset, while other PF driver instances
wait for the reset to complete and the chip to become ready. Once
the chip is ready, all driver instances including PF0, resume to
reinitialize the respective functions.
o The PF0 driver checks for some recovery criteria, to determine if the
recovery can be initiated. If the criteria is not met, the PF0 driver does
not initiate a soft reset, it retains the existing behavior to stop
further processing and requires a reboot to get the chip to operational
state again.
o To allow each function to share the workq, while also making progress in
its recovery process, a per-function recovery state machine is used.
The per-function tasks avoid blocking operations like msleep() while in
this state machine (until reinit state) and instead reschedule for the
required delay.
o With these changes, the existing error recovery code for Lancer also
runs in the context of the new worker thread.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some systems (such as the Qualcomm APQ8060 Dragonboard) the
RESET signal of the SMSC911x is not pulled up by a resistor (or
the internal pull-up that will pull it up if the pin is not
even connected) but instead connected to a GPIO line, so that
the operating system must explicitly deassert RESET before use.
Support this in the SMSC911x driver so this ethernet connector
can be used on such targets.
Notice that we request the line to go logical low (deassert)
whilst the line on the actual component is active low. This
is managed in the respective hardware description when
specifying the GPIO line with e.g. device tree or ACPI. With
device tree it looks like this in one case:
reset-gpios = <&tlmm 30 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
Which means that logically requesting the RESET line to be
deasserted will result in the line being driven high, taking
the device out of reset.
Cc: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for dumping and formatting the HW/FW debug data.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOme statements in the driver only served to inform
which functions were entered. Ftrace can do that just as good without
needing memory. Remove the statements.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 4 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:6:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_memory' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:19:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_interrupt' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:32:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_register' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:55:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_clock' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are declared in qed_selftest.h, so this patch
add missing header dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-meson glue driver supports Meson6 and Meson8 SoCs. Newer SoCs
are supported by the dwmac-meson8b driver.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
The Ethernet controller available in Meson8b and GXBB SoCs is a Synopsys
DesignWare MAC IP core which is already supported by the stmmac driver.
In addition to the standard stmmac driver some Meson8b / GXBB specific
registers have to be configured for the PHY clocks. These SoC specific
registers are called PRG_ETHERNET_ADDR0 and PRG_ETHERNET_ADDR1 in the
datasheet.
These registers are not backwards compatible with those on Meson 6b,
which is why a new glue driver is introduced. This worked for many
boards because the bootloader programs the PRG_ETHERNET registers
correctly. Additionally the meson6-dwmac driver only sets bit 1 of
PRG_ETHERNET_ADDR0 which (according to the datasheet) is only used
during reset.
Currently all configuration values can be determined automatically,
based on the configured phy-mode (which is mandatory for the stmmac
driver). If required the tx-delay and the mux clock (so it supports
the MPLL2 clock as well) can be made configurable in the future.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Create a helper to retrieve dwmac private data from a dev
pointer. This is useful in PM callbacks and driver remove.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
ath.git fixes for 4.8. Major changes:
ath10k
* fix racy rx status retrieval from htt context
* QCA9887 support is not experimental anymore, remove the warning message
ath9k
* fix regression with led GPIOs
* fix AR5416 GPIO access warning
User-space can choose to omit NL80211_ATTR_SSID and only provide raw
IE TLV data. When doing so it can provide SSID IE with length exceeding
the allowed size. The driver further processes this IE copying it
into a local variable without checking the length. Hence stack can be
corrupted and used as exploit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.7
Reported-by: Daxing Guo <freener.gdx@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A regression was introduced in commit id 79d4db1214 ("ath9k: cleanup
led_pin initial") that broken the WLAN status led on my laptop with
AR9287 after suspending and resuming.
Steps to reproduce:
* Suspend (laptop)
* Resume (laptop)
* Observe that the WLAN led no longer turns ON/OFF depending on the
status and is always red
Even though for my case it only needs to be set to OUT in ath9k_start
but for consistency bring back the IN direction setting as well.
Fixes: 79d4db1214 ("ath9k: cleanup led_pin initial")
Cc: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.7+
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=151711
Signed-off-by: Giedrius Statkevičius <giedrius.statkevicius@gmail.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve commit log]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Ma Yuying <yuma@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/arc/emac_mdio.c:107:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'arc_mdio_reset' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a few warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/usb/lan78xx.c:1182:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'lan78xx_defer_kevent' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/usb/lan78xx.c:1409:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'lan78xx_nway_reset' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/usb/lan78xx.c:2000:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'lan78xx_set_mac_addr' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
....
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for several infrastructure operations that are done as part of
debug data collection.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a code path where we are calling __iowrite64_copy() on
an address that is not 64-bit aligned. This causes an exception on
some architectures such as arm64. Fix that code path by using
__iowrite32_copy().
Reported-by: JD Zheng <jiandong.zheng@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These messages are unnecessary as OOM allocation failures already do
a dump_stack() giving more or less the same information.
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/built-in.o* (defconfig x86-64)
text data bss dec hex filename
127817 27969 32800 188586 2e0aa drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/built-in.o.new
132474 27969 32800 193243 2f2db drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/built-in.o.old
Miscellanea:
o Change allocs to the generally preferred forms where possible.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The build of m32r was giving warning:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:92:0:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.h:448:0: warning: "SMC_inb" redefined
#define SMC_inb(ioaddr, reg) ({ BUG(); 0; })
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.h:106:0:
note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define SMC_inb(a, r) inb(((u32)a) + (r))
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.h:449:0: warning: "SMC_outb" redefined
#define SMC_outb(x, ioaddr, reg) BUG()
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.h:108:0:
note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define SMC_outb(v, a, r) outb(v, ((u32)a) + (r))
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm still struggling to get this fix right..
Changes since v2:
- do not blindly modify SKB contents according to Dave's legitimate
objection
Changes since v1:
- dropped disabling HW checksum offload for Zynq
- initialize checksum similar to net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c
-- >8 --
MACB/GEM needs the checksum field initialized to 0 to get correct
results on transmit in all cases, e.g. on Zynq, UDP packets with
payload <= 2 otherwise contain a wrong checksums.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Buchsbaum <helmut.buchsbaum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If vxlan_build_skb return err < 0, tx_errors should be also increased.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on the preempt mode, the bpf_prog stored in xdp_prog may be
freed despite the use of call_rcu inside bpf_prog_put. The situation is
possible when running in PREEMPT_RCU=y mode, for instance, since the rcu
callback for destroying the bpf prog can run even during the bh handling
in the mlx4 rx path.
Several options were considered before this patch was settled on:
Add a napi_synchronize loop in mlx4_xdp_set, which would occur after all
of the rings are updated with the new program.
This approach has the disadvantage that as the number of rings
increases, the speed of update will slow down significantly due to
napi_synchronize's msleep(1).
Add a new rcu_head in bpf_prog_aux, to be used by a new bpf_prog_put_bh.
The action of the bpf_prog_put_bh would be to then call bpf_prog_put
later. Those drivers that consume a bpf prog in a bh context (like mlx4)
would then use the bpf_prog_put_bh instead when the ring is up. This has
the problem of complexity, in maintaining proper refcnts and rcu lists,
and would likely be harder to review. In addition, this approach to
freeing must be exclusive with other frees of the bpf prog, for instance
a _bh prog must not be referenced from a prog array that is consumed by
a non-_bh prog.
The placement of rcu_read_lock in this patch is functionally the same as
putting an rcu_read_lock in napi_poll. Actually doing so could be a
potentially controversial change, but would bring the implementation in
line with sk_busy_loop (though of course the nature of those two paths
is substantially different), and would also avoid future copy/paste
problems with future supporters of XDP. Still, this patch does not take
that opinionated option.
Testing was done with kernels in either PREEMPT_RCU=y or
CONFIG_PREEMPT_VOLUNTARY=y+PREEMPT_RCU=n modes, with neither exhibiting
any drawback. With PREEMPT_RCU=n, the extra call to rcu_read_lock did
not show up in the perf report whatsoever, and with PREEMPT_RCU=y the
overhead of rcu_read_lock (according to perf) was the same before/after.
In the rx path, rcu_read_lock is eventually called for every packet
from netif_receive_skb_internal, so the napi poll call's rcu_read_lock
is easily amortized.
v2:
Remove extra rcu_read_lock in mlx4_en_process_rx_cq body
Annotate xdp_prog with __rcu, and convert all usages to rcu_assign or
rcu_dereference[_protected] as appropriate.
Add explicit mutex lock around rcu_assign instead of xchg loop.
Fixes: d576acf0a2 ("net/mlx4_en: add page recycle to prepare rx ring for tx support")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for aggregating more SKBs feed into NAPI in
order to get more benefits from generic receive offload (GRO) by
peeking at the RX ring status and moving more packets right before
returning from NAPI RX polling handler if NAPI budgets are still
available and some packets already present in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch makes move wmb() to outside the loop that could help
RX path handling more faster although that RX descriptors aren't
freed for DMA to use as soon as possible, but based on my experiment
and the result shows it still can reach about 943Mbpis without
performance drop that is tested based on the setup with one port
using Giga PHY and 256 RX descriptors for DMA to move.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a more common logging style
Miscellanea:
o Add pr_fmt to prefix each output message
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macros that end in an underscore are just odd.
Add hso_dbg(level, fmt, ...) and use it everwhere instead.
Several uses had additional unnecessary newlines as the
macro added a newline. Remove the newline from the macro
and add newlines to each use as appropriate.
Remove now unused D<digit> macros.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since not every chip has a Global2 set of registers, make its support
optional, in which case the related functions will return -EOPNOTSUPP.
This also allows to reduce the size of the mv88e6xxx driver for devices
such as home routers embedding Ethernet chips without Global2 support.
It is present on most recent chips, thus enable its support by default.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell chips are composed of multiple SMI devices. One of them at
address 0x1C is called Global2. It provides an extended set of
registers, used for interrupt control, EEPROM access, indirect PHY
access (to bypass the PHY Polling Unit) and cross-chip related setup.
Most chips have it, but some others don't (older ones such as 6060).
Now that its related code is isolated in mv88e6xxx_g2_* functions, move
it to its own global2.c file, making most of its setup code static.
Document each registers in the meantime.
Its compilation can be later avoided for chips without such registers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the mv88e6xxx.c file has been renamed, the driver compiled as a
module is called chip.ko instead of mv88e6xxx.ko. Fix this.
Fixes: fad09c73c2 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: rename single-chip support")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Install the callbacks via the state machine and let the core invoke
the callbacks on the already online CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160818125731.27256-9-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
cpmac_start_xmit() used the max() macro on skb->len (an unsigned int)
and ETH_ZLEN (a signed int literal). This led to the following compiler
warning:
In file included from include/linux/list.h:8:0,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpmac.c:19:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpmac.c: In function 'cpmac_start_xmit':
include/linux/kernel.h:748:17: warning: comparison of distinct pointer
types lacks a cast
(void) (&_max1 == &_max2); \
^
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpmac.c:560:8: note: in expansion of macro 'max'
len = max(skb->len, ETH_ZLEN);
^
On top of this, it assigned the result of the max() macro to a signed
integer whilst all further uses of it result in it being cast to varying
widths of unsigned integer.
Fix this up by using max_t to ensure the comparison is performed as
unsigned integers, and for consistency change the type of the len
variable to unsigned int.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for ndo_get_vf_config, also fill the default mac address
that will be provided to the VF by firmware, in case user doesn't
provide one. So user can get the default MAC address address also
through ndo_get_vf_config.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan_dev_configure outputs error messages before returning, no need to
print again the same mesages in vxlan_newlink. Also, vxlan_dev_configure may
return a particular error code for a different reason than vxlan_newlink
thinks.
Move the remaining error messages into vxlan_dev_configure and let
vxlan_newlink just pass on the error code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, kernel accepts configurations such as:
ip l a type vxlan dstport 4789 id 1 group 239.192.0.1
ip l a type vxlan dstport 4789 id 1 group ff0e::110
However, neither of those really works. In the IPv4 case, the interface
cannot be brought up ("RTNETLINK answers: No such device"). This is because
multicast join will be rejected without the interface being specified.
In the IPv6 case, multicast wil be joined on the first interface found. This
is not what the user wants as it depends on random factors (order of
interfaces).
Note that it's possible to add a local address but it doesn't solve
anything. For IPv4, it's not considered in the multicast join (thus the same
error as above is returned on ifup). This could be added but it wouldn't
help for IPv6 anyway. For IPv6, we do need the interface.
Just reject a configuration that sets multicast address and does not provide
an interface. Nobody can depend on the previous behavior as it never worked.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following few steps will crash kernel -
(a) Create bonding master
> modprobe bonding miimon=50
(b) Create macvlan bridge on eth2
> ip link add link eth2 dev mvl0 address aa:0:0:0:0:01 \
type macvlan
(c) Now try adding eth2 into the bond
> echo +eth2 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
<crash>
Bonding does lots of things before checking if the device enslaved is
busy or not.
In this case when the notifier call-chain sends notifications, the
bond_netdev_event() assumes that the rx_handler /rx_handler_data is
registered while the bond_enslave() hasn't progressed far enough to
register rx_handler for the new slave.
This patch adds a rx_handler check that can be performed right at the
beginning of the enslave code to avoid getting into this situation.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns id should be already allocated each time we change
netns, that is, in dev_change_net_namespace() (more precisely
in rtnl_fill_ifinfo()). It is safe to just call peernet2id() here.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
%ul was likely meant as %lu to print an unsigned long,
not an unsigned with a letter l at the end.
But in fact the value printed is u32 anyway, so just drop
the l completely.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Drokin <green@linuxhacker.ru>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Printing about 3000 lines like this
[ 20.691850] mwifiex_pcie 0000:02:00.0: .
[ 20.693466] mwifiex_pcie 0000:02:00.0: .
is not useful. If FW downloading will be interrupted, we will get
proper error message about that.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For debugging purpose print content of reg->fw_status register and other
variables values when waiting for firmware ready event.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Printing ret and adapter->winner do not provide any useful information
as those are always 0 at point where the massage is printed. Print value
read from reg->fw_status register instead.
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add time sync configuration api.
The new api allows to configure the synchronization
mode (STA/AP/MESH) and (in case of Mesh mode) the
master address of each zone.
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The struct cfg80211_pmksa defines its bssid field as:
const u8 *bssid;
contrary to struct brcmf_pmksa, which uses:
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
Therefore in brcmf_cfg80211_del_pmksa(), &pmksa->bssid takes the address
of this field (of type u8**), not the one of its content (which would be
u8*). Remove the & operator to make brcmf_dbg("%pM") and memcmp()
behave as expected.
This bug have been found using a custom static checker (which checks the
usage of %p... attributes at build time). It has been introduced in
commit 6c404f34f2 ("brcmfmac: Cleanup pmksa cache handling code"),
which replaced pmksa->bssid by &pmksa->bssid while refactoring the code,
without modifying struct cfg80211_pmksa definition.
Replace &pmk[i].bssid with pmk[i].bssid too to make the code clearer,
this change does not affect the semantic.
Fixes: 6c404f34f2 ("brcmfmac: Cleanup pmksa cache handling code")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The AE1200 comes with different revisions of the BCM43235 chipset,
but all have the same USB ID. Only revision 3 can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <ismael@iodev.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some RTL8821AE devices sold in Great Britain have the country code of
0x25 encoded in their EEPROM. This value is not tested in the routine
that establishes the regulatory info for the chip. The fix is to set
this code to have the same capabilities as the EU countries. In addition,
the channels allowed for COUNTRY_CODE_ETSI were more properly suited
for China and Israel, not the EU. This problem has also been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On my home network rtl8xxxu is spamming the log with
IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START / IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP every few seconds
turn these messages into debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
[kvalo@codeaurora.org: fix commit title]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu_core.c:898:1: warning:
symbol 'rtl8xxxu_gen1_h2c_cmd' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Split the filling of TX descriptors into a generic portion used on all
devices, and format specific helper functions provided in the fops
structure.
This also cleaned up some mess, even if non harmful, in the handling
of txdesc40 descriptors, where the code randomly would switch between
the pointer to tx_desc and tx_desc40.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Another patch to move this detection out of the code handling the TX
descriptor update.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to be able to split out the TX descriptor handling code,
determine in advance the need to mark SGI.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Calculating the value in one place rather than using one calculation
in one place and a different one for management frames in another
location makes little sense.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not rely on TX descriptor size to determine the thermal meter
type.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This leaves space for a few more flags within the same space.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use a fileops flag to indicate whether the device has TX report timer
support. This will make it easier to include future devices such as
8188eu to use the TX report timer.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These are primarily needed for SDIO/PCI parts, but the vendor driver
still sets them for some USB devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds TX antenna selection bit defines for OFDM mode.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With all devices now offering fops->total_page_num, get rid of the
if mess for setting the TX buffer boundary.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Switching over the old devices to use the new function allows us to
get rid of this legacy.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was the last user of the old
rtl8xxxu_old_init_queue_reserved_page() which can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This changes the pub-queue value written to REQ_RQPN, however the old
code used a hard coded minimum value assuming there would always be an
active lo-queue, even when no USB EP was found for it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This switches the 8723b driver to use the new
rtl8xxxu_init_queue_reserved_page() function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is an rtl8192eu based dongle (the v1 is an rtl8192cu). Reported
and tested by Myckel Habets.
Reported-by: Myckel Habets <myckel@sdf.lonestar.org>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For some reason we lost the code bailing if rtl8xxxu_init_device()
returned an error.
This catches the error and also cleans up the error handling.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
D-Link DWA-121 is reported as working.
Reported-by: Stefano Bravi <stefanobravi69@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Successfully tested by Jocelyn Mayer
Reported-by: J. Mayer <l_indien@magic.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This field was added to wl_sta struct to get hw in situations
where it was not given to driver by mac80211. In our case,
get_expected_throughput op did not send hw to driver.
This patch reverts the change, as it is no longer needed due to commit
4fdbc67a25 ("mac80211: call get_expected_throughput only after adding
station") as hw is now sent as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In case of (rtlhal->oem_id != RT_CID_DEFAULT), the function directly
returns and leaks the already allocated hwinfo memory. Go through the
correct exit path.
Signed-off-by: Christian Engelmayer <cengelma@gmx.at>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In case rtl_get_hwinfo() fails, the function directly returns and leaks the
already allocated hwinfo memory. Go through the correct exit path.
Signed-off-by: Christian Engelmayer <cengelma@gmx.at>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/tracepoint.c:23:6: warning: no previous prototype for '__brcmf_err' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is declared in brcmfmac/debug.h, so this patch
adds missing header dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The IEEE80211_STYPE_ACTION case is missing a break in the switch
statement, causing it to fall through to the default case that
reports a debug message about an unknown frame subtype. Fix this
by adding in the missing break statement.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We know that 'retval = 0' because it has been tested a few lines above.
So, if 'devm_kmalloc' fails, 0 will be returned instead of an error code.
Return -ENOMEM instead.
Fixes: 8b4c000931 ("rt2x00usb: Use usb anchor to manage URB")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch creates custom regulatory rules based on the information
received from firmware and enable them during wiphy registration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds command preparation and response handling for
CHAN_REGION_CFG command. These changes are prerequisites for adding
custom regulatory domain support.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AID gets updated during TDLS setup, but modified value isn't reflected
in "priv->assoc_rsp_buf". This causes TDLS setup failure. The problem is
fixed here.
Fixes: 4aff53ef18 ("mwifiex: parsing aid while receiving..")
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch should be a no-op. It just simplifies code by using the name of
a variable instead of its type when calling 'sizeof'.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In 'mwifiex_get_ver_ext', we have:
struct mwifiex_ver_ext ver_ext;
memset(&ver_ext, 0, sizeof(struct host_cmd_ds_version_ext));
This is likely that memset'ing sizeof(struct mwifiex_ver_ext) was expected.
Remove the ambiguity by using the variable name directly instead of its
type.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If sta == NULL, the changed line will not be reached.
So no need to check that sta != NULL here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
EEPROM size calculated in 16-bit words, so we should take into account
this fact during buffer allocation.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Likely wl3501_reset should acquire spinlock as wl3501_{open, close}.
One of calls of wl3501_reset has been already protected.
The others were unprotected and might lead to a race condition.
The patch adds spinlock into the wl3501_reset and removes it from
wl3501_tx_timeout.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Andrianov <andrianov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vaishali.thakkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We are using mac as source address in a memcpy.
In the lines below we can assume mac is not NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
for_each_property_of_node is only executed if the
property prop is not NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that firmware sends RADAR detected event without
specifying bss_num/bss_type. Also, the event body is empty.
Currently the event is being ignored by driver.
This patch checks on which interface 11H is active, accordingly fills
bss_num/bss_type and handles the event. Condition
"if (le32_to_cpu(rdr_event->passed))" which always fails is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds HT support for adhoc station. Firmware will upload
ibss sta connect event with beacon data, whenever new station joins
the adhoc network. Driver will check the HT IE and decide whether to
support HT aggreagation or not.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Disconnect message in mwifiex_reset_connect_state() would displays
necessary information. We unnecessarily have exactly same message in
cfg80211_disconnect(). As priv->cfg_bssid is cleared at this point of
time, it prints incorrect(all zero) MAC.
This message is removed here.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware may filter and drop packets under certain condition, for
example, ARP SA=DA packet. this event will be used to synchronize
the Rx Block Acknowledgment (BA) window bitmap and to fill any holes
in driver side.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch advertises RANDOM_MAC_ADDR feature to cfg80211. It allow the
application to issue scan with a MAC address and mask. Random MACs are
generated and used in probe requests sent for scanning until it is changed
by the application or device is restarted.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recent patch "mwifiex: fix NULL pointer" skips extended scan event
handling when suspend is in progress. It created a problem for scan
after interface disabled/enabled case.
This patch solves the problem by checking netif_running() status.
Fixes:16d25da94f3d654 ("mwifiex: fix NULL pointer dereference during suspend")
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
region code is an EEPROM setting received from firmware. Let's display
this in debugfs along with other information.
Signed-off-by: Karthik D A <karthida@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver sends and recives information to and from the firmware.
Correct endianness should be ensured as firmware follows little
endian format and host can be little/big endian.
Signed-off-by: Karthik D A <karthida@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/spi.c:87:34: warning:
symbol 'wilink_data' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix coccicheck warning which recommends to
use memdup_user() instead of reimplementing its
code.
This patch fixes below coccicheck warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_ioctl.c:3044:9-16: WARNING
opportunity for memdup_user
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_ioctl.c:3806:9-16: WARNING
opportunity for memdup_user
Signed-off-by: Rajan Vaja <rajan.vaja@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The /proc/irq/xx information is incorrect for smsc911x because
the request_irq is happening before the register_netdev has the
proper device name. Moving it to the open also fixes the case
of when the device is renamed.
Reported-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Tested-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for the allocating/enabling interrupts
in the ndo_open routine move the irq handler before it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move phy startup/shutdown into the smsc911x_open/stop routines. This
allows the module to be unloaded because phy_connect_direct is no longer
always holding the module use count. This one change also resolves a
number of other problems.
The link status of a downed interface no longer reflects a stale state.
Errors caused by the net device being opened before the mdio/phy was
configured. There is also a potential power savings as the phy's don't
remain powered when the interface isn't running.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the error handling in smsc911x open in preparation
for the mdio startup being moved here.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Linton <jeremy.linton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for pause frame and priv flag for cn23xx
device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds NAPI related support for cn23xx device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for watchdog based health monitoring
of octeon cores on cn23xx device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for some control operations like
LED identification, ethtool statistics and intr config for
cn23xx device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for data path related changes based
on octeon3 instruction header(ih3) for cn23xx.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for Instruction Queue(IQ) index manipulation
routines through bar1 of cn23xx.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for RX control commands on cn23xx device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds work queue support for link status and
control commands.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the gmac power domain support for rk3399, in order to save more
power consumption.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GMAC Power Domain(PD) will be disabled during suspend.
That will causes GRF registers reset.
So corresponding GRF registers for GMAC must be setup again.
Signed-off-by: Roger Chen <roger.chen@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add constants and callback functions for the dwmac on rk3228/rk3229 socs.
As can be seen, the base structure is the same, only registers and the
bits in them moved slightly.
Signed-off-by: Roger Chen <roger.chen@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Caesar Wang <wxt@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Install the callbacks via the state machine.
The driver supports multiple instances and therefore the new
cpuhp_state_add_instance_nocalls() infrastrucure is used. The driver
currently uses get_online_cpus() to avoid missing a CPU hotplug event while
invoking virtnet_set_affinity(). This could be avoided by using
cpuhp_state_add_instance() variant which holds the hotplug lock and invokes
callback during registration. This is more or less a 1:1 conversion of the
current code.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Cc: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1471024183-12666-7-git-send-email-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
We get 1 warning about global functions without a declaration
in the ath9k gpio driver when building with W=1:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/gpio.c:25:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'ath_fill_led_pin' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is declared
and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks it 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in ath10k_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Older firmware with HTT delivers incorrect tx status for null func
frames to driver, but this fixed in 10.2 and 10.4 firmware versions.
Also this workaround results in reporting of incorrect null func status
for 10.4. Fix this is by introducing a firmware feature flag for 10.4
so that this workaround is skipped and proper tx status for null func
frames are reported
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 97f2645f35 ("tree-wide: replace config_enabled() with
IS_ENABLED()") mostly did away with config_enabled().
This is one of the postponed TODO items as config_enabled() is used
for a tristate option here. Theoretically, config_enabled() is
equivalent to IS_BUILTIN(), but I guess IS_REACHABLE() is the best
fit for this case because both CONFIG_HWMON and CONFIG_ATH10K are
tristate.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For 10.4 fw versions, dbglog module id has been extended from u32
to u64, hence this patch fixes the same in the ath10k driver side.
This patch doesn't break the older 10.4 releases. The FW change
is already present in the older FWs.
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is only one waiter for the completion, therefore there
is no need to use complete_all(). Let's make that clear by
using complete() instead of complete_all().
The usage pattern of the completion is:
waiter context waker context
scan.started
------------
ath10k_start_scan()
lockdep_assert_held(conf_mutex)
auth10k_wmi_start_scan()
wait_for_completion_timeout(scan.started)
ath10k_wmi_event_scan_start_failed()
complete(scan.started)
ath10k_wmi_event_scan_started()
complete(scan.started)
scan.completed
--------------
ath10k_scan_stop()
lockdep_assert_held(conf_mutex)
ath10k_wmi_stop_scan()
wait_for_completion_timeout(scan.completed)
__ath10k_scan_finish()
complete(scan.completed)
scan.on_channel
---------------
ath10k_remain_on_channel()
mutex_lock(conf_mutex)
ath10k_start_scan()
wait_for_completion_timeout(scan.on_channel)
ath10k_wmi_event_scan_foreign_chan()
complete(scan.on_channel)
offchan_tx_completed
--------------------
ath10k_offchan_tx_work()
mutex_lock(conf_mutex)
reinit_completion(offchan_tx_completed)
wait_for_completion_timeout(offchan_tx_completed)
ath10k_report_offchain_tx()
complete(offchan_tx_completed)
install_key_done
----------------
ath10k_install_key()
lockep_assert_held(conf_mutex)
reinit_completion(install_key_done)
wait_for_completion_timeout(install_key_done)
ath10k_htt_t2h_msg_handler()
complete(install_key_done)
vdev_setup_done
---------------
ath10k_monitor_vdev_start()
lockdep_assert_held(conf_mutex)
reinit_completion(vdev_setup_done)
ath10k_vdev_setup_sync()
wait_for_completion_timeout(vdev_setup_done)
ath10k_wmi_event_vdev_start_resp()
complete(vdev_setup_done)
ath10k_monitor_vdev_stop()
lockdep_assert_held(conf_mutex)
reinit_completion(vdev_setup_done()
ath10k_vdev_setup_sync()
wait_for_completion_timeout(vdev_setup_done)
ath10k_wmi_event_vdev_stopped()
complete(vdev_setup_done)
thermal.wmi_sync
----------------
ath10k_thermal_show_temp()
mutex_lock(conf_mutex)
reinit_completion(thermal.wmi_sync)
wait_for_completion_timeout(thermal.wmi_sync)
ath10k_thermal_event_temperature()
complete(thermal.wmi_sync)
bss_survey_done
---------------
ath10k_mac_update_bss_chan_survey
lockdep_assert_held(conf_mutex)
reinit_completion(bss_survey_done)
wait_for_completion_timeout(bss_survey_done)
ath10k_wmi_event_pdev_bss_chan_info()
complete(bss_survey_done)
All complete() calls happen while the conf_mutex is taken. That means
at max one waiter is possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the wake tx queue path, we are not checking if the frame to be sent
takes management path or not. For eg. QOS null func frame coming here will
take the management path. Since we are not incrementing the descriptor
counter (num_pending_mgmt_tx) w.r.t tx management, on tx completion it is
possible to see negative values.
When the above counter reaches a negative value, we will not be sending a
probe response out.
if (is_presp &&
ar->hw_params.max_probe_resp_desc_thres < htt->num_pending_mgmt_tx)
For IPQ4019, max_probe_resp_desc_thres (u32) is 24 is compared against
num_pending_mgmt_tx (int) and the above condtions comes true if the counter
is negative and we drop the probe response.
To avoid this, check on the wake tx queue path as well for the tx path of
the frame and increment the appropriate counters
Fixes: cac085524c "ath10k: move mgmt descriptor limit handle under mgmt_tx"
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
txqs_lock is interfering with wake_tx_queue submitting more frames.
so queues don't get filled in and don't keep firmware/hardware busy
enough. This change helps to reduce the txqs_lock contention and
wake_tx_queue() blockage to being possible in txrx_unref().
To reduce turn around time of wake_tx_queue ops and to maintain fairness
among all txqs, the callback is updated to push first txq alone from
pending list for every wake_tx_queue call. Remaining txqs will be
processed later upon tx completion.
Below improvements are observed in push-only mode and validated on
IPQ4019 platform. With this change, in AP mode ~10Mbps increase is
observed in downlink (AP -> STA) traffic and approx. 5-10% of CPU
usage is reduced.
Major improvement is observed in 1-hop Mesh mode topology in 11ACVHT80.
Compared to Infra mode, CPU overhead is higher in Mesh mode due to path
lookup and no fast-xmit support. So reducing spin lock contention is
helping in Mesh.
TOT +change
-------- --------
TCP DL 545 Mbps 595 Mbps
TCP UL 555 Mbps 585 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
'WMI_10_4_WDS_PEER_EVENTID' is not yet handled/implemented for WDS mode,
as of now suppress the warning message "Unknown eventid: 36903"
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recent commit 46f6b06050 ("mac80211: Encrypt "Group addressed privacy" action
frames") encrypts group privacy action frames. But qca99x0 family chipset
delivers broadcast/multicast management frames as encrypted and it should be
decrypted by mac80211. Setting RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED stats for those frames is
breaking mesh connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
With the %pK format specifier we hide the kernel addresses
with the help of kptr_restrict sysctl.
In this patch, %p is changed to %pK in the driver code.
The sysctl is documented in Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt.
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WMI_SERVICE_PERIODIC_CHAN_STAT_SUPPORT service has missed in
the commit 7e247a9e88 ("ath10k: add dynamic tx mode switch
config support for qca4019"). This patch adds the service to
avoid mismatch between host and target.
Fixes: 7e247a9e88 ("ath10k: add dynamic tx mode switch config support for qca4019")
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for the Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. EMAC gigabit Ethernet
controller.
This driver supports the following features:
1) Checksum offload.
2) Interrupt coalescing support.
3) SGMII phy.
4) phylib interface for external phy
Based on original work by
Niranjana Vishwanathapura <nvishwan@codeaurora.org>
Gilad Avidov <gavidov@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access the priv member of the dsa_switch structure directly, instead of
having an unnecessary helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When PCI error is detected, in some architectures (like PowerPC) a slot
reset is performed - the driver's error handlers are in charge of "disable"
device before the reset, and re-enable it after a successful slot reset.
There are two cases though that another path is taken on the code: if the
slot reset is not successful or if too many errors already happened in the
specific adapter (meaning that possibly the device is experiencing a HW
failure that slot reset is not able to solve), the core PCI error mechanism
(called EEH in PowerPC) will remove the adapter from the system, since it
will consider this as a permanent failure on device. In this case, a path
is taken that leads to bnx2x_chip_cleanup() calling bnx2x_reset_hw(), which
then tries to perform a HW reset on chip. This reset won't succeed since
the HW is in a fault state, which can be seen by multiple messages on
kernel log like below:
bnx2x: [bnx2x_issue_dmae_with_comp:552(eth1)]DMAE timeout!
bnx2x: [bnx2x_write_dmae:600(eth1)]DMAE returned failure -1
After some time, the PCI error mechanism gives up on waiting the driver's
correct removal procedure and forcibly remove the adapter from the system.
We can see soft lockup while core PCI error mechanism is waiting for driver
to accomplish the right removal process.
This patch adds a verification to avoid a chip reset whenever the function
is in PCI error state - since this case is only reached when we have a
device being removed because of a permanent failure, the HW chip reset is
not expected to work fine neither is necessary.
Also, as a minor improvement in error path, we avoid the MCP information dump
in case of non-recoverable PCI error (when adapter is about to be removed),
since it will certainly fail.
Reported-by: Harsha Thyagaraja <hathyaga@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-By: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fdb dumps spanning multiple skb's currently restart from the first
interface again for every skb. This results in unnecessary
iterations on the already visited interfaces and their fdb
entries. In large scale setups, we have seen this to slow
down fdb dumps considerably. On a system with 30k macs we
see fdb dumps spanning across more than 300 skbs.
To fix the problem, this patch replaces the existing single fdb
marker with three markers: netdev hash entries, netdevs and fdb
index to continue where we left off instead of restarting from the
first netdev. This is consistent with link dumps.
In the process of fixing the performance issue, this patch also
re-implements fix done by
commit 472681d57a ("net: ndo_fdb_dump should report -EMSGSIZE to rtnl_fdb_dump")
(with an internal fix from Wilson Kok) in the following ways:
- change ndo_fdb_dump handlers to return error code instead
of the last fdb index
- use cb->args strictly for dump frag markers and not error codes.
This is consistent with other dump functions.
Below results were taken on a system with 1000 netdevs
and 35085 fdb entries:
before patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
15065
real 1m11.791s
user 0m0.070s
sys 1m8.395s
(existing code does not return all macs)
after patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
35085
real 0m2.017s
user 0m0.113s
sys 0m1.942s
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The workqueue "pegasus_workqueue" queues a single work item per pegasus
instance and hence it doesn't require execution ordering. Hence,
alloc_workqueue has been used to replace the deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue instance.
The WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag has been set to ensure forward progress under
memory pressure since it's a network driver.
Since there are fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Petko Manolov <petkan@mip-labs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_ordered_workqueue() with WQ_MEM_RECLAIM set, replaces
deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue(). This is the identity
conversion.
The workqueue "wq" queues multiple work items viz
&bond->mcast_work, &nnw->work, &bond->mii_work, &bond->arp_work,
&bond->alb_work, &bond->mii_work, &bond->ad_work, &bond->slave_arr_work
which require strict execution ordering. Hence, an ordered dedicated
workqueue has been used.
Since, it is a network driver, WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to
ensure forward progress under memory pressure.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ThunderX 88xx pass 2.x chips when TSO is offloaded to HW,
HW posts a CQE for every TSO segment transmitted. Current code
does handles this, but is prone to issues when segment sizes are
small resulting in SW processing too many CQEs and also at times
frees a SKB which is not yet transmitted.
This patch handles the errata in a different way and eliminates issues
with earlier approach, TSO packet is submitted to HW with post_cqe=0,
so that no CQE is posted upon completion of transmission of TSO packet
but a additional HDR + IMMEDIATE descriptors are added to SQ due to
which a CQE is posted and will have required info to be used while
cleanup in napi. This way only one CQE is posted for a TSO packet.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a issue in HW where-in while sending GSO sized pkts
as part of TSO, if pkt len falls below configured min packet
size i.e 60, NIC will zero PAD packet and also updates IP total length.
Hence set this value to lessthan min pkt size of MAC + IP + TCP
headers, BGX will anyway do the padding to transmit 64 byte pkt
including FCS.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If DCB is configured on the link partner switch with an
unsupported traffic class configuration (e.g. non-contiguous TCs),
the driver is flagging DCB as disabled. But, for future DCB
LLDPDUs, the driver was checking if the interface was DCB capable
instead of enabled. This was causing a kernel panic when LLDP
was enabled/disabled on the link partner switch.
This patch corrects the situation by having the LLDP event handler
check the correct flag in the pf structure. It also cleans up the
setting and clearing of the enabled flag for other checks.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath9k
* fix regression in client mode beacon configuration
* fix a station pointer which resulted in spurious crashes
mwifiex
* fix large amsdu packets causing firmware hang
brcmfmac
* fix deadlock when removing interface
* fix use of mutex in atomic context
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXxIKdAAoJEG4XJFUm622b+eIH/1MhTxq25ctrFTtwp08x2x5d
DAzNQsyh28iWRwMCneeKAGw5/onGW0vOPdMB/yL04xudwrJ1VF9vctvdChyIWplv
CN1I+Z4z5n2xQWmjH/6tCwRve+lAVbSlN9//SUvj1rITpVsvT6A+Dc0cpKaNOdoG
c32Oezj7ajUElS9+ML9Ty2fOQMdAAr5FuL5SymV0q8YopObbD9Ia6CnwnF+hPy2W
AkBtOn0lzIo3t/22Tw9shZjUTHW5uQNx44qaHWMKISzm5MvSv1zAB0gnx1qwsQFr
9aJ1jQ/th6pVHZ2GkhSrcpYP0yX9PMLrHfFnftL79jwuqOJ+oHcCi/MEJOl1mVQ=
=Easx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.8
ath9k
* fix regression in client mode beacon configuration
* fix a station pointer which resulted in spurious crashes
mwifiex
* fix large amsdu packets causing firmware hang
brcmfmac
* fix deadlock when removing interface
* fix use of mutex in atomic context
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the sky2 driver to pass number of packets done to NAPI.
The driver was never updated when napi_complete_done was added.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support of Synopsys 3.50a MAC IP in stmmac driver.
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stm324xx family chips support Synopsys MAC 3.510 IP.
This patch adds settings for logical glue logic:
-clocks
-mode selection MII or RMII.
Reviewed-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A bugfix for backward compatibility handling introduced undefined
behavior for the case that of_parse_phandle() does not return
a valid entry, as "gcc -Wmaybe-unused" reports:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_phy_connect':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:776:6: error: 'phy_dev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_mdio_config':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:776:6: error: 'phy_dev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
We can work around this by removing the check for zero "np", as
of_phy_connect() will correctly handle a NULL argument so we fall
back into the normal error handling case.
Note that I had previously fixed another bug that resulted in the
exact same warning, but this is a different problem that was
introduced after my original fix.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 03377e381b ("drivers: net: xgene: Fix backward compatibility")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent commit 087d7a8c91 "tg3: Fix for diasllow rx coalescing
time to be 0" disallow to set Rx coalescing time to be 0 as this stops
generating interrupts for the incoming packets. I found the zero
Tx coalescing time stops generating interrupts for outgoing packets
as well and fires Tx watchdog later. To avoid this, don't allow to set
Tx coalescing time to 0 and also remove subsequent checks that become
senseless.
Cc: satish.baddipadige@broadcom.com
Cc: siva.kallam@broadcom.com
Cc: michael.chan@broadcom.com
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
check the coding style with checkpatch.pl and fix the warnings and errors.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:1230:13-20: WARNING: kzalloc should be used for dcbx_info, instead of kmalloc/memset
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:1192:13-20: WARNING: kzalloc should be used for dcbx_info, instead of kmalloc/memset
Use kzalloc rather than kmalloc followed by memset with 0
This considers some simple cases that are common and easy to validate
Note in particular that there are no ...s in the rule, so all of the
matched code has to be contiguous
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/alloc/kzalloc-simple.cocci
CC: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VLAN is added on a bridge port we should use the existing unicast
flood configuration of the port instead of assuming it's enabled.
Fixes: 0293038e0c ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support for flood control")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 14d39461b3 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Use per-FID struct for the
VLAN-aware bridge") I added a per-FID struct, which member ports can
take a reference on upon VLAN membership configuration.
However, sometimes only the VLAN flags (e.g. egress untagged) are
toggled without changing the VLAN membership. In these cases we
shouldn't take another reference on the FID.
Fixes: 14d39461b3 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Use per-FID struct for the VLAN-aware bridge")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the notifier is registered for every asic instance, however the
same block. Fix this by moving the registration to module init.
Fixes: c723c735fa ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Periodically update the kernel's neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Originally, I expected that there would be needed to call update
operation in case RALUE record action is changed. However, that is not
needed since write operation takes care of that nicely. Remove prepared
construct and always call the write operation.
Fixes: 61c503f976 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement fib4 add/del switchdev obj ops")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlxsw we squash tables 254 and 255 together into HW. Kernel adds/dels
/32 ip to/from both 254 and 255. On del path, that causes the same
prefix being removed twice. Fix this by introducing reference counting
for private mlxsw fib entries. That required a bit of code reshuffle.
Also put dev into fib entry key so the same prefix could be represented
once per every router interface.
Fixes: 61c503f976 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement fib4 add/del switchdev obj ops")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Grant Grundler <grundler@chromium.org>
The miii_nway_restart() causes a PHY link change activity and
ax88772_link_reset will be called. link_reset will set
AX_CMD_WRITE_MEDIUM_MODE register correctly.
The asix_write_medium_mode in reset() fills in a default value to the register
which may be different from the negotiation result. So do this first.
Ignore the ret value since it's ignored in XXX_link_reset() functions.
Signed-off-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Grant Grundler <grundler@chromium.org>
https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/11/11/947
Ben Hutchings is correct. IEEE 802.3 spec section "22.2.4.1.1 Reset" requires
up to 500ms delay. Mitigate the "max" delay by polling the phy until BCM_RESET
bit is clear.
Signed-off-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Allan Chou <allan@asix.com.tw>
The change fixes AX88772x resume failure by
- Restore incorrect AX88772A PHY registers when resetting
- Need to stop MAC operation when suspending
- Need to restart MII when restoring PHY
Signed-off-by: Allan Chou <allan@asix.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Check the answers from the USB stack and avoid re-sending multiple times
the request if the device has disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Freddy Xin <freddy@asix.com.tw>
In order to R/W registers in suspend/resume functions, in_pm flags are
added to some functions to determine whether the nopm version of usb
functions is called.
Save BMCR and ANAR PHY registers in suspend function and restore them
in resume function.
Reset HW in resume function to ensure the PHY works correctly.
Signed-off-by: Freddy Xin <freddy@asix.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch takes care of clearing the uninitialized buffer before using it.
1. pfc pri-enable bitmap need to be cleared before setting the requested
enable bits. Without this, the un-touched values will be merged with
requested values and sent to MFW.
2. The data in app-entry field need to be cleared before using it.
3. Clear the output data buffer used in qed_dcbx_query_params().
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware requires the selection-field (SF) to be set for
configuring the application/protocol entry in IEEE mode. Without this
setting, the app entry will be configured incorrectly in MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dcbx configuration is not supported for VF interfaces. Hence don't populate
the callbacks for VFs and also fail the dcbx-query for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return -ENODEV if the MDIO bus is disabled in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a lot of parts in the driver uses devm_* APIs to gain benefits from the
device resource management, so devm_mdiobus_alloc is also used instead
of mdiobus_alloc to have more elegant code flow.
Using common code provided by the devm_* helps to
1) have simplified the code flow as [1] says
2) decrease the risk of incorrect error handling by human
3) only a few drivers used it since it was proposed on linux 3.16,
so just hope to promote for this.
Ref:
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/344093/
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing of_node_put() after finishing the usage
of of_get_child_by_name.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mtk_stop() must be called to stop for freeing DMA
resources acquired and restoring state changed by mtk_open()
firstly when module removal.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
original mdio_cleanup is not in the symmetric place against where
mdio_init is, so relocate mdio_cleanup to the right one.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
these irqs are not used for shared irq and disabled during ethernet stops.
irq requested by devm_request_irq is safe to be freed automatically on
driver detach.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use skb_free_frag() instead of legacy put_page()
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) If the return value of devm_clk_get is EPROBE_DEFER, we should
defer probing the driver. The change is verified and works based
on 4.8-rc1 staying with the latest clk-next code for MT7623.
2) Changing with the usage of loops to work out if all clocks
required are fine
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
which net device the SKB is complete for depends on the forward port
on txd4 on the corresponding TX descriptor, but the information isn't
set up well in case of SKB fragments that would lead to watchdog timeout
from the upper layer, so fix it up.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of misconfiguration, a virtual PPP channel might send packets
back to their parent PPP interface. This typically happens in
misconfigured L2TP setups, where PPP's peer IP address is set with the
IP of the L2TP peer.
When that happens the system hangs due to PPP trying to recursively
lock its xmit path.
[ 243.332155] BUG: spinlock recursion on CPU#1, accel-pppd/926
[ 243.333272] lock: 0xffff880033d90f18, .magic: dead4ead, .owner: accel-pppd/926, .owner_cpu: 1
[ 243.334859] CPU: 1 PID: 926 Comm: accel-pppd Not tainted 4.8.0-rc2 #1
[ 243.336010] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Debian-1.8.2-1 04/01/2014
[ 243.336018] ffff7fffffffffff ffff8800319a77a0 ffffffff8128de85 ffff880033d90f18
[ 243.336018] ffff880033ad8000 ffff8800319a77d8 ffffffff810ad7c0 ffffffff0000039e
[ 243.336018] ffff880033d90f18 ffff880033d90f60 ffff880033d90f18 ffff880033d90f28
[ 243.336018] Call Trace:
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8128de85>] dump_stack+0x4f/0x65
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff810ad7c0>] spin_dump+0xe1/0xeb
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff810ad7f0>] spin_bug+0x26/0x28
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff810ad8b9>] do_raw_spin_lock+0x5c/0x160
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff815522aa>] _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x35/0x3c
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01a88e2>] ? ppp_push+0xa7/0x82d [ppp_generic]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01a88e2>] ppp_push+0xa7/0x82d [ppp_generic]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff810adada>] ? do_raw_spin_unlock+0xc2/0xcc
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81084962>] ? preempt_count_sub+0x13/0xc7
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81552438>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x34/0x49
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01ac657>] ppp_xmit_process+0x48/0x877 [ppp_generic]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81084962>] ? preempt_count_sub+0x13/0xc7
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81408cd3>] ? skb_queue_tail+0x71/0x7c
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01ad1c5>] ppp_start_xmit+0x21b/0x22a [ppp_generic]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81426af1>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x15e/0x32c
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81454ed7>] sch_direct_xmit+0xd6/0x221
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff814273a8>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x52a/0x820
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff814276a9>] dev_queue_xmit+0xb/0xd
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81430a3c>] neigh_direct_output+0xc/0xe
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146b5d7>] ip_finish_output2+0x4d2/0x548
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146a8e6>] ? dst_mtu+0x29/0x2e
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146d49c>] ip_finish_output+0x152/0x15e
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146df84>] ? ip_output+0x74/0x96
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146df9c>] ip_output+0x8c/0x96
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146d55e>] ip_local_out+0x41/0x4a
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8146dd15>] ip_queue_xmit+0x531/0x5c5
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff814a82cd>] ? udp_set_csum+0x207/0x21e
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01f2f04>] l2tp_xmit_skb+0x582/0x5d7 [l2tp_core]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01ea458>] pppol2tp_xmit+0x1eb/0x257 [l2tp_ppp]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01acf17>] ppp_channel_push+0x91/0x102 [ppp_generic]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffffa01ad2d8>] ppp_write+0x104/0x11c [ppp_generic]
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff811a3c1e>] __vfs_write+0x56/0x120
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81239801>] ? fsnotify_perm+0x27/0x95
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff8123ab01>] ? security_file_permission+0x4d/0x54
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff811a4ca4>] vfs_write+0xbd/0x11b
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff811a5a0a>] SyS_write+0x5e/0x96
[ 243.336018] [<ffffffff81552a1b>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x13/0x94
The main entry points for sending packets over a PPP unit are the
.write() and .ndo_start_xmit() callbacks (simplified view):
.write(unit fd) or .ndo_start_xmit()
\
CALL ppp_xmit_process()
\
LOCK unit's xmit path (ppp->wlock)
|
CALL ppp_push()
\
LOCK channel's xmit path (chan->downl)
|
CALL lower layer's .start_xmit() callback
\
... might recursively call .ndo_start_xmit() ...
/
RETURN from .start_xmit()
|
UNLOCK channel's xmit path
/
RETURN from ppp_push()
|
UNLOCK unit's xmit path
/
RETURN from ppp_xmit_process()
Packets can also be directly sent on channels (e.g. LCP packets):
.write(channel fd) or ppp_output_wakeup()
\
CALL ppp_channel_push()
\
LOCK channel's xmit path (chan->downl)
|
CALL lower layer's .start_xmit() callback
\
... might call .ndo_start_xmit() ...
/
RETURN from .start_xmit()
|
UNLOCK channel's xmit path
/
RETURN from ppp_channel_push()
Key points about the lower layer's .start_xmit() callback:
* It can be called directly by a channel fd .write() or by
ppp_output_wakeup() or indirectly by a unit fd .write() or by
.ndo_start_xmit().
* In any case, it's always called with chan->downl held.
* It might route the packet back to its parent unit using
.ndo_start_xmit() as entry point.
This patch detects and breaks recursion in ppp_xmit_process(). This
function is a good candidate for the task because it's called early
enough after .ndo_start_xmit(), it's always part of the recursion
loop and it's on the path of whatever entry point is used to send
a packet on a PPP unit.
Recursion detection is done using the per-cpu ppp_xmit_recursion
variable.
Since ppp_channel_push() too locks the channel's xmit path and calls
the lower layer's .start_xmit() callback, we need to also increment
ppp_xmit_recursion there. However there's no need to check for
recursion, as it's out of the recursion loop.
Reported-by: Feng Gao <gfree.wind@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Casting away const is bad practice. Since this is ARM specific driver
don't have hardware actually test this.
Having getter functions for ops is really unnecessary code bloat, but
not going to touch that.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the MDB operations. This consists of
loading/purging/dumping multicast addresses for a given port in the ATU.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MDB support for the mv88e6xxx driver will be very similar to the FDB
support, since it consists of loading/purging/dumping address to/from
the Address Translation Unit (ATU).
Prepare the support for MDB by making the FDB code accessing the ATU
generic. The FDB operations now provide access to the unicast addresses
while the MDB operations will provide access to the multicast addresses.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add firmware download support for cn23xx device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support msix interrupt for cn23xx device.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for cn23xx queue manipulation.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for initializing cn23xx device registers
related to mac, input/output and pf global config.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for cn23xx device init and sriov queue config.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for cn23xx specific queue definitions and
features.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds register definitions and structures for new
device cn23xx.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support of common irq enable functionality for both
iq(instruction queue) and oq(output queue).
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains changes for firmware version management.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate common functionality of various devices
from different files into lio_core.c/octeon_console.c.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ethtool_ops structures that are only stored in the ethtool_ops
field of a net_device structure or passed as the second argument to
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops. These contexts are declared const, so
ethtool_ops structures that have these properties can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct ethtool_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok1@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.ethtool_ops = &i@p;
@ok2@
identifier r.i;
expression e;
position p;
@@
netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(e, &i@p)
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok1.p,ok2.p};
identifier r.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct ethtool_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the FW version is taken from the sw_version field
of the FW ready event. This version is based on internal
version control revision and it is difficult to map to actual
FW version.
Fix this by using the actual FW version stored in the FW file
header record.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When driver is loaded, extract a capabilities record
from the FW file. This record contains bits indicating
which optional features are supported by this FW.
The driver can use this information to determine
which functionality to support and/or expose to user
space.
The extraction is done before wiphy structure is
registered, because the capabilities can affect
information published by the this structure.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Align to latest version of the auto generated wmi file
describing the interface with FW.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently the places that check wil->scan_request and
call cfg80211_scan_done are not consistently protected,
so there is a risk that cfg80211_scan_done will be called
with NULL scan_request, causing a kernel crash.
Fix this by using p2p_wdev_mutex in few other places
that access scan_request. This makes sense since
scan_request may point to p2p_wdev, and it is not worth
the extra complexity of adding a new mutex.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW Rx filters and masks are not configured
properly by firmware during boot sequences. The
MAC_PCU_ADDR1 is set to 0s instead of 1s which
allows the HW to ACK any frame that passes through
MAC_PCU_RX_FILTER. The MAC_PCU_RX_FILTER itself
is misconfigured on boot as well.
The combination of these bugs ended up with the
following manifestations:
- "no channel configured; ignoring frame(s)!"
warnings in the driver
- spurious ACKs (transmission) on the air during
firmware bootup sequences
The former was a long standing and known bug
originally though mostly harmless.
However Marek recently discovered that this
problem also involves ACKing *all* frames the HW
receives (including beacons ;). Such frames
are delivered to host and generate the former
warning as well.
This could be a problem with regulatory compliance
in some rare cases (e.g. Taiwan which forbids
transmissions on channel 36 which is the default
bootup channel on 5Ghz band cards). The good news
is that it'd require someone else to violate
regulatory first to coerce our device to generate
and transmit an ACK.
The problem could be reproduced in a rather busy
environment that has a lot of APs. The likelihood
could be increased by injecting an msleep() of
5000 or longer immediately after
ath10k_htt_setup() in ath10k_core_start().
The reason why the former warnings were only
showing up seldom is because the device was either
quickly reset again (i.e. during firmware probing)
or wmi vdev was created (which fixes hw and fw
states).
It is technically possible for host driver to
override adequate hw registers however this can't
work reliably because the bug root cause lies in
incorrect firmware state on boot (internal
structure used to program MAC_PCU_ADDR1 is not
properly initialized) and only vdev create/delete
events can fix it. This is why the patch takes
dummy vdev approach.
This could be fixed in firmware as well but having
this fixed in driver is more robust, most notably
when thinking of users of older firmware such as
999.999.0.636.
Reported-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows placing command barriers for explicit
serializing and synchronizing state.
Useful for future driver development.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Will be useful for implementing command barriers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Will be useful for implementing command barriers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch adds testmode support for 10.4 based chipsets
and added code swap support for UTF binary.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently testmode events for 10.x firmware are processed from
10.1 wmi event processing. This patch is used to handle testmode
events in 10.2 and 10.4 based firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Preparation to make use of firmware_swap_code_seg_info for UTF binary.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Support for QCA9887 is no longer experimental and if there are any issues
we need to address them
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The addition of the per-queue statistics introduced a harmless warning
on all 32-bit architectures:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c: In function 'qede_get_ethtool_stats':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:244:31: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
buf[cnt++] = QEDE_TQSTATS_DATA(edev,
^
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:244:22: error: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Werror=int-to-pointer-cast]
buf[cnt++] = QEDE_TQSTATS_DATA(edev,
^
This changes the cast to 'void *' to shut up the warning, which
avoids the assumptions on the size of the pointer type.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 68db9ec2df ("qede: Add support for per-queue stats.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is disabled, we get a couple of harmless warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/ravb_main.c:2117:12: error: 'ravb_resume' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/ravb_main.c:2104:12: error: 'ravb_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
The simplest solution here is to replace the #ifdef with __maybe_unused
annotations, which lets the compiler do the right thing by itself.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 0184165b2f ("ravb: add sleep PM suspend/resume support")
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
veth does not really transmit packets only moves the skb from one
netdev to another so gso and checksum is not really needed. Add
the features to mpls_features to get the same benefit and performance
with MPLS as without it.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a useless log message and improve the logic for setting
a PHY address from the contents of the MNG_IF_SEL register.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If device family is 8000 then iwl_pcie_load_cpu_sections()
won't be called at all (iwl_pcie_load_cpu_sections_8000() is
called in that case) so this piece of code never gets called.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Turns out we should access TFH relative addresses.
Also, the FH_UCODE_LOAD_STATUS was replaced by
UREG_UCODE_LOAD_STATUS.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Up till now we accessed SCD configuration only for initial
configuration and for enabling command queue.
For a000 generation the command queue is open by default
and firmware configures the rest. No driver SCD accesses
are expected. Make sure this is the case.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a new config struct for the new 9170 series and add
the first PCI ID for it.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a new config struct for the new 9270 series and add
the first PCI ID for it.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a new series to the 9000 series called 9460.
In addition, add a new PCI ID that is the 9460 new series.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Rename and reorder the 9000 series configuration structs:
- struct containing configuration of 5165 was renamed to 9000.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Every active TXQ is assigned to a TID given through the
SCD_CONFIG_CMD, and acts as an identifier in the FW. However,
there may be cases this ownership needs to be changed.
For example, in the following scenario:
1. TID x is owner of a queue
2. Due to a shortage of queues, TID y and z share with x
3. TID x becomes inactive and needs to be removed from the
shared queue.
In this scenario, if another queue is freed and traffic on x
continues, we can't allocate it a new queue as long as it is
the owner of the first queue.
Support moving ownership of a TXQ to a different TID (same
STA) without stopping the queue.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Due to the addition of another option in the SCD_CONFIG_CMD's
%enable field, change the assignment of this field to use
defines rather than hard-code the value itself.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When working in DQA mode, if a queue is shared and a HW restart
occurs, there might be a possible race condition between
stations on the queues, and an existing queue might be left
with no queues.
To solve this, make sure in DQA mode to re-assign the same
queues as before the HW restart.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When sending the SCD_QUEUE_CONFIG command, the queue is
associated to a specific TID. If later there is a need to
use this TID on a different queue instead, it first needs to
be unassociated from the first queue.
Keep track for every queue what TID is associated with it.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a shared queue becomes unshared, aggregations should be
re-enabled if they've existed before. Make sure that they do
this, if required.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-29
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake provides all the changes in this series starting with fixes an issue
where VF devices may fail during an unbind/bind and we will never zero
the reference counter for the pci_dev structure. Updated the hot path
to use SW counters instead of checking for hardware Tx pending for
possible transmit hangs, which will improve performance. Fixed the NAPI
budget accounting so that fm10k_poll will return actual work done,
capped at (budget - 1) instead of returning 0. Added a check to ensure
that the device is in the normal IO state before continuing to probe,
which allows us to give a more descriptive message of what is wrong
in the case of uncorrectable AER error. In preparation for adding Geneve
Rx offload support, refactored the current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit
more generic. Added support for receive offloads on one Geneve tunnel.
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared, to
make sure that bits related to queue ownership are maintained. Fixed
an issue in queue ownership assignment which casued a race condition
between the PF and the VF such that potentially a VF could cause FUM
fault errors due to normal PF/VF driver behavior.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a000 devices there is a support of 64 bit DMA addressing.
The paging command was changed accordingly - support it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add support for installing and removing GMAC key
for newer FW versions that support GCM and MFP.
GMAC provides authentication and integrity for multicast management
frames.
Firmware API was changed, update the driver accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The 9000 hardware will de-aggregate AMSDUs. In the process
it will copy the mac header "as is" to the new MPDUs.
This means driver should allow the same PN for MPDUs originated
from the same AMSDU.
Do that by incrementing the PN only for the last MPDU in the
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The iwlmvm driver supports channel width change in AP mode. Add the
proper flag.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
fw-dbg code return ret but that variable was either 0
or not initialised. Return 0 always.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fixes: 6a95126763 ("iwlwifi: mvm: send dbg config hcmds to fw if set in tlv")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When the user really wanted a dump on P2P Client, he
coudln't get it because we checked vif->type but didn't
take vif->p2p into account. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
ath.git fixes for 4.8. Major changes:
ath9k
* fix regression in client mode beacon configuration
* fix a station pointer which resulted in spurious crashes
When the PF assigns a new MAC address to a VF it uses the base address
registers to store the MAC address. This allows a VF which loads after
this setup the ability to get the initial address without having to wait
for a mailbox message. Unfortunately to do this, the PF must take queue
ownership away from the VF, which can cause fault errors when there is
already an active VF driver.
This queue ownership assignment causes race condition between the PF and
the VF such that potentially a VF can cause FUM fault errors due to
normal PF/VF driver behavior.
It is not safe to simply allow the PF to write the base address
registers without taking queue ownership back as the PF must also
disable the queues, and this would impact active VF use. The current
code is safe because the queue ownership will prevent the VF from
actually writing but does trigger the FUM fault.
We can do better by simply avoiding the register write process when
a mailbox message suffices. If the message can be sent over the mailbox,
then we will not perform the queue ownership assignment and we won't
update the base address to be the same as the MAC address.
We do still have to write the TXQCTL registers in order to update the
VID of the queue. This is necessary because the TXQCTL register is
read-only from the VF, and thus the VF cannot do this for itself. This
register does not need to wait for the Tx queue to be disabled and is
safe for the PF to write during normal VF operation, so we move this
write to the top of the function above the mailbox message. Without
this, the TXQCTL register would be misconfigured and cause the VF to Tx
hang.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared. This
ensures that bits related to queue ownership are maintained.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to how we handle VXLAN offload, enable support for a single
Geneve tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for adding Geneve Rx offload support, refactor the
current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit more generic so that it will be
easier to add the new Geneve code. The fm10k hardware supports one VXLAN
and one Geneve tunnel, so we will eventually treat the VXLAN and Geneve
tunnels identically. To this end, factor out the code that handles the
current list so that we can use the generic flow for both tunnels in the
next patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of a surprise remove, we expect the driver to go down,
which includes calling .stop_hw(). However, this function will return an
error because the queues won't appear to cleanly disable. Prevent this
and avoid the unnecessary checks by just returning when
FM10K_REMOVED(hw->hw_addr) is true.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of an uncorrectable AER error occurring when the driver has
not loaded, the recovery routines are not done. This is done because
future loads of the driver may not be aware of the IO state and may not
be able to recover at all. In this case, when we next load the driver it
fails due to what appears to be a surprise remove event. Instead, add
a check to ensure that the device is in the normal IO state before
continuing to probe. This allows us to give a more descriptive message
of what is wrong.
Without this change, the driver will attempt to probe up to our first
call of .reset_hw() which will be unable to read registers and act as if
a surprise remove event occurred.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When fm10k_poll fully cleans rings it returns 0. This is incorrect as it
messes up the budget accounting in the core NAPI code. Fix this by
returning actual work done, capped at budget - 1 since the core doesn't
expect a return of the full budget when the driver modifies the NAPI
status.
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While technically not needed, as all our uses of ACCESS_ONCE are scalar
types, we already use READ_ONCE in a few places, and for code
readability we can swap all the uses of the older ACCESS_ONCE into
READ_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is only used in fm10k_ethtool.c, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch added support to check for hardware Tx pending in the
fm10k_down routine. This support was intended to ensure that we
accurately check what the hardware state is. However, checking for Tx
hangs in this manor during the hotpath results in a large performance
hit. Avoid this by making the hotpath check use the SW counters instead.
Fixes: a0f53cf49cb0 ("fm10k: use actual hardware registers when checking for pending Tx", 2016-06-08)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch removed the pci_disable_device() call in
.io_error_detected. This call corresponded to a pci_enable_device_mem()
call within .io_slot_reset handler. Change the call here to
a pci_reenable_device() so that it does not increment and leak the
enable_cnt reference count for the device. Without this change, VF
devices may fail during an unbind/bind, and we'll never zero the
reference counter for the pci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The newly added reset logic uses helper functions for the MMIO that
may fail. However, when the read operation fails, we end up writing
back uninitialized data to the register, as gcc warns:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_xgmac.c: In function 'xgene_enet_link_state':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_xgmac.c:213:2: error: 'data' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_xgmac.c:209:6: note: 'data' was declared here
u32 data;
We already print a warning to the console log if that happens,
the best alternative that I can see is skip the rest of the reset
sequence if the register value cannot be read: Most likely the
write would fail as well, and if it succeeded, worse things could
happen.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 3eb7cb9dc9 ("drivers: net: xgene: XFI PCS reset when link is down")
Cc: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After resume from hibernate on arm64, any amd-xgbe devices that were
running when we hibernated are reported as down, even when it is not.
Re-plugging the cables does not cause the interface to come back, the
link must be marked as down then up via 'ip set link' using the serial
console.
This happens because the device has been power-cycled and possibly
re-initialised by firmware, whereas the driver's memory structures have
been restored from the hibernate image and the two do not agree.
Schedule a restart of the device after powerup in case the world changed
while we were asleep.
Signed-off-by: James Morse <james.morse@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b70661c708 ("net: smc91x: use run-time configuration on all ARM
machines") broke some ARM platforms through several mistakes. Firstly,
the access size must correspond to the following rule:
(a) at least one of 16-bit or 8-bit access size must be supported
(b) 32-bit accesses are optional, and may be enabled in addition to
the above.
Secondly, it provides no emulation of 16-bit accesses, instead blindly
making 16-bit accesses even when the platform specifies that only 8-bit
is supported.
Reorganise smc91x.h so we can make use of the existing 16-bit access
emulation already provided - if 16-bit accesses are supported, use
16-bit accesses directly, otherwise if 8-bit accesses are supported,
use the provided 16-bit access emulation. If neither, BUG(). This
exactly reflects the driver behaviour prior to the commit being fixed.
Since the conversion incorrectly cut down the available access sizes on
several platforms, we also need to go through every platform and fix up
the overly-restrictive access size: Arnd assumed that if a platform can
perform 32-bit, 16-bit and 8-bit accesses, then only a 32-bit access
size needed to be specified - not so, all available access sizes must
be specified.
This likely fixes some performance regressions in doing this: if a
platform does not support 8-bit accesses, 8-bit accesses have been
emulated by performing a 16-bit read-modify-write access.
Tested on the Intel Assabet/Neponset platform, which supports only 8-bit
accesses, which was broken by the original commit.
Fixes: b70661c708 ("net: smc91x: use run-time configuration on all ARM machines")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool has 11 flow tables, each flow table has its own priority.
Increase the number of priorities to be aligned with the number of flow
tables.
Fixes: 1174fce8d1 ('net/mlx5e: Support l3/l4 flow type specs in ethtool flow steering')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon set ETS failure due to user invalid input, add error prints to
specify the exact error to the user.
Fixes: cdcf11212b ('net/mlx5e: Validate BW weight values of ETS')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free 'in' command object also when mlx5_core_modify_tir fails.
Fixes: 724b2aa151 ("net/mlx5e: TIRs management refactoring")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a counter in ethtool for the number of times that
TX xmit_more was used.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver RQ has two possible configurations: striding RQ and
non-striding RQ. Until this patch, the driver always reported the
number of hardware WQEs (ring descriptors). For non striding RQ
configuration, this was OK since we have one WQE per pending packet
For striding RQ, multiple packets can fit into one WQE. For better
user experience we normalize the rx_pending parameter (size of wqe/mtu)
as the average ring size in case of striding RQ.
Fixes: 461017cb00 ('net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE ...')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of asking the firmware to flush the SQ (Send Queue) via
asynchronous completions when moved to error, we handle SQ flush
manually (mlx5e_free_tx_descs) same as we did when SQ flush got
timed out or on tx_timeout.
This will reduce SQs flush time and speedup interface down procedure.
Moved mlx5e_free_tx_descs to the end of en_tx.c for tx
critical code locality.
Fixes: 29429f3300 ('net/mlx5e: Timeout if SQ doesn't flush during close')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ICO (Internal control operations) SQ (Send Queue) is closed/disabled
after RQ (Receive Queue). After RQ is closed an ICO SQ completion
might post a fragmented MPWQE (Multi Packet Work Queue Element) into
that RQ.
As on regular RQ post, check if we are allowed to post to that
RQ (RQ is enabled). Cleanup in-progress UMR MPWQE on mlx5e_free_rx_descs
if needed.
Fixes: bc77b240b3 ('net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will significantly reduce receive queue flush time on interface
down.
Instead of asking the firmware to flush the RQ (Receive Queue) via
asynchronous completions when moved to error, we handle RQ flush
manually (mlx5e_free_rx_descs) same as we did when RQ flush got timed
out.
This will reduce RQs flush time and speedup interface down procedure
(ifconfig down) from 6 sec to 0.3 sec on a 48 cores system.
Moved mlx5e_free_rx_descs en_main.c where it is needed, to keep en_rx.c
free form non critical data path code for better code locality.
Fixes: 6cd392a082 ('net/mlx5e: Handle RQ flush in error cases')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ConnectX-4 UMR (User Memory Region) MTT translation table offset in WQE
is limited to U16_MAX, before this patch we ignored that limitation and
requested the maximum possible UMR translation length that the netdev
might need (MAX channels * MAX pages per channel).
In case of a system with #cores > 32 and when linear WQE allocation fails,
falling back to using UMR WQEs will cause the RQ (Receive Queue) to get
stuck.
Here we limit UMR length to min(U16_MAX, max required pages) (while
considering the required alignments) on driver load, by default U16_MAX is
sufficient since the default RX rings value guarantees that we are in
range, dynamically (on set_ringparam/set_channels) we will check if the
new required UMR length (num mtts) is still in range, if not, fail the
request.
Fixes: bc77b240b3 ('net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the cpsw_fill_rx_channels()
error handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: ce52c74457 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: add ethtool channels support")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_TRIGGER_INTERRUPT does not work on the SFC9140, as used in the
sfn7x42q and sfn7x24f.
Check for this using the MCDI workaround mechanism.
The command is only used during self test. If it's not supported, skip
the interrupt test.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nic_data was already initialised to the right thing, no need to assign
it again.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX size bins were not supported on the 7000's 40G MAC, but the 8000 series
does support them and the MCPU advertises that via a new capability bit.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32-bit systems, mask is only an array of 3 longs, not 4, so don't try
to write to mask[3].
Also include build-time checks in case the size of the bitmask changes.
Fixes: 3c36a2aded ("sfc: display vadaptor statistics for all interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And while at it, remove the unecessary writing of zeroes to the CPU_MASK_CLEAR
register since it has no functional use.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tso/tso6 support to the alx driver.
Based on information from the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because we change to use the PDMA as the Ethernet RX DMA engine,
the patch modifies to set GDM to send packets to PDMA for RX.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because the PDMA has richer features than the QDMA for Ethernet RX
(such as multiple RX rings, HW LRO, etc.),
the patch modifies to use the PDMA to handle Ethernet RX.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we are using b53_common for most VLAN, FDB and bridge
operations, delete all the redundant code that we had in bcm_sf2.c to
keep only the integration specific logic that we have to deal with:
power management, link management and the external interfaces (RGMII,
MDIO).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom Starfighter2 is almost entirely register compatible with
B53, yet for historical reasons came up first in the tree and is now
being updated to utilize b53_common.c to the fullest extent possible. A
few things need to be adjusted to allow that:
- the switch "core" registers currently operate on a 32-bit address,
whereas b53 passes a page + reg pair to offset from, so we need to
convert that, thankfully there is a generic formula to do that
- the link managemenent is not self contained with the B53/CORE register
set, but instead is in the SWITCH_REG block which is part of the
integration glue logic, so we keep that entirely custom here because
this really is part of the existing bcm_sf2 implementation
- there are additional power management constraints on the port's
memories that make us keep the port_enable/disable callbacks custom
for now, also, we support tagging whereas b53_common does not support
that yet
All the VLAN and bridge code is entirely identical though so, avoid
duplicating it. Other things will be migrated in the future like EEE and
possibly Wake-on-LAN.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to migrate the bcm_sf2 driver over to the b53 driver for most
VLAN/FDB/bridge operations, we need to add support for the "join all
VLANs" register and behavior which allows us to make a given port join
all VLANs and avoid setting specific VLAN entries when it is leaving the
bridge.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 58xx and 7445 chips use the Starfighter2 code, define its MIB layout
and introduce a helper function: is58xx() which checks for both of these
IDs for now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate a device entry for the Broadcom BCM7445 integrated switch
currently backed by bcm_sf2.c. Since this is the latest generation, it
has 4 ARL entries, 4K VLANs and uses Port 8 for the CPU/IMP port.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow drivers to override specific dsa_switch_driver
callbacks, initialize ds->ops to b53_switch_ops earlier, which avoids
having to expose this structure to glue drivers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of trapping certain packets to the CPU and then relying on it to
flood them we can instead make the device mirror them.
The following packet types are mirrored:
* DHCP: Broadcast packets that should be flooded by the device, but also
trapped in case CPU is running the DHCP server.
* IGMP query: Multicast packets that need to be forwarded to other
bridge ports, but also trapped so that receiving netdev will be marked
as a router port by the bridge driver.
* ARP request: Broadcast packets that should be forwarded to other
bridge ports, but also trapped in case requested IP is of the local
machine.
* ARP response: Unicast packets that should be forwarded by the bridge
but also trapped in case response is directed at us.
Set the trap action of such packets to mirror and mark them using
'offload_fwd_mark' to prevent the bridge driver from forwarding them
itself.
Note that OSPF packets are also marked despite their action being trap.
The reason for this is that the device traps such packets in the
pipeline after they were already flooded.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we only trapped packets to CPU, but we are going to allow
some packets to be mirrored (trap & forward) to CPU.
Extend the Rx listener with 'action' member.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of copying & pasting the same struct initialization for every
Rx listener, just use a macro.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_fwd_mark_set() is used to set the 'offload_fwd_mark' of
port netdevs so that packets being flooded by the device won't be
flooded twice.
It works by assigning a unique identifier (the ifindex of the first
bridge port) to bridge ports sharing the same parent ID. This prevents
packets from being flooded twice by the same switch, but will flood
packets through bridge ports belonging to a different switch.
This method is problematic when stacked devices are taken into account,
such as VLANs. In such cases, a physical port netdev can have upper
devices being members in two different bridges, thus requiring two
different 'offload_fwd_mark's to be configured on the port netdev, which
is impossible.
The main problem is that packet and netdev marking is performed at the
physical netdev level, whereas flooding occurs between bridge ports,
which are not necessarily port netdevs.
Instead, packet and netdev marking should really be done in the bridge
driver with the switch driver only telling it which packets it already
forwarded. The bridge driver will mark such packets using the mark
assigned to the ingress bridge port and will prevent the packet from
being forwarded through any bridge port sharing the same mark (i.e.
having the same parent ID).
Remove the current switchdev 'offload_fwd_mark' implementation and
instead implement the proposed method. In addition, make rocker - the
sole user of the mark - use the proposed method.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When team is in bridge and LACP is utilized, LACPDU packets are pushed
to userspace using raw socket and there they are processed. However,
since 8626c56c82, LACPDU skbs are dropped by bridge rx_handler so
they never reach packet handlers in rx path. Fix this by explicity treat
LACPDUs to be pushed to exact delivery in team rx_handler.
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Fixes: 8626c56c82 ("bridge: fix potential use-after-free when hook returns QUEUE or STOLEN verdict")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ppe_cb->ppe_common_cb is being dereferenced before a null check is
being made on it. If ppe_cb->ppe_common_cb is null then we end up
with a null pointer dereference when assigning dsaf_dev. Fix this
by moving the initialisation of dsaf_dev once we know
ppe_cb->ppe_common_cb is OK to dereference.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b17c706987 ("loopback: sctp: add NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM to device
features") added NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC to device features for lo device to
improve the performance of sctp over lo.
This patch is to add NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC to device features for veth to
improve the performance of sctp over veth.
Before this patch:
ip netns exec cs_client netperf -H 10.167.12.2 -t SCTP_STREAM -- -m 10K
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
212992 212992 10240 10.00 1117.16
After this patch:
ip netns exec cs_client netperf -H 10.167.12.2 -t SCTP_STREAM -- -m 10K
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
212992 212992 10240 10.20 1415.22
Tested-by: Li Shuang <tjlishuang@yeah.net>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cp_rx_poll does not get enough packet, it will check the rx
interrupt status again. If so, it will jumpt to rx_status_loop again.
But the goto jump resets the rx variable as zero too.
As a result, it causes one possible deadloop. Assume this case,
rx_status_loop only gets the packet count which is less than budget,
and (cpr16(IntrStatus) & cp_rx_intr_mask) condition is always true.
It causes the deadloop happens and system is blocked.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes a common flow for Client instance open during init
and reset path. The Client subtask can handle both the cases instead of
making a separate notify_client_of_open call.
Also it may fix a bug during reset where the service task was leaking
some memory and causing issues.
Change-Id: I7232a32fd52b82e863abb54266fa83122f80a0cd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts:
commit 33c133cc75 ("phy: IRQ cannot be shared")
On hardware with multiple PHY devices hooked up to the same IRQ line, allow
them to share it.
Sergei Shtylyov says:
"I'm not sure now what was the reason I concluded that the IRQ sharing
was impossible... most probably I thought that the kernel IRQ handling
code exited the loop over the IRQ actions once IRQ_HANDLED was returned
-- which is obviously not so in reality..."
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we keep shadow copies of which interrupt sources are enabled
through the intrl2_*_mask_{set,clear} macros, make sure that the
ordering in which we do these two operations: update the copy, then
unmask the register is correct.
This is not currently a problem because we actually do not use them, but
we will in a subsequent patch optimizing register accesses, so better be
safe here.
Fixes: 80105befdb ("net: systemport: add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT Ethernet MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We kept shadow copies of which interrupt sources we have enabled and
disabled, but due to an order bug in how intrl2_mask_clear was defined,
we could run into the following scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
intrl2_1_mask_clear(..)
sets INTRL2_CPU_MASK_CLEAR
bcm_sf2_switch_1_isr
read INTRL2_CPU_STATUS and masks with stale
irq1_mask value
updates irq1_mask value
Which would make us loop again and again trying to process and interrupt
we are not clearing since our copy of whether it was enabled before
still indicates it was not. Fix this by updating the shadow copy first,
and then unasking at the HW level.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c:1645:1: warning:
symbol 'vmxnet3_rq_destroy_all_rxdataring' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENOMEM from the dma_map_single error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 032c5e8284 ("Driver for IBM System i/p VNIC protocol")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove an open coded simple_open() function and replace file
operations references to the function with simple_open()
instead.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Hip06 SoC, the RoCE Engine is part of the Hisilicon Network
Subsystem and is dependent upon DSAF module. Therefore, certain
functions like RESET are exposed through the common registers of
HNS DSAF module which are memory-mapped by the HNS driver and
currently can only be accessed through DT/syscon interface.
This patch adds the support of ACPI to the existing RoCE reset
function in the HNS driver(please refer NOTE 2). Hisilicon RoCE
driver (please refer NOTE 1) shall call this reset function during
probe time to reset the RoCE Engine.
The HNS Reset function indirectly ends up in calling the _DSM()
function part of the DSDT ACPI Table. Actual reset functionality
for ACPI is implemented within the ACPI DSDT Table which also has
been enhanced to support this change.
Support of ACPI in the HNS RoCE driver shall be pushed through a
different accompanying below patch:
"IB/hns: Add support of ACPI to the Hisilicon RoCE Driver"
NOTE 1: HNS RoCE driver has already been accepted by its maintainer
Doug Ledford<dledford@redhat.com>. Please refer below link:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-rdma/msg38850.html
NOTE 2: RoCE reset function patch has been accepted and now is
part of the net-next:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg123867.html
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
* net/mlx5: Add sniffer namespaces
* net/mlx5: Introduce sniffer steering hardware capabilities
* net/mlx5: Configure IB devices according to LAG state
* net/mlx5: Vport LAG creation support
* net/mlx5: Add LAG flow steering namespace
* net/mlx5: LAG demux flow table support
* net/mlx5: LAG and SRIOV cannot be used together
* net/mlx5e: Avoid port remapping of mlx5e netdev TISes
* net/mlx5: Get RoCE netdev
* net/mlx5: Implement RoCE LAG feature
* net/mlx5: Add HW interfaces used by LAG
* net/mlx5: Separate query_port_proto_oper for IB and EN
* net/mlx5: Expose mlx5e_link_mode
* net/mlx5: Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
* net/mlx5: Modify RQ bitmask from mlx5 ifc
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+m21
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.9-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma into mlx5-shared
Mellanox ConnectX-4/Connect-IB shared code (SW part)
* net/mlx5: Add sniffer namespaces
* net/mlx5: Introduce sniffer steering hardware capabilities
* net/mlx5: Configure IB devices according to LAG state
* net/mlx5: Vport LAG creation support
* net/mlx5: Add LAG flow steering namespace
* net/mlx5: LAG demux flow table support
* net/mlx5: LAG and SRIOV cannot be used together
* net/mlx5e: Avoid port remapping of mlx5e netdev TISes
* net/mlx5: Get RoCE netdev
* net/mlx5: Implement RoCE LAG feature
* net/mlx5: Add HW interfaces used by LAG
* net/mlx5: Separate query_port_proto_oper for IB and EN
* net/mlx5: Expose mlx5e_link_mode
* net/mlx5: Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
* net/mlx5: Modify RQ bitmask from mlx5 ifc
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.
No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g
However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.
In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
#403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
+ if (ops == NULL) {
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
#773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
+ if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
#824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
+ if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
#835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
+ if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)
total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ndo_set_rx_mode() is called for bnx2x, as part of process of
configuring the new MAC address filters [both unicast & multicast]
driver begins by flushing the existing configuration and then iterating
over the network device's list of addresses and configures those instead.
This has the side-effect of creating a short gap where traffic wouldn't
be properly classified, as no filters are configured in HW.
While for unicasts this is rather insignificant [as unicast MACs don't
frequently change while interface is actually running],
for multicast traffic it does pose an issue as there are multicast-based
networks where new multicast groups would constantly be removed and
added.
This patch tries to remedy this [at least for the newer adapters] -
Instead of flushing & reconfiguring all existing multicast filters,
the driver would instead create the approximate hash match that would
result from the required filters. It would then compare it against the
currently configured approximate hash match, and only add and remove the
delta between those.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for
router interfaces") we used to assign vFIDs to the created vPorts. Since
these vPorts were used for slow path traffic we had to disable learning
for them, as it doesn't make sense to have it enabled.
This is no longer the case and now vPorts are either used for router
interfaces (for which learning is disabled by the firmware) or bridge
ports (for which learning is explicitly enabled by the driver).
Therefore, we can remove the learning configuration upon vPort creation.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now offload the learning configuration to the device and don't rely
on the driver to decide whether to learn the FDB record, so remove the
check.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we simply stored the learning configuration of a bridge
port in the driver and decided whether to learn a new FDB record based
on this value.
However, this is sub-optimal in cases where learning is disabled on the
bridge port, as the device repeatedly generates learning notifications
for the same record.
Instead, offload the learning configuration to the device, thereby
preventing it from generating notifications when learning is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to prevent the device from generating learning
notifications for a port that was configured with learning disabled.
Since learning configuration is done per {Port, VID} we need to apply
the port's learning configuration for any VID that is added to the
bridge port's VLAN filter list.
When a VID is added to the VLAN filter list of a VLAN-aware bridge port,
configure the {Port, VID} learning status according to the port's
configuration. When the VID is removed, disable learning for the {Port,
VID}.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing VLANs from the VLAN-aware bridge we shouldn't abort on the
first error, as we'll otherwise have resources that will never be freed.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05978481e7 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before
registering netdevice") removed __mlxsw_sp_port_vlans_del() from the
init sequence of the driver, which forced it to be non-symmetric with
regards to __mlxsw_sp_port_vlans_add().
Make both functions symmetric as the constraint no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now a learning session ended whenever the number of queried
records was zero. This turned out to be problematic in situations where
a large number of MACs (48K) had to be processed by the switch driver,
as RTNL mutex is held during the learning session.
Instead, limit the number of FDB records that can be processed in a
session to 64. This means that every time the device is queried for
learning notifications (currently, every 100ms), up to 64 records will
be processed by the switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the function mlxsw_router_neigh_construct search the rif according
to the neighbour dev other than the dev that was passed to the ndo, thus
allowing creating neigbhours upon stacked devices.
Fixes: 6cf3c971dc ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add private neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we have a layer 3 interface on top of a bridge (VLAN / FID RIF),
then we should flood the following packet types to the router:
* Broadcast: If DIP is the broadcast address of the interface, then we
need to be able to get it to CPU by trapping it following route lookup.
* Reserved IP multicast (224.0.0.X): Some control packets (e.g. OSPF)
use this range and are trapped in the router block.
Fixes: 99f44bb352 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Enable L3 interfaces on top of bridge devices")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* net/mlx5: Add sniffer namespaces
* net/mlx5: Introduce sniffer steering hardware capabilities
* net/mlx5: Configure IB devices according to LAG state
* net/mlx5: Vport LAG creation support
* net/mlx5: Add LAG flow steering namespace
* net/mlx5: LAG demux flow table support
* net/mlx5: LAG and SRIOV cannot be used together
* net/mlx5e: Avoid port remapping of mlx5e netdev TISes
* net/mlx5: Get RoCE netdev
* net/mlx5: Implement RoCE LAG feature
* net/mlx5: Add HW interfaces used by LAG
* net/mlx5: Separate query_port_proto_oper for IB and EN
* net/mlx5: Expose mlx5e_link_mode
* net/mlx5: Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
* net/mlx5: Modify RQ bitmask from mlx5 ifc
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+m21
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.9-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-08-24
This series contains some low level and API updates for mlx5 core
driver interface and mlx5_ifc.h, plus mlx5 LAG core driver support,
to be shared as base code for net-next and rdma mlx5 4.9 submissions.
From Alex and Artemy, Update mlx5_ifc for modify RQ and XRC bits.
From Noa, Expose mlx5 link modes so they can be used in RDMA tree for rdma tools.
From Aviv, LAG support needed for RDMA.
- Add needed hardware structures, layouts and interface
- mlx5 core driver LAG implementation
- Introduce mlx5 core driver LAG API for mlx5_ib
From Maor, add two low level patches for mlx5 hardware sniffer QP
infrastructure bits and capabilities, plus added the namespace for sniffer
steering tables. Needed for RDMA subtree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using sock_tx_timestamp, use skb_tx_timestamp to record
software transmit timestamp of a packet.
sock_tx_timestamp resets and overrides the tx_flags of the skb.
The function is intended to be called from within the protocol
layer when creating the skb, not from a device driver. This is
inconsistent with other drivers and will cause issues for TCP.
In TCP, we intend to sample the timestamps for the last byte
for each sendmsg/sendpage. For that reason, tcp_sendmsg calls
tcp_tx_timestamp only with the last skb that it generates.
For example, if a 128KB message is split into two 64KB packets
we want to sample the SND timestamp of the last packet. The current
code in the tun driver, however, will result in sampling the SND
timestamp for both packets.
Also, when the last packet is split into smaller packets for
retranmission (see tcp_fragment), the tun driver will record
timestamps for all of the retransmitted packets and not only the
last packet.
Fixes: eda2977291 (tun: Support software transmit time stamping.)
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the return type of ena_set_push_mode() to be void,
as it always returns 0.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/phy/xilinx_gmii2rgmii.c:61:5: warning:
symbol 'xgmiitorgmii_probe' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add provision for configuring the fastpath queues with Tx (or Rx) only
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently enable interrupts before we enable NAPI. If an RX interrupt
hits before we enabled NAPI then the NAPI callback is never called and
we leave the hardware with RX interrupts disabled, which of course leads
us to never handling received packets. Fix this by moving the interrupt
enable to after we've enable NAPI and the reclaim tasklet.
Fixes: cd5e412347 ("dwc_eth_qos: do phy_start before resetting hardware")
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabinv@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clk_prepare_enable() may fail, so we should better check its return
value and propagate it in the case of failure
While at it, replace __lpc_eth_clock_enable() with a plain
clk_prepare_enable/clk_disable_unprepare() call in order to
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we disable SRIOV, we used to unregister the netdev but wasn't
freed. But next time when the same netdev is registered, since the state
was in 'NETREG_UNREGISTERED', we used to hit BUG_ON in register_netdevice,
where it expects the state to be 'NETREG_UNINITIALIZED'.
Alloc netdev and register them while configuring SRIOV, and free them
when SRIOV is disabled. Also added a new function to setup ethernet
properties instead of using ether_setup. Set carrier off by default,
since we don't have to do any transmit on the interface.
Fixes: 7829451c69 ("cxgb4: Add control net_device for configuring PCIe VF")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callback function of call_rcu() just calls a kfree(), so we
can use kfree_rcu() instead of call_rcu() + callback function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PORT_RATE_CONTROL register works differently on 88e6095/6095f/6131
in comparison to 6123/61/65, and 0x0 disables. The distinction was lost
Linux 4.1 --> 4.2
Signed-off-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like the ksz8081, the ksz9031 has the behavior where it will clear the
interrupt enable bits when leaving power down. This takes advantage of the
solution provided by f5aba91.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
liquidio_set_rxcsum_command is a local function only, no need to expose
it outside of lio_main.c so declare it static and make sparse happy.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current scatter-gather logic in gianfar is flawed, since
it does not consider the eTSEC's RxBD 'Data Length' field is
context depening: for the last fragment it contains the full
frame size, while fragments contain the fragment size, which
equals the value written to register MRBLR.
This causes data corruption as soon as the hardware starts
to fragment receiving frames. As a result, the size of
fragmented frames is increased by
(nr_frags - 1) * MRBLR
We first noticed this issue working with DSA, where an ICMP
request sized 1472 bytes causes the scatter-gather logic to
kick in. The full Ethernet frame (1518) gets increased by
DSA (4), GMAC_FCB_LEN (8), and FSL_GIANFAR_DEV_HAS_TIMER
(priv->padding=8) to a total of 1538 octets, which is
fragmented by the hardware and reconstructed by the driver
to a 3074 octet frame.
This patch fixes the problem by adjusting the size of
the last fragment.
It was tested by setting MRBLR to different multiples of
64, proving correct scatter-gather operation on frames
with up to 9000 octets in size.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The eTSEC register MRBLR defines the maximum space in
the RX buffers and is set to 1536 by gianfar. This
reasonably covers the common use case where the MTU
is kept at default 1500. In that case, the largest
Ethernet frame size of 1518 plus an optional
GMAC_FCB_LEN of 8, and an additional padding of 8
to handle FSL_GIANFAR_DEV_HAS_TIMER totals to 1534
and nicely fit within the chosen MRBLR.
Alas, if the eTSEC is attached to a DSA enabled switch,
the (E)DSA header extension (4 or 8 bytes) causes every
maximum sized frame to be fragmented by the hardware.
This patch increases the maximum RX buffer size by 8
and rounds up to the next multiple of 64, which the
hardware's defines as RX buffer granularity.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Printing console messages is not helpful when system is out of memory;
and can be disastrous with netconsole. Instead keep statistics
of these anomalous conditions.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make netvsc on vmbus behave more like PCI.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable m_ret is only used in one basic block.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Break the different cases, code is cleaner if broken up
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rearrange the transmit routine to eliminate goto's and unnecessary
boolean variables. Use standard functions to test for vlan tag.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move initialization to allocate where other fields are initialized.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't hard code size of array of NDIS versions.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several new functions were introduced into hyperv.h but only used in one file.
Move them and let compiler decide on inline.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix most of the complaints about the style of the code.
Things like extra blank lines and return statements.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Better to use kcalloc rather than kzalloc and multiply for an array.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function get_netvsc_net_device had conditional locking. This was
unnecessary, incorrect, but harmless. It was unnecessary since the
code is only called from netlink netdev event callback where RTNL
is always acquired before the callbacks are run. It was incorrect
because of use of trylock and then continuing.
Fix by replacing with proper assertion.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* net/mlx5: Introduce alloc_encap and dealloc_encap commands
* net/mlx5: Update mlx5_ifc.h for vxlan encap/decap
* net/mlx5: Enable setting minimum inline header mode for VFs
* net/mlx5: Improve driver log messages
* net/mlx5: Unify and improve command interface
* {net,IB}/mlx5: Modify QP commands via mlx5 ifc
* {net,IB}/mlx5: QP/XRCD commands via mlx5 ifc
* {net,IB}/mlx5: MKey/PSV commands via mlx5 ifc
* {net,IB}/mlx5: CQ commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: EQ commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: Pages management commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: MCG commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: PD and UAR commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: Access register and MAD IFC commands via mlx5 ifc
* net/mlx5: Init/Teardown hca commands via mlx5 ifc
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=QIAc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.9-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-08-20
This series contains several low level and API updates for mlx5 core
commands interface and mlx5_ifc.h to be shared as base code for net-next and
rdma mlx5 4.9 submissions.
From Saeed, ten patches that refactors old layouts of firmware commands which
were manually generated before we introduced the mlx5_ifc, now all of the firmware
commands inbox/outbox layouts moved to use mlx5_ifc and we remove the old
manually generated structures. Plus to those ten patches, we add two patches
that unifies mlx5 commands execution interface and improve the driver log messages
in that area.
From Hadar and Ilya, added the needed hardware bits and infrastructure for
minimum inline headers setting and encap/decap commands and capabilities,
needed for E-Switch offloads.
This series applies on top latest net-next and rdma/master, and smoothly merges with
the latest "Mellanox 100G mlx5 fixes 2016-08-16" series already applied into net branch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These ops allow to control number of channels driver is allowed to
work with at cpdma level. The maximum number of channels is 8 for
rx and 8 for tx. In dual_emac mode the h/w channels are shared
between two interfaces and changing number on one interface changes
number of channels on another.
How many channels are supported and enabled:
$ ethtool -l ethX
Change number of channels (up to 8)
$ ethtool -L ethX rx 6 tx 6
Per-channel statistic:
$ ethtool -S ethX
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep the driver internals in C file. Currently it's not required for
drivers to know rx or tx a channel is, except create function.
So correct "channel create" function, and use all channel struct
macroses only for internal use.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw h/w supports up to 8 tx and 8 rx channels. This patch adds
multi-queue support to the driver only, shaper configuration will
be added with separate patch series. Default shaper mode, as
before, priority mode, but with corrected priority order, 0 - is
highest priority, 7 - lowest.
The poll function handles all unprocessed channels, till all of
them are free, beginning from hi priority channel.
In dual_emac mode the channels are shared between two network devices,
as it's with single-queue default mode.
The statistic for every channel can be read with:
$ ethtool -S ethX
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupts shouldn't be disabled while receiving skb, but while
ctrl_stop, the channels are stopped and all remaining packets are
handled with netif_receive_skb(), it can cause WARN_ONCE when ctrl
is stopping while not all packets were handled with NAPIs:
lock_irq_save
cpdma_ctlr_stop
cpdma_chan_top
__cpdma_chan_free
cpsw_rx_handler
netif_receive_skb
So, split locking while ctrl stop thus interrupts are still
enabled while skbs handling. It can cause WARN_ONCE in rare
cases when ctrl is stopping while not all packets were handled
with NAPIs.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx channels share same pool of descriptors. Thus one channel can
block another if pool is emptied by one. But, the shaper should
decide which channel is allowed to send packets. To avoid such
impact of one channel on another, let every channel to have its
own piece of pool.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without it, a mv88e6131 switch will not forward incoming unicast
packets to the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPU method of accessing PHYs makes use of a timer. Make sure this
timer is deleted before unloading the driver.
Reported-by: Jamie Lentin <jm@lentin.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older chips only support DSA tagging on the CPU port. New devices
support both DSA and EDSA. The driver needs to tell the core the tag
protocol to use, and configure the switch for what is available.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement set_tx_maxrate NDO to perform per queue tx rate limiting.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to bind/unbind specified tx queues to/from scheduling
classes. If a queue is already bound to a scheduling class, it is
unbound first and then bound to a new specified class.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to create tx traffic scheduling classes with specified
scheduling parameters. Return an existing class if a match is found
with same scheduling parameters.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each VF employees a lock that's supposed to serialize its usage of the
HW channel for communication with its PF, but the critical section is
ill-defined:
- VFs currently release the lock whenever the PF response arrives,
prior to actually processing the reply buffer [which was also supposed
to have been protected by same lock].
- The lock would be released on first response, ignoring the possibilty
the sw flow isn't over [as might be the case of the acquisition flow].
As a result, the flow would run unprotected and would cause a double
mutex release [as the additional message completion would release it
while its actually already free].
Change the flow to have a dedicated function to be called at end of each
flow and release the lock.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern VFs can't run on old non-compatible as the fastpath HSI is
slightly changed - but as the HSI is actually very close [basically,
a single bit whose meaning flipped] this can be supported with small
modifications.
The major differences would be in:
- Recognizing that VF is running on top of a legacy PF.
- Returning some slowpath configurations that are no longer needed
on top of modern PFs, but would be required when working over
the legacy ones.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware would silently drop any control frame sent by VF to prevent
a malicious VF from generating pause flood in the network.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 8.10.x FW added support for forward compatability as well as
'future' backward compatibility, but only to those VFs that were
using HSI which was 8.10.x based or newer.
The latest firmware now supports backward compatibility for the
older VFs based on 8.7.x and 8.8.x firmware as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver never bothered marking the VF's vport with the VF's sw_fid.
As a result, FLR flows are not going to clean those vports.
If the vport was active when FLRed, re-activating it would lead
to a FW assertion.
Fixes: dacd88d6f6 ("qed: IOV l2 functionality")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This node pointer is returned by of_parse_phandle() with
refcount incremented in this function. of_node_put() on it
before exitting this function.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Reuse existing functionality from memdup_user() instead of keeping
duplicate source code.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
* Return directly if this copy operation failed.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A station pointer can be passed to the driver on tx, before it has been
marked as associated. Since ath9k_sta_state was initializing the entry
too late, it resulted in some spurious crashes.
Fixes: df3c6eb34d ("ath9k: Use sta_state() callback")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the address configured in the device tree is invalid, the
driver will fallback to using a random address from the locally
administered range.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Romell <daro@hms.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the new copper device X557.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This shouldn't matter as nothing should be attached still to be
consisted control MDIO speed for these devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X557 devices use a different interface to the LED for the port.
This patch reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add geneve Rx offload support for x550em_a.
The implementation follows the vxlan code with the lower 16 bits of
the VXLANCTRL register holding the UDP port for VXLAN and the upper
for Geneve.
Disabled NFS filters in the RFCTL register which allows us to simplify
the check for VXLAN and Geneve packets in ixgbe_rx_checksum().
Removed vxlan from the name of the callback functions and replaced it
with udp_tunnel which is more in line with the new API.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver was only receiving the first 4 bytes of the MAC due
to an incorrect size parameter for ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
in ixgbevf_set_rar_vf().
Correct the size by calculating it on a fly for all instances where
we call ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ethtool reports backplane type interfaces as 1000/10000baseT link modes.
This has been corrected to report the media as KR, KX or KX4 based on the backplane interface present.
Signed-off-by: Veola Nazareth <veola.nazareth@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adjust a jump target according to the Linux coding style convention.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reuse existing functionality from memdup_user() instead of keeping
duplicate source code.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-19
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Jake provides several patches, first just moves a function to co-locate
the two functions related to configuring RSS via the admin queue, which
should help in spotting bugs when comparing the two functions. Fixed
an issue where commit e69ff813af ("i40e: rework the functions to
configure RSS with similar parameters") missed checking whether the seed
is NULL before using it and did not use the passed in *lut parameter.
Fixed an issue where a previous refactor missed i40e_vsi_config_rss()
and the values were being ignored, so checked for the fields and used
them instead of default values. Lastly replaced calls to
create_singlethread_workqueue() with alloc_workqueue() to provide more
control over workqueue creation and allows explicit setting of the
desired mode of operation.
Mitch adds link speed to log messages and reports speed through ethtool.
Carolyn refactors tail bump check and fixes byte ordering problems found
when enabling this feature support. Adds support for HMC resources and
profile commands for x722 firmware.
Heinrich Schuchardt fixes format identifiers from %u to %d since the
variable is defined as an integer.
Catherine fixes an issue where there was a race condition between the
completion of the client open and calls to the client ops, so ensured
that client ops are not called until we are sure client is open.
Harshitha makes sure that i40e_client_release() does not try to use
an adapter pointer which may not be initialized, so make sure it is.
Joe Perches fixes the use of the local macro XSTRINGIFY() to use
__stringify() instead.
Avinash corrects the mutex usage in client_subtask(). Fixed the RDMA
client to open again after reset since it is closed during a PF reset.
Jeff (me) clean up whitespace issues, where indentation was done
inconsistently and with spaces versus tabs.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'Commit 3c8b3efc06 ("vmxnet3: allow variable length transmit data ring
buffer")' changed the size of the buffers in the tx data ring from a
fixed size of 128 bytes to a variable size.
However, while copying data to the data ring, vmxnet3_copy_hdr continues
to carry the old code that assumes fixed buffer size of 128. This patch
fixes it by adding correct offset based on the actual data ring buffer
size.
Signed-off-by: Guolin Yang <gyang@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code uses busy retry when unable to send out receive
completions due to full ring buffer. It also gives up retrying after limit
is reached, and causes receive buffer slots not being recycled.
This patch implements batching of receive completions. It also prevents
dropping receive completions due to full ring buffer.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RAR entry for the SAN MAC address was being cleared when we were
clearing the VMDq pool bits. In order to prevent this we need to add
an extra check to protect the SAN MAC from being cleared.
Fixes: 6e982aeae ("ixgbe: Clear stale pool mappings")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA client is closed during the PF reset and needs to be opened again.
Setting the flag so that RDMA client is opened in watchdog() function.
Change-ID: I507b1e4cbd05528cdff68fd360ef3dcac8901263
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several defines and code comments were indented with spaces instead
of tabs, correct the issue to make indentation consistent.
Change-ID: I0dc6bbb990ec4a9e856acc9ec526d876181f092c
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Correcting the mutex usage, in client_subtask(), mutex_unlock has
to be called just before client_del_instance() since this function opens
and later closes the same mutex again.
Similarly in client_is_registered removing the mutex since it closes
the mutex twice.
This is a patch suggested by RDMA team.
Change-ID: Icce519c266e4221b8a2a72a15ba5bf01750e5852
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use __stringify instead.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_client_release has a print statement that uses an
adapter pointer which is not initialized if a previous if statement
is not true. Hence, intialize it in the right place.
Change-ID: I1afdaa2c46771ac42be56edcc41bb56b455b06c8
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were having a race between the completion of the client open and
calls to the client ops so don't call a client op unless we are sure the
client is open.
Testing Hints: Load IWARP driver and make sure it works as expected.
Change-Id: I741f4f2aa4fcbfdad3e40dabbbb1b005856c396b
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i is defined as int but output as %u several times.
Adjust the format identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for HMC resource and profile cmds for X722
firmware.
Change-ID: Icc332101f38ab15d1bfa167823100eb4f6822f7e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes byte ordering problems found when enabling this feature
support. Without this patch, the feature will not work correctly. This
patch fixes the definitions to have the correct byte order.
Change-ID: Ic7489fbcbe2195df7be62ff5e359201b827cefe6
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver tells us the link speed, so do something with that
information. Add link speed to log messages, and report speed through
ethtool.
Change-Id: I279dc9540cc5203376406050a3e8d67e128d5882
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace calls to create_singlethread_workqueue instead with alloc_workqueue
as is style with other Intel drivers. This provides more control over
workqueue creation, and allows explicit setting of the desired mode of
operation. It also makes it more obvious that driver name constant is
passed to a format "%s".
Change-ID: I6192b44caf5140336cd54c5b350d51c73b541fdb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous refactor added support to store user configuration for VSIs,
so that extra VSIs such as for VMDq can use this information when
configuring. Unfortunately the i40e_vsi_config_rss function was missed
in this refactor, and the values were being ignored. Fix this by
checking for the fields and using those instead of always using the
default values.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move this function below the two functions related to configuring RSS
via the admin queue. This helps co-locate the two functions, and made it
easier to spot a bug in the first i40e_config_rss_aq function as
compared to the i40e_get_rss_aq function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pool index has to be converted by get_pool helper to work correctly for
egress pool. In mlxsw the egress pool index starts from 0.
Fixes: 0f433fa0ec ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Implement shared buffer configuration")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new firmware for the qed* adpaters fixes several issues:
- Better blocking of malicious VFs.
- After FLR, Tx-switching [internal routing] of packets might
be incorrect.
- Deletion of unicast MAC filters would sometime have side-effect
of corrupting the MAC filters configred for a device.
It also contains fixes for future qed* drivers that *hopefully* would be
sent for review in the near future.
In addition, it would allow driver some new functionality, including:
- Allowing PF/VF driver compaitibility with old drivers [running
pre-8.10.5.0 firmware].
- Better debug facilities.
This would also bump the qed* driver versions to 8.10.9.20.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-18
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil cleans up confusing amongst the users by making an error message
into a debug message, since the TXDCTL.ENABLE (and comparable
VFTXDCTL.ENABLE for ixgbevf) bit is set only when the
transmit queue is actually enabled, which may not happen during the
configure phase eve if we waited for it. Converts to using netdev_dbg()
macro instead of our home brewed macro for ixgbevf. Converted the
service task to use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking
reset requests to reduce the possibility of race conditions.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove our dsa_switch_driver::drv_probe callback to prevent probing
through the old DSA binding, not that this could happen anymore now that
we have moved the matching compatible string from net/dsa/dsa.c to
drivers/net/dsa/bcm_sf2.c, so this is essentially dead code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted the drivers into a proper platform device
driver, we can use the device managed helper functions to simplify the
error paths a bit wrt. register resources and IRQs.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 switch driver should be a proper platform
driver, now that the DSA code has been updated to allow that, register a
switch device, feed it with the proper configuration data coming from
Device Tree and register our switch device with DSA.
The bulk of the changes consist in moving what bcm_sf2_sw_setup() did
into the platform driver probe function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mv88e6xxx_wait() returns a timeout, something bad has
happened. Make sure it is noticed by logging an error.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that mv88e6xx_wait() iterated on a counter than a fixed time
interval, it implements the same mechanism as mv88e6xxx_update() uses.
So use it in mv88e6xx_wait().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx driver times out operations on the switch based on
looping until an elapsed wall clock time is reached. However, if
usleep_range() sleeps much longer than expected, it could timeout with
an error without actually checking to see if the devices has completed
the operation. So replace the elapsed time with a fixed upper bound on
the number of loops.
Testing on various switches has shown that switches takes either 0 or
1 iteration, so a maximum of 16 iterations is a safe limit.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the redundant "Support for" and "Drivers for" from the Kconfig
short description. This makes the manufacture much more prominent in
the list and makes the shortcut keys useful.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sort the files to reduce merge conflicts and to make it easier to find
drivers by name. Also separate the MDIO bus drivers from the PHY
drivers, again to help find what you need.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An upcoming feature of IBM VNIC protocol is the ability to configure
redundant backing devices for a VNIC client. In case of a failure
on the current backing device, the driver will receive a signal
from the hypervisor indicating that a failover will occur. The driver
will then wait for a message from the backing device before
establishing a new connection.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It added reset function for RoCE driver. RoCE is a feature of hns.
In hip06 SoC, in RoCE reset process, it's needed to configure dsaf
channel reset, port and sl map info. Reset function of RoCE is
located in dsaf module, we only call it in RoCE driver when needed.
This patch is used to fix the conflict, please refer to this link:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-rdma/msg39114.html
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Nenglong Zhao <zhaonenglong@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Sheng Li <lisheng011@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we are in the switchdev/offloads mode, HW matching is done as
dictated by the offloaded rules and hence we don't need to enable
the ACLs mechanism used by the legacy mode.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding actual offloading support to the new switchdev mode, we didn't
change the setup of the send-to-vport rules to put them in the slow path
table, fix that.
Fixes: 1033665e63 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Use two priorities for SRIOV offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mlx5 has also the NONE e-switch mode, we must translate from mlx5
mode to devlink mode on the devlink eswitch mode get call, do that.
While here, remove the mlx5_ prefix from the static function helpers
that deal with the mode to comply with the rest of the code.
Fixes: c930a3ad74 ('net/mlx5e: Add devlink based SRIOV mode change')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid firmware command execution each time the switchdev HW ID attr get
call is made. We do that by reading the ID (PF NIC MAC) only once at
load time and store it on the representor structure.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The wrong key is used when extracting the address type field set by
the flower offload code. We have to use the control key and not the
basic key, fix that.
Fixes: e3a2b7ed01 ('net/mlx5e: Support offload cls_flower with drop action')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set lastuse statistic, when number of packets is changed compared to
last query. This was wrongly dropped when bulk counter reading was added.
Fixes: a351a1b03b ('net/mlx5: Introduce bulk reading of flow counters')
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set and verify signature calculates the signature for each of the
mailbox nodes, even for those that are unused (from cache). Added
a missing length check to set and verify only those which are used.
While here, also moved the setting of msg's nodes token to where we
already go over them. This saves a pass because checksum is disabled,
and the only useful thing remaining that set signature does is setting
the token.
Fixes: e126ba97db ('mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB
adapters')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When PCI error is detected we should save the state of the pci prior to
disabling it.
Also when receiving pci slot reset call we need to verify that the
device is responsive.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core
driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid unnecessary interface down/up operations upon an MTU change
when it does not affect the rings configuration.
Fixes: 461017cb00 ("net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE (Striding RQ)")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port mtu shouldn't be written to hardware on every single interface
open.
Here we set it only when needed, on change_mtu and netdevice creation.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently wiphy structure is initialized and registered
in wil_if_alloc, before some information is available such
as MAC address and capabilities. As a result there is a
small chance user space will get incorrect information
from calls such as NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY.
Fix this by seperating the registration and moving it
to wil_if_add which is executed later, after all
relevant information is known.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
txdata->enabled is used in order to determine if the TX vring
is valid. As the data transmit is handled in a different context,
in case txdata->enabled is set before vring->hwtail is updated,
an old or corrupted vring->hwtail can be used.
Protect setting of txdata->enabled and vring->hwtail to prevent a
case where TX vring start handling TX packets before setting
vring->hwtail.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Stations disconnection is executed as part of wil_reset so no
need to do it in wil_down.
Removal of the disconnect operation will also preserve the lock
of wil->mutex during the whole reset flow and prevent handling of
connect event while resetting.
Set wil_status_resetting in earlier stage in the flow to prevent
double resetting call in case communication with FW fails while
bringing the interface down.
Signed-off-by: Lazar Alexei <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
fix stop p2p device handling to identify between search
and listen and update the upper layers with the appropriate
notification.
The stop of p2p radio operations also needs to be performed
in __wil_down.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Change the logging category of HALP functions from
MISC to IRQ, since the HALP mechanism is closely
related to interrupts. Both HALP and IRQ create
a heavy load of logging messages when enabled,
so their logging is typically disabled during normal debug
scenarios. Having them in the same logging category
will make it easier to disable logging for both in one go.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
According to the spec the PN should be calculated per TID.
In the current implementation, the PN and key_set were set
only for TID 0, therefore only traffic for TID 0 was supported.
In order to support all TIDs, the key_set and PN should be set
for all the TIDs.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case HALP vote times out, we need to mask the HALP IRQ, as done
in case the interrupt is received, as this interrupt should be
set until completion of the low latency operation.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Align to latest version of the auto generated wmi file
describing the interface with FW.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
just to comply with current ath9k_hw_nvram_read to return value, hence
behaving reacting accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@riverbed.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fixes smatch warning:
ath9k_vif_iter_set_beacon() warn if statement not indented
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new commmon infrastructure to allocate reosurces dynamically to
Upper layer driver's(ULD) when they register with cxgb4 driver and free
them during unregistering. All the queues and the interrupts for
them will be allocated during ULD probe only and freed during remove.
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It doesn't really change anything as BGMAC_CHIPCTL_1_IF_TYPE_RMII is
equal to 0. It make code a bit clener, so far when reading it one could
think we forgot to set a proper mode. It also keeps this mode code in
sync with other ones.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM53573 is a new series of Broadcom's SoCs. It's based on ARM and can
be found in two packages (versions): BCM53573 and BCM47189. It shares
some code with the Northstar family, but also requires some new quirks.
First of all there can be up to 2 Ethernet cores on this SoC. If that is
the case, they are connected to two different switch ports allowing some
more complex/optimized setups. It seems the second unit doesn't come
fully configured and requires some IRQ quirk.
Other than that only the first core is connected to the PHY. For the
second one we have to register fixed PHY (similarly to the Northstar),
otherwise generic PHY driver would get some invalid info.
This has been successfully tested on Tenda AC9 (BCM47189B0).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is useful to be able to see the hash configuration when running tests.
This patch adds a debugfs node for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The division is already being done properly in efx_ef10_get_timer_config
which returns zero-on-success, unlike the old efx_ef10_get_sysclk_freq.
Fixes: d95e329a55 ("sfc: get timer configuration from adapter")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the oops discovered by the Umap2 project and Alan Stern.
The intf member needs to be set before the firmware is downloaded.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was failing on successful registration returning meaningless errors.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes: 55954f3bfd ("net: ethernet: bgmac: move BCMA MDIO Phy code into a separate file")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At present the code to check in kdump kernel was not disabling
allocation of resources when CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4_DCB is defined, move the
code outside #defines so that it gets disabled irrespective of #define,
when in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While '0xdead' and '0xbeef' are "great" values, we should
use the correct SPEED_* values instead.
Fixes: 054c67d1c8 ("qed*: Add support for ethtool link_ksettings callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When moving into using ethtool's link_ksetting, qed started
supplying its own bitmask of speed/capabilities, but qede
is still checking for the SUPPORTED value to determine whether
it supports pause.
Fixes: 054c67d1c8 ("qed*: Add support for ethtool link_ksettings callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking reset
requests. This should help with possible races in the service task.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the VFTXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of the home brewed macro make use of netdev_dbg same as
the ixgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the TXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use error "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Operation not supported" is
more meaningful than "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Unknown error 524"
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove ethertype filter by ethtool
Example:
Add an ethertype filter:
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether proto 0x88F8 action 2
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 15
Flow Type: Raw Ethernet
Src MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Dest MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Ethertype: 0x88F8 mask: 0x0
Action: Direct to queue 2
Delete the filter by location:
$ ethtool -N delete 15
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove Rx filter by ethtool. Ethtool interface has it's own rules
manager
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 2 rules
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool_ops .get_regs function attempts to read the nonexistent
register NIC_QSET_SQ_0_7_CNM_CHG, which produces a "bus error" type
OOPs.
Fix by not attempting to read, and removing the definition of,
NIC_QSET_SQ_0_7_CNM_CHG. A zero is written into the register dump to
keep the layout unchanged.
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.4.x-
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses netif_tx_queue_stopped() to make sure the xmit_more
indication will be honored, but that only checks for DRV_XOFF.
At the same time, it's possible that during transmission the DQL will
close the transmission queue with STACK_XOFF indication.
In re-configuration flows, when the threshold is relatively low, it's
possible that the device has no pending tranmissions, and during
tranmission the driver would miss doorbelling the HW.
Since there are no pending transmission, there will never be a Tx
completion [and thus the DQL would not remove the STACK_XOFF indication],
eventually causing the Tx queue to timeout.
While we're at it - also doorbell in case driver has to close the
transmission queue on its own [although this one is less important -
if the ring is full, we're bound to receive completion eventually,
which means the doorbell would only be postponed and not indefinetly
blocked].
Fixes: 312e06761c ("qede: Utilize xmit_more")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for sending the NCSI statistics to the
MFW. This is an asynchronous request from MFW. Upon receiving this, driver
populates the required data and send it to MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for capturing stats ttl0_discard and
packet_too_big_discard in "ethtool -S" display.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For implementing this driver most of the inputs is
provided by Andrew Lunn.
Updating the driver with Andrew Copy right.
Signed-off-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the platforms like zynqmp ultrascale+ has a
separate clock gate for the rx clock. Add an optional
rx_clk so that the clock can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Shubhrajyoti Datta <shubhrajyoti.datta@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables
ip -d l
to indicate if trust is on or off for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shifted the locking around a bit but forgot to delete this unlock so
now it can unlock twice.
Fixes: cd3be169a5 ('i40e: Move the mutex lock in i40e_client_unregister')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements a feature change which allows using ethtool to set
RSS hash opts using less than four parameters if desired.
Change-ID: I0fbb91255d81e997c456697c21ac39cc9754821b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we allocate memory, we must free it. It's simple courtesy.
Change-ID: Id007294096fb53344f1a8b9a0f78eddf9853c5d6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the bug which causes RSS to continue to work
after being disabled. After disabling RSS, traffic would continue
to be assigned to different queues instead of falling back to a
single queue. Without this patch, attempting to disable RSS would
not work as expected. This patch fixes the bug by clearing the
lookup table used by RSS such that all traffic is assigned to a
single queue. This patch also addresses the issue of reinstating
the lookup table should RSS then be re-enabled.
Change-ID: Ib20c7c6a7e9f1f772bb787370f8a8c664796b141
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF goes through reset path during VF creation which happens to also
have notification of VF reset to client. Adding conditional check to
avoid wrongly notifying VF reset during VF creation.
Also changing the call order of VF enable, calling it after VF creation
rather than before.
Change-ID: I96eabd99deae746a2f0fc465194c886f196178ce
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a fix for the bug i.e. unable to create iwarp device
in VF. This is a sync issue and the iwarp device open is called even
before the PCI register writes are done.
Forcing the PCI register writes to happen just before it exits the
function.
Change-ID: I60c6a2c709da89e845f2764cc50ce8b7373c8c44
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a driver is unable to maintain all current user supplied settings
from ethtool (or other sources), it is not ok for a user request to
succeed and silently trample over previous configuration.
To that end, if you change the number of channels, it must not be
allowed to reduce the number of channels (queues) below the current
flow director filter rules targets. In this case, return -EINVAL when
a request to reduce the number of channels would do so. In addition
log a warning to the kernel buffer explaining why we failed, and report
the rules which prevent us from lowering the number of channels.
Change-ID: If41464d63d7aab11cedf09e4f3aa1a69e21ffd88
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where a static analysis tool generates
a warning for "INVARIANT_CONDITION: Expression 'enabled_tc' used
in the condition always yields the same result."
Without this patch, the driver will not pass the static analysis
tool checks without generating warnings.
This patch fixes the problem by eliminating the irrelevant check
and redundant assignment for the value of enabled_tc.
Change-ID: Ia7d44cb050f507df7de333e96369d322e08bf408
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function calls netif_set_real_num_(tx|rx)_queues, both of which
should be done only under rntl lock. Unfortunately the
i40evf_init_task did not hold the rtnl_lock as necessary. This patch
adds the locking needed.
Change-ID: Ib72a21c3ce22b71a226b16f9bbe0f5f8cc3e849b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are resetting the pf stats we should also reset the RX csum
error stat.
Change-ID: I7af5ee0ec81a10f6deee1a7b8c2082ea068ef620
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we do a reset, all the VLAN filters get added again. Therefore we also
want to reset the VLAN count to 0 or we quickly run out of filters.
Change-ID: I459f26851e22204dc8b8999928ad87cde8170119
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client->open call in this path was not protected with the
client instance mutex, and hence the client->close can get initiated
before the open completes.
Change-Id: I0ed60c38868dd3f44966b6ed49a063d0e5b7edf5
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add sniffer TX and RX namespaces to receive ingoing and outgoing
traffic.
Each outgoing/incoming packet is duplicated and steered to the sniffer
TX/RX namespace in addition to the regular flow.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
When mlx5_ib is loaded, we would like each card's IB devices
to be added according to its LAG state (one IB device, instead of
two, is to be added if LAG is active).
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Add interfaces for issuing CREATE_VPORT_LAG and
DESTROY_VPORT_LAG commands.
Used for receiving PF1's eth traffic on PF0's
root ft.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
This namespace is used for LAG demux flowtable.
The idea is to position the LAG demux ft between
bypass and kernel flowtables, allowing raw-eth
traffic from both ports to be received by the PF0
IB device.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Add interfaces to allow the creation and destruction of a
LAG demux flow table.
It is a special flow table used during LAG for redirecting
non user-mode packets from PF0 to PF1 root ft, if a packet was
received on phys port two.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Until support will be added for RoCE LAG SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
TISes belonging to the mlx5e NIC should not be
subject to port remap.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Used by IB driver for determining the IB bond
device's netdev, when LAG is active.
Returns PF0's netdev if mode is not active-backup,
or the PF netdev of the active slave when mode is
active-backup.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Available on dual port cards only, this feature keeps
track, using netdev LAG events, of the bonding
and link status of each port's PF netdev.
When both of the card's PF netdevs are enslaved to the
same bond/team master, and only them, LAG state
is active.
During LAG, only one IB device is present for both ports.
In addition to the above, this commit includes FW commands
used for managing the LAG, new facilities for adding and removing
a single device by interface, and port remap functionality according to
bond events.
Please note that this feature is currently used only for mimicking
Ethernet bonding for RoCE - netdevs functionality is not altered,
and their bonding continues to be managed solely by bond/team driver.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Exposed LAG commands enum and layouts:
- CREATE_LAG
HW enters LAG mode:
RoCE traffic from port two is received on PF0 core dev.
Allows to set tx_affinity (tx port) for QPs and TISes.
Allows to port remap QPs and TISes, overriding their
tx_affinity behavior.
- MODIFY_LAG
Remap QPs and TISes to another port.
- QUERY_LAG
Query whether LAG mode is active.
- DESTROY_LAG
HW exits LAG mode, returning to non-LAG behavior.
- CREATE_VPORT_LAG
Merge Ethernet flow steering, such that traffic received on port
two jumps to PF0 root flow table.
Available only in LAG mode.
- DESTROY_VPORT_LAG
Ethernet flow steering returns to non-LAG behavior.
Caps added:
- lag_master
Driver is in charge of managing the LAG.
This is currently the only option.
- num_lag_ports
LAG is supported only if this field's value is 2.
Other fields:
- QP/TIS tx port affinity
During LAG, this field controls on which port a QP or TIS resides.
- TIS strict tx affinity
When this field is set, the TIS will not be subject to port remap by
CREATE_LAG/MODIFY_LAG.
- LAG demux flow table
Flow table used for redirecting non user-space traffic back to
PF1 root flow table, if the packet was received on port two.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Replaced mlx5_query_port_proto_oper with separate functions per link
type. The functions should take different arguments so no point in
trying to unite them.
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
The mlx5e_link_mode enumeration will also be used in mlx5_ib for RoCE.
This patch moves the enumeration to the mlx5 driver port header file.
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Use mlx5 ifc MODIFY_BITMASK_VSD in mlx5e_modify_rq_vsd and expose counter
set capability bit in hca caps structure.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Sometimes host prepares and downloads a large amsdu packet to firmware
which leads to a memory corruption in firmware.
The reason is __dev_alloc_skb() may allocate larger buffer than required
size. This patch solves the problem by checking "adapter->tx_buf_size"
instead of relying on skb_tailroom().
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Buffers powersave frame test is reversed in cfg80211, fix from Felix
Fietkau.
2) Remove bogus WARN_ON in openvswitch, from Jarno Rajahalme.
3) Fix some tg3 ethtool logic bugs, and one that would cause no
interrupts to be generated when rx-coalescing is set to 0. From
Satish Baddipadige and Siva Reddy Kallam.
4) QLCNIC mailbox corruption and napi budget handling fix from Manish
Chopra.
5) Fix fib_trie logic when walking the trie during /proc/net/route
output than can access a stale node pointer. From David Forster.
6) Several sctp_diag fixes from Phil Sutter.
7) PAUSE frame handling fixes in mlxsw driver from Ido Schimmel.
8) Checksum fixup fixes in bpf from Daniel Borkmann.
9) Memork leaks in nfnetlink, from Liping Zhang.
10) Use after free in rxrpc, from David Howells.
11) Use after free in new skb_array code of macvtap driver, from Jason
Wang.
12) Calipso resource leak, from Colin Ian King.
13) mediatek bug fixes (missing stats sync init, etc.) from Sean Wang.
14) Fix bpf non-linear packet write helpers, from Daniel Borkmann.
15) Fix lockdep splats in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
16) hv_netvsc bug fixes from Vitaly Kuznetsov, mostly to do with VF
handling.
17) Various tc-action bug fixes, from CONG Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
net_sched: allow flushing tc police actions
net_sched: unify the init logic for act_police
net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array
net_sched: move tc offload macros to pkt_cls.h
net_sched: fix a typo in tc_for_each_action()
net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()
net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()
mlxsw: spectrum: Allow packets to be trapped from any PG
mlxsw: spectrum: Unmap 802.1Q FID before destroying it
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing rollbacks in error path
mlxsw: reg: Fix missing op field fill-up
mlxsw: spectrum: Trap loop-backed packets
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing packet traps
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark port as active before registering it
mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before registering netdevice
mlxsw: spectrum: Remove redundant errors from the code
mlxsw: spectrum: Don't return upon error in removal path
i40e: check for and deal with non-contiguous TCs
ixgbe: Re-enable ability to toggle VLAN filtering
ixgbe: Force VLNCTRL.VFE to be set in all VMDq paths
...
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-16
This series contains fixes to e1000e, igb, ixgbe and i40e.
Kshitiz Gupta provides a fix for igb to resolve the PHY delay compensation
math in several functions.
Jarod Wilson provides a fix for e1000e which had to broken up into 2
patches, first is prepares the driver for expanding the list of NICs
that have occasional ~10 hour clock jumps when being used for PTP.
Second patch actually fixes i218 silicon which has been experiencing
the clock jumps while using PTP.
Alex provides 2 patches for ixgbe now that he is back at Intel. First
fixes setting VLNCTRL.VFE bit, which was left unchanged in earlier patches
which resulted in disabling VLAN filtering for all the VFs. Second
corrects the support for disabling the VLAN tag filtering via the
feature bit.
Lastly, David fixes i40e which was causing a kernel panic when
non-contiguous traffic classes or traffic classes not starting with TC0,
were configured on a link partner switch. To fix this, changed the
logic when determining the total number of TCs enabled.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packets enter the device they are classified to a priority group
(PG) buffer based on their PCP value. After their egress port and
traffic class are determined they are moved to the switch's shared
buffer and await transmission, if:
(Ingress{Port}.Usage < Thres && Ingress{Port,PG}.Usage < Thres &&
Egress{Port}.Usage < Thres && Egress{Port,TC}.Usage < Thres)
||
(Ingress{Port}.Usage < Min || Ingress{Port,PG} < Min ||
Egress{Port}.Usage < Min || Egress{Port,TC}.Usage < Min)
Packets scheduled to transmission through CPU port (trapped to CPU) use
traffic class 7, which has a zero maximum and minimum quotas. However,
when such packets arrive from PG 0 they are admitted to the shared
buffer as PG 0 has a non-zero minimum quota.
Allow all packets to be trapped to the CPU - regardless of the PG they
were classified to - by assigning a 10KB minimum quota for CPU port and
TC7.
Fixes: 8e8dfe9fdf ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS support")
Reported-by: Tamir Winetroub <tamirw@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Tamir Winetroub <tamirw@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before destroying the 802.1Q FID we should first remove the VID-to-FID
mapping. This makes mlxsw_sp_fid_destroy() symmetric with regards to
mlxsw_sp_fid_create().
Fixes: 14d39461b3 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Use per-FID struct for the VLAN-aware bridge")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While going over the code I noticed we are missing two rollbacks in the
port's creation error path. Add them and adjust the place of one of them
in the port's removal sequence so that both are symmetric.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ralue pack function needs to set op, otherwise it is 0 for add always.
Fixes: d5a1c749d2 ("mlxsw: reg: Add Router Algorithmic LPM Unicast Entry Register definition")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the conditions to generate an ICMP Redirect Message is that "the
packet is being forwarded out the same physical interface that it was
received from" (RFC 1812).
Therefore, we need to be able to trap such packets and let the kernel
decide what to do with them.
For each RIF, enable the loop-back filter, which will raise the LBERROR
trap whenever the ingress RIF equals the egress RIF.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Reported-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following traps:
1) MTU Error: Trap packets whose size is bigger than the egress RIF's
MTU. If DF bit isn't set, traffic will continue to be routed in slow
path.
2) TTL Error: Trap packets whose TTL expired. This allows traceroute to
work properly.
3) OSPF packets.
Fixes: 7b27ce7bb9 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add traps needed for router implementation")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bbf2a4757b ("mlxsw: spectrum: Initialize ports at the end of
init sequence") moved ports initialization to the end of the init
sequence, which means ports are the first to be removed during fini.
Since the FDB delayed work is still active when ports are removed it's
possible for it to process FDB notifications of inactive ports,
resulting in a warning message.
Fix that by marking ports as inactive only after unregistering them. The
NETDEV_UNREGISTER event will invoke bridge's driver port removal
sequence that will cause the FDB (and FDB notifications) to be flushed.
Fixes: bbf2a4757b ("mlxsw: spectrum: Initialize ports at the end of init sequence")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After registering a netdevice it's possible for user space applications
to configure an IP address on it. From the driver's perspective, this
means a router interface (RIF) should be created for the PVID vPort.
Therefore, we must create the PVID vPort before registering the
netdevice.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when device configuration fails we emit errors to the kernel
log despite the fact we already get these from the EMAD transaction
layer, so remove them.
In addition to being unnecessary, removing these error messages will
allow us to reuse mlxsw_sp_port_add_vid() to create the PVID vPort
before registering the netdevice.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing a VLAN filter from the device we shouldn't return upon the
first error we encounter, as otherwise we'll have resources that will
never be freed nor used.
Instead, we should keep trying to free as much resources as possible in
a best effort mode.
Remove the error message as well, since we already get these from the
EMAD transaction code.
Fixes: 99724c18fc ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for router interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement low-level commands to support vxlan encapsulation.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Implement the low-level part of the PF side in setting minimum
inline header mode for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove duplicate pci dev name printing in mlx5_core_err.
Use mlx5_core_{warn,info,err} where possible to have the pci info in the
driver log messages.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <parvik@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Now as all commands use mlx5 ifc interface, instead of doing two calls
for executing a command we embed command status checking into
mlx5_cmd_exec to simplify the interface.
Also we do here some cleanup for redundant software structures
(inbox/outbox) and functions and improved command failure output.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Prior to this patch we assumed that modify QP commands have the
same layout.
In ConnectX-4 for each QP transition there is a specific command
and their layout can vary.
e.g: 2err/2rst commands don't have QP context in their layout and before
this patch we posted the QP context in those commands.
Fortunately the FW only checks the suffix of the commands and executes
them, while ignoring all invalid data sent after the valid command
layout.
This patch removes mlx5_modify_qp_mbox_in and changes
mlx5_core_qp_modify to receive the required transition and QP context
with opt_param_mask if needed. This way the caller is not required to
provide the command inbox layout and it will be generated automatically.
mlx5_core_qp_modify will generate the command inbox/outbox layouts
according to the requested transition and will fill the requested
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created QP/XRCD commands layout
amd use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
The i40e driver was causing a kernel panic when
non-contiguous Traffic Classes, or Traffic Classes not
starting with TC0, were configured on a link partner switch.
i40e does not support non-contiguous TCs.
To fix this, the patch changes the logic when determining
the total number of TCs enabled. Before, this would use the
highest TC number enabled and assume that all TCs below it were
also enabled. Now, we create a bitmask of enabled TCs and scan
it to determine not only the number of TCs, but also if the set
of enabled TCs starts at zero and is contiguous. If not, then
DCB is disabled by only returning one TC.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Back when I submitted the GSO code I messed up and dropped the support for
disabling the VLAN tag filtering via the feature bit. This patch
re-enables the use of the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER to enable/disable the
VLAN filtering independent of toggling promiscuous mode.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When I was adding the code for enabling VLAN promiscuous mode with SR-IOV
enabled I had inadvertently left the VLNCTRL.VFE bit unchanged as I has
assumed there was code in another path that was setting it when we enabled
SR-IOV. This wasn't the case and as a result we were just disabling VLAN
filtering for all the VFs apparently.
Also the previous patches were always clearing CFIEN which was always set
to 0 by the hardware anyway so I am dropping the redundant bit clearing.
Fixes: 1636956491 ("ixgbe: Add support for VLAN promiscuous with SR-IOV")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is prepatory work for an expanding list of adapter families that have
occasional ~10 hour clock jumps when being used for PTP. Factor out the
sanitization function and convert to using a feature (bug) flag, per
suggestion from Jesse Brandeburg.
Littering functional code with device-specific checks is much messier than
simply checking a flag, and having device-specific init set flags as needed.
There are probably a number of other cases in the e1000e code that
could/should be converted similarly.
Suggested-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix PHY delay compensation math in igb_ptp_tx_hwtstamp() and
igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp. Add PHY delay compensation in
igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
In the IGB driver, there are two functions that retrieve timestamps
received by the PHY - igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp() and igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
The previous commit only changed igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp(), and the change
was incorrect.
There are two instances in which PHY delay compensations should be
made:
- Before the packet transmission over the PHY, the latency between
when the packet is timestamped and transmission of the packets,
should be an add operation, but it is currently a subtract.
- After the packets are received from the PHY, the latency between
the receiving and timestamping of the packets should be a subtract
operation, but it is currently an add.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Gupta <kshitiz.gupta@ni.com>
Fixes: 3f544d2 (igb: adjust ptp timestamps for tx/rx latency)
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Runtime warning occurs if DMA-API debug feature is enabled that would be
raised by pointers passed to DMA API as arguments to inconsistent struct
device objects, so that the patch makes them usage aligned between DMA
operations such as dma_map_*() and dma_unmap_*() to eliminate the warning.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 08ef55c6f2
("net-next: mediatek: fix gigabit and flow control advertisement")
had supported proper flow control settings for GMAC1. But for GMAC0,
1.GMAC0 shares the common logic with GMAC1 inside mtk_phy_link_adjust()
to adapt various settings for the target phy.
2.GMAC0 uses fixed-phy to connect to a builtin gigabit switch with
fixed link speed as commit 0c72c50f6f
("net-next: mediatek: add fixed-phy support") describes.
3.However, fixed-phy doesn't enable SUPPORTED_Pause & SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause
supported flag on default that would cause mtk_phy_link_adjust() not to
enable flow control setting on GMAC0 properly and cause packet dropped
when high traffic.
Due to these reasons, the patch adds SUPPORTED_Pause & SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause
supported flags on fixed-phy used by the driver to have proper handling on
the both GMAC with the shared common logic.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch fixes up the incorrect setup of reduced MII (RMII) on GMAC
and adds the supplement for the setup of reverse MII (REVMII) on GMAC
, and rearranges the error handling for invalid PHY argument.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit replaces every MDIO direct or indirect access with the new
generic mv88e6xxx_phy_* routines.
This allows us to get rid of the mv88e6xxx_mdio_{read,write}_{,in}direct
and {_,}mv88e6xxx_mdio_page_{read,write} functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mv88e6xxx_phy_page_{read,write} routines and use them to access the
SerDes PHY device registers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Old chips use a direct access to the PHY devices registers. Next chips
have a PHY Polling Unit (PPU) which needs to be disabled before
accessing PHY registers. Newer chips have an indirect access to the PHY
devices so that disabling the PPU is not necessary.
Introduce a new phy_ops structure in the chip to describe the required
PHY access routines.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Describe the presence of the Global2 SMI PHY registers, used to
indirectly access the internal SMI devices registers on some chips.
Also temporarily forward declare mv88e6xxx_g2_smi_phy_{read,write} to
use them in mv88e6xxx_mdio_{read,write}_indirect, before getting rid of
the later.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flags to describe the presence of SMI Command and Data registers
used to indirectly access internal SMI devices registers when the switch
SMI address is not zero.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no locked version of the wait routine anymore, rename
the _ prefixed version and make it use the new read API.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the invalid dma width
error handling case instead of 0.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function of_parse_phandle() returns NULL
pointer not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check
should be replaced with NULL test.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding driver sets IFF_BONDING on both master (the bonding device) and
slave (the real NIC) devices and in netvsc_netdev_event() we want to skip
master devices only. Currently, there is an uncertainty when a slave
interface is removed: if bonding module comes first in netdev_chain it
clears IFF_BONDING flag on the netdev and netvsc_netdev_event() correctly
handles NETDEV_UNREGISTER event, but in case netvsc comes first on the
chain it sees the device with IFF_BONDING still attached and skips it. As
we still hold vf_netdev pointer to the device we crash on the next inject.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're not guaranteed to see NETDEV_REGISTER/NETDEV_UNREGISTER notifications
only once per VF but we increase/decrease module refcount unconditionally.
Check vf_netdev to make sure we don't take/release it twice. We presume
that only one VF per netvsc device may exist.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We reset vf_inject on VF going down (netvsc_vf_down()) but we don't on
VF removal (netvsc_unregister_vf()) so vf_inject stays 'true' while
vf_netdev is already NULL and we're trying to inject packets into NULL
net device in netvsc_recv_callback() causing kernel to crash.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a deadlock scenario:
- netvsc_vf_up() schedules netvsc_notify_peers() work and quits.
- netvsc_vf_down() runs before netvsc_notify_peers() gets executed. As it
is being executed from netdev notifier chain we hold rtnl lock when we
get here.
- we enter while (atomic_read(&net_device_ctx->vf_use_cnt) != 0) loop and
wait till netvsc_notify_peers() drops vf_use_cnt.
- netvsc_notify_peers() starts on some other CPU but netdev_notify_peers()
will hang on rtnl_lock().
- deadlock!
Instead of introducing additional synchronization I suggest we drop
gwrk.dwrk completely and call NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS directly. As we're
acting under rtnl lock this is legitimate.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct netvsc_device is not suitable for storing VF information as this
structure is being destroyed on MTU change / set channel operation (see
rndis_filter_device_remove()). Move all VF related stuff to struct
net_device_context which is persistent.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The null check on mdio->irq is redundant since mdio->irq is an array
of PHY_MAX_ADDR ints and hence can never be null. Remove the redundant
check.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch touches various prints in the driver - it reduces the
verbosity of some prints [which were previously logged by default]
while adding several new debug prints and modifying others.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change qed* code in trivial manner; This isn't necessarily
semantic-only, but the end result is the same, i.e., no change
should occur from user perspective. Changes include:
- Using temporary variables to better fit 80-character restrictions.
- Removal of unused variables & code with no effect.
[plus some additional minor modifications].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make semantic-only adjustments to qed* drivers, such as:
- Changes in code indentation.
- Usage of BIT() macro.
- re-naming of variables.
- Re-ordering of variable declerations.
- Removal of (== 0) and (!= 0) in conditions.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The field "owner" is set by core. Thus delete an extra initialisation.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/platform_no_drv_owner.cocci
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Use struct gre_base_hdr directly in pptp_gre_header instead of
duplicated members;
2. Use existing macros like GRE_KEY, GRE_SEQ, and so on instead of
duplicated macros defined by PPTP;
3. Add new macros like GRE_IS_ACK/SEQ and so on instead of
PPTP_GRE_IS_A/S and so on;
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlxsw_sp_router_fib4_add_info_destroy(), the fib_entry pointer is used
after it has been freed by mlxsw_sp_fib_entry_destroy(). Use a temporary
variable to fix this.
Fixes: 61c503f976 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement fib4 add/del switchdev obj ops")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@laposte.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove .owner and .bus fields since module_spi_driver() is used
which set them automatically.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/platform_no_drv_owner.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing free_netdev() before return from function macb_probe()
in the platform_get_irq() error handling case.
Fixes: c69618b3e4 ("net/macb: fix probe sequence to setup clocks earlier")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'dcbx_info is malloced in qed_dcbnl_get_ieee_pfc() and should be freed
before leaving from the error handling cases, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.
Fixes: a1d8d8a51e ("qed: Add dcbnl support.")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_set_vf_mac support which allows to set the MAC address
for cxgb4vf interfaces from the host
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue:
For instance, the current APIs assume a 1-to-1 mapping of Network Ports,
Physical Functions and the SR-IOV Virtual Functions of those Physical
Functions. This is not the case with our cards where any Virtual
Function can be hooked up to any Port -- or any number of Ports the
current Linux APIs also assume only 1 Network Interface/Port can be
accessed per Virtual Function.
Another issue is that these APIs assume that the Administrative Driver
is attached to the Physical Function Associated with a Virtual Function.
This is not the case with our card where all administration is performed
by a Driver which is not attached to any of the Physical Functions which
have SR-IOV PCI Capabilities.
Another consequence of these assumptions is the inability to utilize all
of the cards SR-IOV resources. For instance, our cards have SR-IOV
Capabilities on Physical Functions 0..3 and the administrative Driver
attaches to Physical Function 4. Each of the Physical Functions 0..3 can
support up to 16 Virtual Functions. With the current Linux APIs, a
2-Port card would only be able to use the Virtual Functions on Physical
Function 0..1 and not allow the Virtual Functions on Physical Functions
2..3 to be used since there are no Ports 2..3 on a 2-Port card.
Fix:
Since the control node is always the netdevice for all VF ACL commands.
Created a dummy netdevice for each Physical Function from 0 to 3 through
which one could control their VFs. The device won't be associated with
any port, since it doesn't need to transmit/receive. Its purely used
for VF management purpose only. The device will be registered only when
VF for a particular PF is configured using PCI sysfs interface and
unregistered while pci_disable_sriov() for the PF is called.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove old representation of manually created MKey/PSV commands layout,
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created CQ commands layout,
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created EQ commands layout,
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created Pages management
commands layout, and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created MCG commands layout
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created PD/UAR commands layouts
and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created ACCESS_REG/MAD_IFC
commands layout and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Remove old representation of manually created Init/Teardown hca
commands layout and use mlx5_ifc canonical structures and defines.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
In the case where phydev->interrupts is not PHY_INTERRUPT_ENABLED
function vsc85xx_ack_interrupt is returning an uninitialized
garbage value. Fix this by initializing rc to zero.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea for type_check in dev_get_nest_level() was to count the number
of nested devices of the same type (currently, only macvlan or vlan
devices).
This prevented the false positive lockdep warning on configurations such
as:
eth0 <--- macvlan0 <--- vlan0 <--- macvlan1
However, this doesn't prevent a warning on a configuration such as:
eth0 <--- macvlan0 <--- vlan0
eth1 <--- vlan1 <--- macvlan1
In this case, all the locks end up with a nesting subclass of 1, so
lockdep thinks that there is still a deadlock:
- in the first case we have (macvlan_netdev_addr_lock_key, 1) and then
take (vlan_netdev_xmit_lock_key, 1)
- in the second case, we have (vlan_netdev_xmit_lock_key, 1) and then
take (macvlan_netdev_addr_lock_key, 1)
By removing the linktype check in dev_get_nest_level() and always
incrementing the nesting depth, lockdep considers this configuration
valid.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, trying to setup a vlan over a macsec device, or other
combinations of devices, triggers a lockdep warning.
Use netdev_lockdep_set_classes and ndo_get_lock_subclass, similar to
what macvlan does.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch respell some word badly spelled.
- Invidate instead of Invalidate
- proble instead of probe
Signed-off-by: LABBE Corentin <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing of_node_put() after finishing the usage
of of_parse_phandle() or of_node_get() used by fixed_phy.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fix runtime warning with lockdep is enabled due that u64_stats_sync
is not initialized well, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Acked-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmalloc will print enough information in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa-dev@sang-engineering.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a couple of leftover symbol conflicts caused by hashtable.h
being included by netdevice.h; those were not caught as build failure
(they're "only" a warning, but in fact real bugs). Fix those up.
Fixes: e87a8f24c ("net: resolve symbol conflicts with generic hashtable.h")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting BGXX_SPUX_MISC_CONTROL::RX_PACKET_DIS is not needed as
packet reception is anyway disabled by BGXX_CMRX_CONFIG::DATA_PKT_RX_EN.
Also setting RX_PACKET_DIS causes a bogus remote fault condition
which delays link detection.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard API to generate a random RSS hash key
on every boot.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables parsing of inner layers for tunnelled packets.
Signed-off-by: Zyta Szpak <zr@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables bulk freeing on the Tx side.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set MAC addresses only for primary VF's and don't for
secondary VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SQ/TXQ is reclaimed i.e reset it's stats also automatically reset
by HW. This is not the case with RQ. Also VF doesn't have write access
to statistics counter registers. Hence a new Mbox msg is introduced which
supports resetting RQ, SQ and full Qset stats. Currently only RQ stats
are being reset using this mbox message.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerin.jacob@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding debug messages in case of NACK for a mailbox message, also
did small cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Radoslaw Biernacki <rad@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of a round about way of converting buffers to SKBs and
combining them into a frag list, use standard skb_add_rx_frag()
API to merge page fragments. This code is useful when incoming
packets are of size more than RCV_FRAG_LEN which is currently
set to 2048bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the way VF's irqs are visible in /proc/interrupts.
Instead of VF id, logical interface's netdev name is used for IRQ
naming and also all secondary VF's interrupts in multiqset config
use primary VF's netdev name.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
83xx has 4 BGX blocks and are enabled mixed QLM/DLM
configs. BGX0/BGX1 are from QLM2/QLM3, BGX3 is DLM4
and BGX2 is split across DLM5 & DLM6.
This patch adds support for BGX2's split config and also
enables all 4 BGXs to be used.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
83xx will have 4 BGX blocks i.e 16 LMACs, to avoid changing
the same with every platform, nicpf struct elements which
track LMAC related info are now allocated runtime based
on platform's max possible BGX count.
Also fixed configuring min packet size for all LMAC's
supported on a platform.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds RGX/RGMII interface type support to BGX
driver. This type of interface is supported by 81xx SOC.
CN81XX VNIC has 8 VFs and max possible LMAC interfaces are 9,
hence RGMII interface will not work if all DLMs are in BGX mode
and all 8 LMACs are enabled
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for QSGMII interface type to
the BGX driver. This type of interface is supported by
81xx SOC.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for BGX module on 81xx where a BGX
can be split and have different LMACs configured in
different modes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 88xx all LMACs in a BGX will be in same mode but on 81xx
BGX can be split as two and there can be LMACs configured in
different modes.
These changes move lmac_type, lane2serdes fields into per lmac
struct from BGX struct. Got rid of qlm_mode field which has become
redundant with these changes. And now no of valid LMACs is read
from CSRs configured by low level firmware and figuring out the
same based on QLM mode is discarded
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
88xx has 128 VFs, 81xx has 8 VFs and 83xx will have 32VFs.
Made changes to PF driver such that mailbox interrupt enable
registers are configuired based on number of VFs HW supports.
Also cleanedup mailbox irq handler registration code.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike 88xx, CQE_RX descriptor's tunnelling extension i.e CQE_RX2_S
is always enabled on 81xx/83xx and HW does insert these fields into
CQE_RX. As a result receive buffer addresses will now be present at
7th word of CQE_RX instead of 6th.
Enable CQE_RX2_S on 88xx pass 2.x as well.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
81xx has only 4 CPUs, so it doesn't make sense to initialize
entire Qset i.e 8 queues by default. Made changes to queue
initialization to init queues equal to number of CPUs or
8 queues whichever is lesser. Also this will be applicable to
VMs with VNIC VF attached and having less VCPUs
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds info on HW maximums of 81xx/83xx and also
configures receive and transmit datapaths accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PCI device IDs of VNIC on newer chips and also
registers VF driver with them. Device id remains same for all
versions of chips but subsystem device id changes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver has most of the HW maximums info like no of channels,
traffic limiters, RSS indices e.t.c in the form of macros. These have
been moved into a 'hw_info' structure so that support for VNIC on
newer chips with different set of HW maximums can be added.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the backward compatibility on handling phy_connect(), by
iterating over the phy-handle, when new DT is used with older kernel.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When 10GbE SFP+ module is not plugged in or cable is not connected,
the link status register does not report the proper state due
to floating signal. This patch checks the module present status via an
GPIO to determine whether to ignore the link status register and report
link down.
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the link recovery issue, by doing PCS reset
when the link is down.
Signed-off-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch rearranges the port initialization sequence as recommended by
hardware specification. This patch also removes, mac_init() call from
xgene_enet_link_state(), as it was not required.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes FPSel and NxtFPSel fields length to 5-bit value.
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since register_netdev() call in xgene_enet_probe() was moved down to
the end, it doesn't properly handle errors that may occur, by
deconstructing everything that was setup before the error occurred.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xgene_enet_init_hw() should delete any descriptor rings and
buffer pools setup should le_ops->cle_init() return an error.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to xgene_enet_delete_bufpool() freeing skbs, their associated
dma memory should also be unmapped.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed compiler warnings reported with -Wmaybe-uninitialized W=1,
/drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c: In function ‘xgene_enet_rx_frame’:
../drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:455:27: warning: variable ‘pdata’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct xgene_enet_pdata *pdata;
^
../drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c: In function ‘xgene_enet_remove’:
../drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:1691:30: warning: variable ‘mac_ops’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
const struct xgene_mac_ops *mac_ops;
^
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On SFN8000 series adapters the MC provides a method to get the timer
quantum and the maximum timer setting. We revert to the old values if the
new call is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFN8000-series NICs require a new method of setting interrupt moderation,
via MCDI. This is indicated by a workaround flag. This new MCDI command
takes an explicit time value rather than a number of ticks. It therefore
makes sense to also store the moderation values in terms of time, since
that is what the ethtool interface is interested in.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than explicitly specifying flags we can now specify a desired
performance target to the firmware, ie higher throughput or lower latency.
For now we use the default "auto" configuration.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these critical sections protected by page_lock are all entered
from the user context or bottom half context, they can be replaced
with the spin_lock() or spin_lock_bh instead of spin_lock_irqsave().
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_DSA_HWMON is disabled, we get warnings about two unused
functions whose only callers are all inside of an #ifdef:
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c:3257:12: 'mv88e6xxx_mdio_page_write' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c:3244:12: 'mv88e6xxx_mdio_page_read' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This adds another ifdef around the function definitions. The warnings
appeared after the functions were marked 'static', but the problem
was already there before that.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 57d3231057 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix style issues")
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a driver for the ENA family of networking devices.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@annapurnalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for gmiitorgmii converter.
The GMII to RGMII IP core provides the Reduced Gigabit Media
Independent Interface (RGMII) between Ethernet physical media
Devices and the Gigabit Ethernet controller. This core can
Switch dynamically between the three different speed modes of
Operation by configuring the converter register through mdio write.
MDIO interface is used to set operating speed of Ethernet MAC.
This converter sits between the MAC and the external phy
MAC <==> GMII2RGMII <==> RGMII_PHY
Signed-off-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macsec_notify() loops over the list of macsec devices configured on the
underlying device when this device is being removed. This list is part
of the rx_handler data.
However, macsec_dellink unregisters the rx_handler and frees the
rx_handler data when the last macsec device is removed from the
underlying device.
Add macsec_common_dellink() to delete macsec devices without
unregistering the rx_handler and freeing the associated data.
Fixes: 960d5848db ("macsec: fix memory leaks around rx_handler (un)registration")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've clean skb_array in macvtap_put_queue() but still try to pop from
it during macvtap_sock_destruct(). Fix this use after free by moving
the skb array cleanup to macvtap_sock_destruct() instead.
Fixes: 362899b872 ("macvtap: switch to use skb array")
Reported-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for 64 bit addressing and BDs.
-> Enable 64 bit addressing in DMACFG register.
-> Set DMA mask when design config register shows support for 64 bit addr.
-> Add new BD words for higher address when 64 bit DMA support is present.
-> Add and update TBQPH and RBQPH for MSB of BD pointers.
-> Change extraction and updation of buffer addresses to use
64 bit address.
-> In gem_rx extract address in one place insted of two and use a
separate flag for RXUSED.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the driver implementation for ethtool link_ksettings
callbacks. qed driver now defines/uses the qed specific masks for
representing link capability values. qede driver maps these values to
to new link modes defined by the kernel implementation of link_ksettings.
Please consider applying this to 'net-next' branch.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ale, cpts, version, rx_packet_max, bus_freq, interrupt pacing
parameters are common per net device that uses the same h/w. So,
move them to common driver structure.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi structs are common for both net devices in dual_emac
mode, In order to not hold duplicate links to them, move to
cpsw_common.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These data are common for net devs in dual_emac mode. No need to hold
it for every priv instance, so move them under cpsw_common.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irq data are common for net devs in dual_emac mode. So no need to
hold these data in every priv struct, move them under cpsw_common.
Also delete irq_num var, as after optimization it's not needed.
Correct number of irqs to 2, as anyway, driver is using only 2,
at least for now.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every net device private struct holds links to shared cpdma resources.
No need to save and every time synchronize these resources per net dev.
So, move it to common driver struct.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointers on h/w registers are common for every cpsw_private
instance, so no need to hold them for every ndev.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to hold pdev link when only dev is needed.
This allows to simplify a bunch of cpsw->pdev->dev now and farther.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch simply create holder for common data and as a start moves
pdev var to it.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to check const slave num in runtime for every packet,
and ndev for slaves w/o ndev is anyway NULL. So remove redundant
check and macro.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to hold link to clk, it's used only once
while probe.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need in priv here.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At poll handler no possibility to figure out which network device is
handling packets, as cpdma channels are common for both network
devices in dual_emac mode. Currently, the messages are printed only
for one device, in fact, there is two. This print msg is incorrect
and seems is not very useful, so drop it from poll handler.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As second net dev is created only in case of dual_emac mode, port
number can be figured out in simpler way. Also no need to pass
redundant ndev struct.
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPTP is encapsulated by GRE header with that GRE_VERSION bits
must contain one. But current GRE RPS needs the GRE_VERSION must be
zero. So RPS does not work for PPTP traffic.
In my test environment, there are four MIPS cores, and all traffic
are passed through by PPTP. As a result, only one core is 100% busy
while other three cores are very idle. After this patch, the usage
of four cores are balanced well.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparatory patch for converting qdisc linked list into a
hashtable. As we'll need to include hashtable.h in netdevice.h, we first
have to make sure that this will not introduce symbol conflicts for any of
the netdevice.h users.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch 'ravb: add sleep PM suspend/resume support' used incorrect
function names containing 'runtime' for the suspend and resume
functions.
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable all interrupts when suspend, they will be enabled
when resume. Otherwise, the suspend/resume process will be
blocked occasionally.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interface would not function after the system had been woken up
after have been suspended (echo mem > /sys/power/state) cycle. The
reason for this is that all device registers have been reset to its
default values. This patch adds sleep suspend and resume functions that
detached the interface at suspend and restore the registers and reattach
the interface at resume.
Only the registers that are only configured at probe time needs to be
explicitly restored by the resume handler. All other registers are
reconfigured by either reopening the device in the resume handler (if
the device was running when the system was suspended) or when the
interface is opened by a user at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The b53_io_ops structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b5a099c67a "net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq
resource" causes an interrupt storm after the ethernet interface
is activated on S3C24XX platform (ARM non-dt), due to the interrupt
trigger type not being set properly.
It seems, after adding parsing of IRQ flags in commit 7085a7401b
"drivers: platform: parse IRQ flags from resources", there is no path
for non-dt platforms where irq_set_type callback could be invoked when
we don't pass the trigger type flags to the request_irq() call.
In case of a board where the regression is seen the interrupt trigger
type flags are passed through a platform device's resource and it is
not currently handled properly without passing the irq trigger type
flags to the request_irq() call. In case of OF an of_irq_get() call
within platform_get_irq() function seems to be ensuring required irq_chip
setup, but there is no equivalent code for non OF/ACPI platforms.
This patch mostly restores irq trigger type setting code which has been
removed in commit ("net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq resource").
Fixes: b5a099c67a ("net: ethernet: davicom: fix devicetree irq resource")
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace programs generally need to know the name of the ppp devices
they create. Both ioctl and rtnl interfaces use the ppp<suffix> sheme
to name them. But although the suffix used by the ioctl interface can
be known by userspace (it's the PPP unit identifier returned by the
PPPIOCGUNIT ioctl), the one used by the rtnl is only known by the
kernel.
This patch brings more consistency between ioctl and rtnl based ppp
devices by generating device names using the PPP unit identifer as
suffix in both cases. This way, userspace can always infer the name of
the devices they create.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
App count is not updated while adding new app entry to the dcbx app table.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MFW now supports the Selection field for IEEE mode. Add driver changes to
use the newer MFW masks to read/write the port-id value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtype value is being read incorrectly in ieee-dcbx mode. Use the
correct mfw mask value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Endian-ness conversion is not needed for priority-to-TC field as the
field is already being read/written by the driver in big-endian way.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_property_read_bool to check for the existence of a property.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression e1,e2,x;
@@
- if (of_get_property(e1,e2,NULL))
- x = true;
- else
- x = false;
+ x = of_property_read_bool(e1,e2);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Hyper-V host 2016 and later, VMs gets an event message of the physical
link speed when vSwitch is changed. This patch handles this message, so
the updated link speed can be reported by ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The physical link speed value will be reported by ethtool command.
The real speed is available from Windows 2016 host or later.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct cpdma_desc_pool->used_desc field can be safely removed from
CPDMA driver (and hot patch) because used_descs counter is used just
for pool consistency check at CPDMA deinitialization and now this
check can be re-implemnted using gen_pool_size(pool->gen_pool) !=
gen_pool_avail(pool->gen_pool).
More over, this will allow to get rid of warnings in
cpdma_desc_pool_destro()-> WARN_ON(pool->used_desc) which may happen
because the used_descs is used unprotected, since CPDMA has been
switched to use genalloc, and may get wrong values on SMP.
Hence, remove used_desc from struct cpdma_desc_pool.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spinlock can be initialized automatically with DEFINE_SPINLOCK()
rather than explicitly calling spin_lock_init().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the mvneta driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
We use the generic function phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings,
and update old mvneta_ethtool_set_settings to the new api.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two generics functions phy_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings,
so we can use them instead of defining the same code in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove global bnad_list_mutex as it is not used anymore. This makes
bnad_add_to_list() and bnad_remove_from_list() empty so remove them too.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change type of bna_id to atomic_t. The bnad_list_mutex is used to prevent
a race when bna_id is incremented. After the change the mutex can be
removed in the next step.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove global variable bnad_list and bnad->list_entry that are used
as list of bna driver instances. It is not necessary and useless.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ndo_set_rx_mode() and ndo_add/del_vxlan_port() calls may be called with
BHs disabled. The driver currently issues the required cmds to the FW in
these contexts and polls on completions from the FW, while BHs remain
disabled. This can cause either packet loss or packet reception to be
delayed on that CPU.
This patch defers processing of the above cmds to a separate workqueue.
With this change, FW cmds are now issued only in process context.
Now that the FW cmds are issued only in process context, they can sleep
waiting for a completion instead of polling. All the spin_lock_bh(mcc_lock)
calls are now replaced with mutex calls.
Also a new rx_filter_lock is now needed to protect the RX filtering fields
like vids[] between be_vlan_add/rem_vid() and __be_set_rx_mode() contexts.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eachtime the ndo_set_rx_mode() routine is called, the driver programs the
multicast list in the adapter without checking if there are any changes to
the list. This leads to a flood of RX_FILTER cmds when a number of vlan
interfaces are configured over the device, as the ndo_ gets
called for each vlan interface. To avoid this, we now use __dev_mc_sync()
and __dev_uc_sync() API, but only to detect if there is a change in the
mc/uc lists. Now that we use this API, the code has to be-designed to
issue these API calls for each invocation of the be_set_rx_mode() call.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently removes a new vid from the adapter->vids[] array if
be_vid_config() returns an error, which occurs when there is an error in
HW/FW. This is wrong. After the HW/FW error is recovered from, we need the
complete vids[] array to re-program the vlan list.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Lancer FW has a bug due to which in some cases vlan-promisc setting
is cleared eventhough the vlan-list programming did not succeed (via
VLAN_CONFIG) cmd. The driver has no way of knowing if the vlan-promisc
mode was cleared or not when this cmd fails. To work around this issue,
this patch first explicitly clears the vlan-promisc mode via RX_FILTER
cmd and then tries to program the vlan list.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan driver has bypass for local vxlan traffic, but that
depends on information about all VNIs on local system in
vxlan driver. This is not available in case of LWT.
Therefore following patch disable encap bypass for LWT
vxlan traffic.
Fixes: ee122c79d4 ("vxlan: Flow based tunneling").
Reported-by: Jakub Libosvar <jlibosva@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LWT user can specify destination as well as source ip address
for given tunnel endpoint. But vxlan is ignoring given source
ip address. Following patch uses both ip address to route the
tunnel packet. This consistent with other LWT implementations,
like GENEVE and GRE.
Fixes: ee122c79d4 ("vxlan: Flow based tunneling").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call site for this function appears as:
#ifdef DEBUG
data->msg_enable = DEBUG;
dump_eth_one(dev);
#endif
...leading to the following warning for !DEBUG builds:
drivers/net/ethernet/tundra/tsi108_eth.c:169:13: warning: 'dump_eth_one' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static void dump_eth_one(struct net_device *dev)
^
...when using the arch/powerpc/configs/mpc7448_hpc2_defconfig
Put the function definition under the same #ifdef as the call site
to avoid the warning.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We correctly execute mlxsw_sp_port_dcb_fini() when port is removed, but
I missed its rollback in the error path of port creation, so add it.
Fixes: f00817df2b ("mlxsw: spectrum: Introduce support for Data Center Bridging (DCB)")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PFCC register is used to configure both PAUSE and PFC frames.
Therefore, when PFC frames are disabled we must make sure we don't
mistakenly also disable PAUSE frames (which might be enabled).
Fix this by packing the PFCC register with the current PAUSE settings.
Note that this register is also accessed via ethtool ops, but there we
are guaranteed to have PFC disabled.
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ieee_setpfc() gets called, PAUSE frames are not necessarily
disabled on the port.
Check if PAUSE frames are disabled or enabled and configure the port's
headroom buffer accordingly.
Fixes: d81a6bdb87 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add IEEE 802.1Qbb PFC support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
USRIO and JUMBO CAPS have the same mask.
Fix the same.
Fixes: ce721a7021 ("net: ethernet: cadence-macb: Add disabled usrio caps")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.5+
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=4hWm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
First set of fixes for the current cycle:
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- New vsock device support in host and guest
- Platform IOMMU support in host and guest,
including compatibility quirks for legacy systems.
- Misc fixes and cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXofvbAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpUTIH/iEoK9h636tBayXy0PXkPby0
6fMaRFy6H1HgEttgDhJE8Pqg/ba3qaW9Em0fHyFq7Mp2waFHAZ8hAT8phC6TAK3c
CIBnfzyyuI8u3N9SnNOfelPVcwCBfuALuuTsXB/rwKbYQEVv+U5Rdt3Vyx9+lXkj
P005klz7PfqxFhQrrnj4Eh7VawtHwmMuLH8YoWpCZpM71dHPo6eL+3ftKwhH2boo
qK86uVprwba03Pewpm13vQnotemfVfUUkjXd4EJpG3dx7E0KZosuj0ZG9OV8mPGQ
Cl2gBdUhocdJgeUnAHmf6tumYi9KFlYfy6xLy44YMmN7FL3E9nQjaKZp25UKfiM=
=ztIm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost updates from Michael Tsirkin:
- new vsock device support in host and guest
- platform IOMMU support in host and guest, including compatibility
quirks for legacy systems.
- misc fixes and cleanups.
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
VSOCK: Use kvfree()
vhost: split out vringh Kconfig
vhost: detect 32 bit integer wrap around
vhost: new device IOTLB API
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vhost: convert pre sorted vhost memory array to interval tree
vhost: introduce vhost memory accessors
VSOCK: Add Makefile and Kconfig
VSOCK: Introduce vhost_vsock.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_transport.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_vsock_common.ko
VSOCK: defer sock removal to transports
VSOCK: transport-specific vsock_transport functions
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vop: pull in vhost Kconfig
virtio: new feature to detect IOMMU device quirk
balloon: check the number of available pages in leak balloon
vhost: lockless enqueuing
vhost: simplify work flushing
On 32-bit (e.g. with m68k-linux-gnu-gcc-4.1):
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_common.c: In function ‘b53_arl_read’:
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_common.c:1072: warning: integer constant is too large for ‘long’ type
Fixes: 1da6df85c6 ("net: dsa: b53: Implement ARL add/del/dump operations")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit a94efbd7cc ("ethernet: arc: emac_main: add missing of_node_put
after calling of_parse_phandle") added missing of_node_put after calling
of_parse_phandle, but missing the devm_ioremap_resource() error handling
case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to
it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked.
This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a
station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong
way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and
it does make sense to have the hw pointer here.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[rewrite commit message, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
- Updates/fixes for iw_cxgb4 driver
- Updates/fixes for mlx5 driver
- Add flow steering and RSS API
- Add hardware stats to mlx4 and mlx5 drivers
- Add firmware version API for RDMA driver use
- Add the rxe driver (this is a software RoCE driver that makes any
Ethernet device a RoCE device)
- Fixes for i40iw driver
- Support for send only multicast joins in the cma layer
- Other minor fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=oZOO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull base rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Round one of 4.8 code: while this is mostly normal, there is a new
driver in here (the driver was hosted outside the kernel for several
years and is actually a fairly mature and well coded driver). It
amounts to 13,000 of the 16,000 lines of added code in here.
Summary:
- Updates/fixes for iw_cxgb4 driver
- Updates/fixes for mlx5 driver
- Add flow steering and RSS API
- Add hardware stats to mlx4 and mlx5 drivers
- Add firmware version API for RDMA driver use
- Add the rxe driver (this is a software RoCE driver that makes any
Ethernet device a RoCE device)
- Fixes for i40iw driver
- Support for send only multicast joins in the cma layer
- Other minor fixes"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (72 commits)
Soft RoCE driver
IB/core: Support for CMA multicast join flags
IB/sa: Add cached attribute containing SM information to SA port
IB/uverbs: Fix race between uverbs_close and remove_one
IB/mthca: Clean up error unwind flow in mthca_reset()
IB/mthca: NULL arg to pci_dev_put is OK
IB/hfi1: NULL arg to sc_return_credits is OK
IB/mlx4: Add diagnostic hardware counters
net/mlx4: Query performance and diagnostics counters
net/mlx4: Add diagnostic counters capability bit
Use smaller 512 byte messages for portmapper messages
IB/ipoib: Report SG feature regardless of HW UD CSUM capability
IB/mlx4: Don't use GFP_ATOMIC for CQ resize struct
IB/hfi1: Disable by default
IB/rdmavt: Disable by default
IB/mlx5: Fix port counter ID association to QP offset
IB/mlx5: Fix iteration overrun in GSI qps
i40iw: Add NULL check for puda buffer
i40iw: Change dup_ack_thresh to u8
i40iw: Remove unnecessary check for moving CQ head
...
The use of config_enabled() against config options is ambiguous. In
practical terms, config_enabled() is equivalent to IS_BUILTIN(), but the
author might have used it for the meaning of IS_ENABLED(). Using
IS_ENABLED(), IS_BUILTIN(), IS_MODULE() etc. makes the intention
clearer.
This commit replaces config_enabled() with IS_ENABLED() where possible.
This commit is only touching bool config options.
I noticed two cases where config_enabled() is used against a tristate
option:
- config_enabled(CONFIG_HWMON)
[ drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/thermal.c ]
- config_enabled(CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CLASS_DEVICE)
[ drivers/gpu/drm/gma500/opregion.c ]
I did not touch them because they should be converted to IS_BUILTIN()
in order to keep the logic, but I was not sure it was the authors'
intention.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1465215656-20569-1-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Stas Sergeev <stsp@list.ru>
Cc: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@imgtec.com>
Cc: Joshua Kinard <kumba@gentoo.org>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Markos Chandras <markos.chandras@imgtec.com>
Cc: "Dmitry V. Levin" <ldv@altlinux.org>
Cc: yu-cheng yu <yu-cheng.yu@intel.com>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Will Drewry <wad@chromium.org>
Cc: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Cc: Huacai Chen <chenhc@lemote.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Leonid Yegoshin <Leonid.Yegoshin@imgtec.com>
Cc: Rafal Milecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: James Cowgill <James.Cowgill@imgtec.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Alex Smith <alex.smith@imgtec.com>
Cc: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Cc: Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jiang Liu <jiang.liu@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Cc: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Hidehiro Kawai <hidehiro.kawai.ez@hitachi.com>
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@hack.frob.com>
Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Cc: Tony Wu <tung7970@gmail.com>
Cc: Huaitong Han <huaitong.han@intel.com>
Cc: Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Cc: "Maciej W. Rozycki" <macro@imgtec.com>
Cc: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a function to query diagnostics counters from the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Add a bit that indicates if the firmware supports per port
diagnostic counters.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Driver modifies the supplied NAPI budget in qlcnic_83xx_msix_tx_poll()
function. Instead, it should use the budget as it is.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a data structure corruption bug in the SRIOV VF mailbox
handler code. While handling mailbox commands from the atomic context,
driver is accessing and updating qlcnic_async_work_list_struct entry fields
in the async work list. These fields could be concurrently accessed by the
work function resulting in data corruption.
This patch restructures async mbx command handling by using a separate
async command list instead of using a list of work_struct structures.
A single work_struct is used to schedule and handle the async commands
with proper locking mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch remove the wrong substraction from info->data in
tg3_get_rxnfc function. Without this patch, the number of RSS
queues reported is less by one.
Reported-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the rx coalescing time is 0, interrupts
are not generated from the controller and rx path hangs.
To avoid this rx hang, updating the driver to not allow
rx coalescing time to be 0.
Signed-off-by: Satish Baddipadige <satish.baddipadige@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Building with -Wmaybe-uninitialized shows a potential use of
an uninitialized variable:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_phy_connect':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:802:23: warning: 'phy_dev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Although the compiler correctly identified this based on the function,
the current code is still safe as long dev->of_node is non-NULL
for the case of CONFIG_ACPI=n, which is currently the case.
The warning is now disabled by default, but still appears when
building with W=1, and other build test tools should be able to
detect it as well. Adding an #else clause here makes the code
more robust and makes it clear to the compiler that this cannot
happen.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 8089a96f60 ("drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vringh is pulled in by caif and mic, but the other
vhost config does not need to be there.
In particular, it makes no sense to have vhost net/scsi/sock
under caif/mic.
Create a separate Kconfig file and put vringh bits there.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
100g support is not available in MSI mode. Failing the driver load in this scenario.
Please consider applying this to `net'.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
This commit fixes both local (in stmmac_axi_setup) and global
(plat->phy_node) device_node for this issue, and using the
correct device node when tries to put node at stmmac_probe_config_dt
for error path.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put needs to be called when the device node which is got
from of_parse_phandle (or of_node_get) has finished using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If tx timeout event occur, kernel will call rtl8139_tx_timeout_task() to reset
hardware. But in this function, driver does not stop tx and rx function before
reset hardware, that will cause system hang.
In this patch, add stop tx and rx function before reset hardware.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL instead of 0 when EQ elements is
too larger, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge drm updates from Dave Airlie:
"This is the main drm pull request for 4.8.
I'm down with a cold at the moment so hopefully this isn't in too bad
a state, I finished pulling stuff last week mostly (nouveau fixes just
went in today), so only this message should be influenced by illness.
Apologies to anyone who's major feature I missed :-)
Core:
Lockless GEM BO freeing
Non-blocking atomic work
Documentation changes (rst/sphinx)
Prep for new fencing changes
Simple display helpers
Master/auth changes
Register/unregister rework
Loads of trivial patches/fixes.
New stuff:
ARM Mali display driver (not the 3D chip)
sii902x RGB->HDMI bridge
Panel:
Support for new panels
Improved backlight support
Bridge:
Convert ADV7511 to bridge driver
ADV7533 support
TC358767 (DSI/DPI to eDP) encoder chip support
i915:
BXT support enabled by default
GVT-g infrastructure
GuC command submission and fixes
BXT workarounds
SKL/BKL workarounds
Demidlayering device registration
Thundering herd fixes
Missing pci ids
Atomic updates
amdgpu/radeon:
ATPX improvements for better dGPU power control on PX systems
New power features for CZ/BR/ST
Pipelined BO moves and evictions in TTM
GPU scheduler improvements
GPU reset improvements
Overclocking on dGPUs with amdgpu
Polaris powermanagement enabled
nouveau:
GK20A/GM20B volt and clock improvements.
Initial support for GP100/GP104 GPUs, GP104 will not yet support
acceleration due to NVIDIA having not released firmware for them as of yet.
exynos:
Exynos5433 SoC with IOMMU support.
vc4:
Shader validation for branching
imx-drm:
Atomic mode setting conversion
Reworked DMFC FIFO allocation
External bridge support
analogix-dp:
RK3399 eDP support
Lots of fixes.
rockchip:
Lots of small fixes.
msm:
DT bindings cleanups
Shrinker and madvise support
ASoC HDMI codec support
tegra:
Host1x driver cleanups
SOR reworking for DP support
Runtime PM support
omapdrm:
PLL enhancements
Header refactoring
Gamma table support
arcgpu:
Simulator support
virtio-gpu:
Atomic modesetting fixes.
rcar-du:
Misc fixes.
mediatek:
MT8173 HDMI support
sti:
ASOC HDMI codec support
Minor fixes
fsl-dcu:
Suspend/resume support
Bridge support
amdkfd:
Minor fixes.
etnaviv:
Enable GPU clock gating
hisilicon:
Vblank and other fixes"
* tag 'drm-for-v4.8' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (1575 commits)
drm/nouveau/gr/nv3x: fix instobj write offsets in gr setup
drm/nouveau/acpi: fix lockup with PCIe runtime PM
drm/nouveau/acpi: check for function 0x1B before using it
drm/nouveau/acpi: return supported DSM functions
drm/nouveau/acpi: ensure matching ACPI handle and supported functions
drm/nouveau/fbcon: fix font width not divisible by 8
drm/amd/powerplay: remove enable_clock_power_gatings_tasks from initialize and resume events
drm/amd/powerplay: move clockgating to after ungating power in pp for uvd/vce
drm/amdgpu: add query device id and revision id into system info entry at CGS
drm/amdgpu: add new definition in bif header
drm/amd/powerplay: rename smum header guards
drm/amdgpu: enable UVD context buffer for older HW
drm/amdgpu: fix default UVD context size
drm/amdgpu: fix incorrect type of info_id
drm/amdgpu: make amdgpu_cgs_call_acpi_method as static
drm/amdgpu: comment out unused defaults_staturn_pro static const structure to fix the build
drm/amdgpu: enable UVD VM only on polaris
drm/amdgpu: increase timeout of IB test
drm/amdgpu: add destroy session when generate VCE destroy msg.
drm/amd: fix deadlock of job_list_lock V2
...
Assigning NULL to parmeter dcb has no effect outside of the
inlined function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For pdata == null the code leaves with an error.
There is no need to check the condition again.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not write random bytes from the kernel stack when
calling qed_wr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All assignments to components of priv should only
occur after the check if prif is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable length is not used after the deleted line.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(!A || (A && B)) is equivalent to (!A || B)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i is defined as unsigned.
So print it with %u.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add and val are read with
sscanf(kern_buf, "%x:%x", &addr, &val);
and used as arguments for bna_reg_offset_check and writel
so they have to be unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addr and len are read with
sscanf(kern_buf, "%x:%x", &addr, &len);
and used as arguments for
bna_reg_offset_check.
So they have to be unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If dev_get_platdata has failed pd is null.
Do not dereference a null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i has been defined as unsigned int.
So use %u for output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If platform_get_resource fails, mem2 is null.
Do not dereference null.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
%u is the wrong format specifier for int.
size_t cannot be converted to int without possible
loss of information.
So leave the result as size_t and use %zu as format specifier.
cf. Documentation/printk-formats.txt
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are KSZ8721 PHYs with phy_id 0x00221619. In order to detect them
as PHY_ID_KSZ8001 compatible while staying different to PHY_ID_KSZ9021
ignore the last two bits when matching PHY_ID
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexanders83@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no AC power, NIC may not work after changing mac address.
Please refer to following link.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg356572.html
This issue is caused by runtime power management. When there is no AC
power, if we put NIC down (ifconfig down), the driver will be in runtime
suspend state and hardware will be put into D3 state. During this time,
driver cannot access hardware regisers. So if you set new mac address
during this time, it will not be set to hardware. After resume, NIC will
keep using the old mac address and the network will not work normally.
In this patch I add detecting runtime pm status when setting mac address.
If driver is in runtime suspend state, it will skip setting mac address, keep
the new mac address, and set the new mac address during runtime resume.
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not to call rtl8169_update_counters() to dump tally counter when driver
is in runtime suspend state.
Calling rtl8169_update_counters() in runtime suspend state will produce
warning message "rtl_counters_cond == 1 (loop: 1000, delay: 10)".
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIC will be put into D3 state during runtime suspend state. When set or
get hardware wol setting, driver will write or read hardware registers.
If we set or get hardware wol setting in runtime suspend state, because
NIC will in D3 state, the hardware registers read by driver will return all
0xff. That will let driver thinking register flag is not toggled and
then prints the warning message "rtl_counters_cond == 1 (loop: 1000,
delay: 10)" to kernel log.
For fixing this issue, add checking driver's pm runtime status in
rtl8169_get_wol() and rtl8169_set_wol().
Signed-off-by: Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we cannot complete bcm_sf2_sw_setup() for any reason, and we
go to the out_unmap label, but the MDIO bus has not been registered yet,
we will hit the BUG condition in drivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c about the
bus not being registered. Fix this by dedicating a specific lable for
when we fail after the MDIO bus has been successfully registered.
Fixes: 461cd1b03e ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in printk message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creation of a macsec device fails because an identical device
already exists on this link, the current code decrements the refcnt on
the parent link (in ->destructor for the macsec device), but it had not
been incremented yet.
Move the dev_hold(parent_link) call earlier during macsec device
creation.
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the previous patch, RXSCs are held and properly refcounted in
the RX path (instead of being implicitly held by their SA), so the SA
doesn't need to hold a reference on its parent RXSC.
This also avoids panics on module unload caused by the double layer of
RCU callbacks (call_rcu frees the RXSA, which puts the final reference
on the RXSC and allows to free it in its own call_rcu) that commit
b196c22af5 ("macsec: add rcu_barrier() on module exit") didn't
protect against.
There were also some refcounting bugs in macsec_add_rxsa where I didn't
put the reference on the RXSC on the error paths, which would lead to
memory leaks.
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we lookup the RXSC without taking a reference on it. The
RXSA holds a reference on the RXSC, but the SA and SC could still both
disappear before we take a reference on the SA.
Take a reference on the RXSC in macsec_handle_frame.
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_platform_depopulate() in cpsw_remove() instead of
of_device_unregister(), because CSPW child devices will not be
recreated otherwise on next insmod. of_platform_depopulate() is
correct way now as it will ensure that all steps done in
of_platform_populate() are reverted, including cleaning up of
OF_POPULATED flag.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L3 error will be generated and system will crash during unloading
of CPSW driver if CPSW is used as module and ethX devices are down.
This happens because CPSW can be power off by PM runtime now when ethX
devices are down.
Hence, ensure that CPSW powered up by PM runtime before performing any
deinitialization actions which require CPSW registers access. In case
of PM runtime error just leave cpsw_remove() as we can't do anything
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix deadlock in cpdma_ctlr_destroy() which is triggered now on
cpsw module removal:
cpsw_remove()
- cpdma_ctlr_destroy()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags)
- cpdma_ctlr_stop()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags);
- cpdma_chan_destroy()
- spin_lock_irqsave(&ctlr->lock, flags);
The issue has not been observed before because CPDMA channels have
been destroyed manually by CPSW until commit d941ebe88a ("net:
ethernet: ti: cpsw: use destroy ctlr to destroy channels") was merged.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 637d3e9973 ("cxgb4: Discard the packet if the length is
greater than mtu") introduced a regression in the VLAN interface
performance when Tx VLAN offload is disabled.
Check if skb is tagged, regardless of whether it is hardware accelerated
or not. Presently we were checking only for hardware acclereated one,
which caused performance to drop to ~0.17Mbps on a 10GbE adapter for
VLAN interface, when tx vlan offload is turned off using ethtool.
The ethernet head length calculation was going wrong in this case, and
driver ended up dropping packets.
Fixes: 637d3e9973 ("cxgb4: Discard the packet if the length is greater than mtu")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a error message within devm_ioremap_resource
already, so remove the dev_err call to avoid redundant
error message.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each PF/VF has a limited number of vlan filters for
configuration purposes; This information is passed to qede
and is used to prevent over-usage - once a vlan is to be
configured and no filter credit is available, the driver
would switch into working in vlan-promisc mode.
Problem is the credit pool is shared by both PFs and VFs,
and currently PFs aren't deducting the filters that are
reserved for their VFs from their quota, which may lead
to some vlan filters failing unknowingly due to lack of credit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses reverse logic when checking if minimum
bandwidth configuration applied, causing it to
configure the guarantee only on the first hw-function.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the necessary logic to prevet statistics reset
on inner-reload introduced a bug, and now statistics
are reset only when re-probing the driver.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before requesting the firmware to start Rx queues,
driver goes and sets the queue producer in the device to 0.
But while the producer is 32-bit, the driver currently clears 64 bits,
effectively zeroing an additional CID's producer as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has reverse logic for checking the result of the
spoof-checking configuration. As a result, it would log that
the configuration failed [even though it succeeded], and will
no longer do anything when requested to remove the configuration,
as it's accounting of the feature will be incorrect.
Fixes: 6ddc760825 ("qed*: IOV support spoof-checking")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid() implementation,
qede is requesting firmware to remove the vlan filter.
This currently happens even if the vlan wasn't previously
added [In case device ran out of vlan credits].
For PFs this doesn't cause any issues as the firmware
would simply ignore the removal request. But for VFs their
parent PF is holding an accounting of the configured vlans,
and such a request would cause the PF to fail the VF's
removal request.
Simply fix this for both PFs & VFs and don't remove filters
that were not previously added.
Fixes: 7c1bfcad9f ("qede: Add vlan filtering offload support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Unified UDP encapsulation offload methods for drivers, from
Alexander Duyck.
2) Make DSA binding more sane, from Andrew Lunn.
3) Support QCA9888 chips in ath10k, from Anilkumar Kolli.
4) Several workqueue usage cleanups, from Bhaktipriya Shridhar.
5) Add XDP (eXpress Data Path), essentially running BPF programs on RX
packets as soon as the device sees them, with the option to mirror
the packet on TX via the same interface. From Brenden Blanco and
others.
6) Allow qdisc/class stats dumps to run lockless, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add VLAN support to b53 and bcm_sf2, from Florian Fainelli.
8) Simplify netlink conntrack entry layout, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add ipv4 forwarding support to mlxsw spectrum driver, from Ido
Schimmel, Yotam Gigi, and Jiri Pirko.
10) Add SKB array infrastructure and convert tun and macvtap over to it.
From Michael S Tsirkin and Jason Wang.
11) Support qdisc packet injection in pktgen, from John Fastabend.
12) Add neighbour monitoring framework to TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
13) Add NV congestion control support to TCP, from Lawrence Brakmo.
14) Add GSO support to SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
15) Allow GRO and RPS to function on macsec devices, from Paolo Abeni.
16) Support MPLS over IPV4, from Simon Horman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1622 commits)
xgene: Fix build warning with ACPI disabled.
be2net: perform temperature query in adapter regardless of its interface state
l2tp: Correctly return -EBADF from pppol2tp_getname.
net/mlx5_core/health: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
net: ipmr/ip6mr: update lastuse on entry change
macsec: ensure rx_sa is set when validation is disabled
tipc: dump monitor attributes
tipc: add a function to get the bearer name
tipc: get monitor threshold for the cluster
tipc: make cluster size threshold for monitoring configurable
tipc: introduce constants for tipc address validation
net: neigh: disallow transition to NUD_STALE if lladdr is unchanged in neigh_update()
MAINTAINERS: xgene: Add driver and documentation path
Documentation: dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
dtb: xgene: Add MDIO node
drivers: net: xgene: ethtool: Use phy_ethtool_gset and sset
drivers: net: xgene: Use exported functions
drivers: net: xgene: Enable MDIO driver
drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility
drivers: net: phy: xgene: Add MDIO driver
...
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c: In function 'xgene_enet_phy_connect':
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_hw.c:759:22: warning: unused variable 'adev' [-Wunused-variable]
Fixes: 8089a96f60 ("drivers: net: xgene: Add backward compatibility")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The be2net driver performs fw temperature queries on be_worker() routine,
which is executed each second for each be_adapter. There is a frequency
threshold to avoid fw query to happens at each call to be_worker();
instead, currently a fw query occurs once in 64 runs of the procedure.
Nevertheless, this fw temperature query is invoked only for adapters which
interface is up, so we can see I/O errors on read of hwmon counters from
userspace (from tools like lm-sensors) in case we have adapters' functions
which interface is down.
This patch moves the fw query code to be invoked even if interface is down.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The workqueue health->wq was used as per device private health thread.
This was done to perform delayed work.
The workqueue has a single workitem(&health->work) and
hence doesn't require ordering. It is involved in handling the health of
the device and is not being used on a memory reclaim path.
Hence, the singlethreaded workqueue has been replaced with the use of
system_wq.
Work item has been flushed in mlx5_health_cleanup() to ensure that
there are no pending tasks while disconnecting the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macsec_decrypt() is not called when validation is disabled and so
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->rx_sa is not set; but it is used later in
macsec_post_decrypt(), ensure that it's always initialized.
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXlRXSAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGG/gH/0Z8O4zWOsrwO+X1mRToRDBH
joFOjAmCVe83T1VpF5LYNB+9+owL/dEDt6+ZIswnhH7AfQPjs4RqwS4PcuMbCDVO
+mDm0PmfcKaYcQZrB2Z2OwIzRNnfCTVcsDPhIHwuIHk0m4z/xuGZonD8KoAj0+tO
3yJF6sbE1KubDVjOb+lmZZSP3cXA0pDXrNhkYhE4Tsr8fiihGjeXSNJ8t2zPLjxo
W3MPqo0rzDvQsOwoF4TWHHagVaFSJlhLBBgqu33fI7uO3jtfQD2G8wG68JCND1j3
qbMoBfTLFV/yQmSIJUt0Wv1axaCcwnjpweEB35A/GEeZ0mNB1rDdoBeI1eKEQkc=
=DGFC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Backmerge tag 'v4.7' into drm-next
Linux 4.7
As requested by Daniel Vetter as the conflicts were getting messy.
Changed SGMII 1G get_settings to use phy_ethtool_gset.
Changed SGMII 1G set_settings to use phy_ethtool_sset.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reuses the mdio read/write and phy_register functions
and removed the local definitions.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables MDIO driver by,
- Selecting MDIO_XGENE
- Changed open and close to use phy_start and phy_stop
- Changed to use mac_ops->tx(rx)_enable and tx(rx)_disable
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds xgene_enet_check_phy_hanlde() function that checks whether
MDIO driver is probed successfully and sets pdata->mdio_driver to true.
If MDIO driver is not probed, ethernet driver falls back to backward
compatibility mode.
Since enum xgene_enet_cmd is used by MDIO driver, removing this from
ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, SGMII based 1G rely on the hardware registers for link state
and sometimes it's not reliable. To get most accurate link state, this
interface has to use the MDIO bus to poll the PHY.
In X-Gene SoC, MDIO bus is shared across RGMII and SGMII based 1G
interfaces, so adding this driver to manage MDIO bus. This driver
registers the mdio bus and registers the PHYs connected to it.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes clock reset sequence.
- Added clock reset sequence for ACPI
- Added delay in clock reset sequence to make sure pulse is generated
- Added clk_unprepare_disable() in port shutdown to make sure
clock increment/decrement counts are matching
- Removed MII_MGMT_CONFIG programming, since it is not required
- Fixed programming XGENET_CONFIG_REG to enable SGMII mode
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is configured as kernel module and when it gets
unloaded and reloaded, kernel crash was observed. This patch
addresses the software cleanup by doing the following,
- Moved register_netdev call after hardware is ready
- Since ndev is not ready, added set_irq_name to set irq name
- Since ndev is not ready, changed mdio_bus->parent to pdev->dev
- Replaced netif_start(stop)_queue by netif_tx_start(stop)_queues
- Removed napi_del call since it's called by free_netdev
- Added dev_close call, within remove
- Added shutdown callback
- Changed to use dmam_ APIs
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is configured as kernel module and when it gets
unloaded and reloaded, kernel crash was observed. This patch
address the hardware resource cleanups by doing the following,
- Added mac_ops->clear() to do prefetch buffer clean up
- Fixed delete freepool buffers logic
- Reordered mac_enable and mac_disable
- Added Tx completion ring free
- Moved down delete_desc_rings after ring cleanup
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mac_init is too heavy to be called when the link changes,
moved the speed_set configuration to a new function and added
mac_ops->set_speed function pointer. This function will be
called from adjust_link callback.
Added cases for 10/100 support for SGMII based 1G interface.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Tested-by: Fushen Chen <fchen@apm.com>
Tested-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The earlier patch c3aaa06d5a (ipvlan: scrub skb before routing
in L3 mode.) did this but only for TX path in L3 mode. This
patch extends it for both the modes for TX/RX path.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 5741X/5731X NPAR device IDs and dual media SFP/10GBase-T device IDs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are not enough resources to enable ntuple filtering,
log a warning message.
v2: Use single message and add missing newline.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include the destination MAC address in the ntuple filter structure. The
current code assumes that the destination MAC address is always the MAC
address of the NIC. This may not be true if there are macvlans, for
example. Add destination MAC address checking and configure the filter
correctly using the correct index for the destination MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slowpath completion handling is incorrectly changing
SPQ_RING_SIZE bits instead of a single one.
Fixes: 76a9a3642a ("qed: fix handling of concurrent ramrods")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitems are being used
on a packet tx/rx path. Hence, WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee
forward progress under memory pressure.
An ordered workqueue has been used since workitems &cfhsi->wake_up_work
and &cfhsi->wake_down_work cannot be run concurrently.
Calls to flush_workqueue() before destroy_workqueue() have been dropped
since destroy_workqueue() itself calls drain_workqueue() which flushes
repeatedly till the workqueue becomes empty.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This update provides the following changes:
- The rework of the timer wheel which addresses the shortcomings of
the current wheel (cascading, slow search for next expiring timer,
etc). That's the first major change of the wheel in almost 20
years since Finn implemted it.
- A large overhaul of the clocksource drivers init functions to
consolidate the Device Tree initialization
- Some more Y2038 updates
- A capability fix for timerfd
- Yet another clock chip driver
- The usual pile of updates, comment improvements all over the place"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (130 commits)
tick/nohz: Optimize nohz idle enter
clockevents: Make clockevents_subsys static
clocksource/drivers/time-armada-370-xp: Fix return value check
timers: Implement optimization for same expiry time in mod_timer()
timers: Split out index calculation
timers: Only wake softirq if necessary
timers: Forward the wheel clock whenever possible
timers/nohz: Remove pointless tick_nohz_kick_tick() function
timers: Optimize collect_expired_timers() for NOHZ
timers: Move __run_timers() function
timers: Remove set_timer_slack() leftovers
timers: Switch to a non-cascading wheel
timers: Reduce the CPU index space to 256k
timers: Give a few structs and members proper names
hlist: Add hlist_is_singular_node() helper
signals: Use hrtimer for sigtimedwait()
timers: Remove the deprecated mod_timer_pinned() API
timers, net/ipv4/inet: Initialize connection request timers as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/mips_ejtag: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
timers, drivers/tty/metag_da: Initialize the poll timer as pinned
...
Verify that the device state is registered before un-registering it.
This check is required to prevent an OOPS on flows that do
re-registration of the device and its previous state was
unregistered.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set 'struct tcf_exts' has no member named
'actions' and we therefore must not access it. Otherwise compilation
fails.
Fix this by introducing a new macro similar to tc_no_actions(), which
always returns 'false' if CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT isn't set.
Fixes: 763b4b70af ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support in matchall mirror TC offloading")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Such a big dump of register values is hardly useful on a production
system.
Another downside of the now removed functions is that calling
emac_dump_regs resulted in at least 87 calls to dev_info while holding a
spinlock and having irqs off which is a big source of latency.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for query the minimum inline mode from the Firmware.
It is required for correct TX steering according to L3/L4 packet
headers.
Each send queue (SQ) has inline mode that defines the minimal required
headers that needs to be copied into the SQ WQE.
The driver asks the Firmware for the wqe_inline_mode device capability
value. In case the device capability defined as "vport context" the
driver must check the reported min inline mode from the vport context
before creating its SQs.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each send queue (SQ) has inline mode that defines the minimal required
inline headers in the SQ WQE.
Before sending each packet check that the minimum required headers
on the WQE are copied.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Emil fixes the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
the index is not equal to zero. Fixes an issue where mac->ops.setup_fc
can be NULL for backplanes which can cause the driver to crash on load.
Don fixes the second parameter of the LED functions, which is the index to
the LED we are interested in affecting. Fixed variable to store register
reads to unsigned integer. Adds support for the new x553 hardware into
ixgbevf. Fixed a missing rtnl lock around ixgbevf_reinit_locked().
Fixed an issue where in ixgbevf_reset_subtask() was not verifying that
the port has been removed. Cleans up the initial crosstalk fix, since
the SFP that indicates the presence of a SFP+ module changes between
hardware types.
Babu Moger fixes typo in freeing IRQ, since the array subscript increments
after the execution of the statement.
Wei Yongjun adds the missing destroy_workqueue() before returning from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Tony adds range checking for setting the MTU from the VF, where the PF can
return a NACK but this was not passed on to the VF, so propagate the
results from the PF to the VF so errors can be reported. Consolidates
mailbox read and write functions, since the recent changes to
ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are performing the same
operations done here.
Colin Ian King removes a redundant check on ret_val, since ret_val has
not changed since the previous check.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added a condition to avoid bonding devices with same MAC registering
as VF.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Major changes:
wl18xx
* add initial mesh support
bcma
* serial flash support on non-MIPS SoCs
ath10k
* enable support for QCA9888
* disable wake_tx_queue() mac80211 op for older devices to workaround
throughput regression
ath9k
* implement temperature compensation support for AR9003+
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXkilmAAoJEG4XJFUm622bWa0H/140nogmko+U1QXTSzVcNeJM
dNPwYvkrDu5PPjWL0PekUXT8WVPk6P/SD7Sa93822BQFyR1i5QEWnXX7NMMw8WwW
f7uhCdACHoVwIktVj+CTWmat9viknyed2/B9Qbi07tfuhDMKdfi76wHf4frPW5yP
wygslKYgyV2Af/18puEcfLeBHDYI61AA1NEO69uPIx5WdT/71YrlwssnH8/xtSlV
YElYyApxv7GUVx6Irj6d/YyilvElDbzQlZSLW5zfO2664LW63MGpCY5cnP7K5Nfo
pGNVj1f3FpYK8ZncHAlNUH8bJj9snNn7RFYSo//6QAoWv7t4M2T7AbdYhNHK/ko=
=a9OQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-07-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
pull-request: wireless-drivers-next 2016-07-22
I'm sick so I have to keep this short, but here's the last pull request
to net-next. This time there's a trivial conflict with mtd tree:
http://lkml.kernel.org/g/20160720123133.44dab209@canb.auug.org.au
We concluded with Brian (CCed) that it's best that we ask Linus to fix
this. The patches have been in linux-next for a couple of days. This
time I haven't done any merge tests so I don't know if there are any
other conflicts etc.
Please let me know if there are any problems.
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.8
Major changes:
wl18xx
* add initial mesh support
bcma
* serial flash support on non-MIPS SoCs
ath10k
* enable support for QCA9888
* disable wake_tx_queue() mac80211 op for older devices to workaround
throughput regression
ath9k
* implement temperature compensation support for AR9003+
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test the cipher suite initialization in case ICV length has a value
different than its default. If this test fails, creation of a new macsec
link will also fail. This avoids situations where further security
associations can't be added due to failures of crypto_aead_setauthsize(),
caused by unsupported user-provided values of the ICV length.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
preserve the return value of AEAD functions that are called when a SA is
created, to avoid inappropriate display of "RTNETLINK answers: Cannot
allocate memory" message.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE 802.1AE-2006 standard recommends that the ICV element in a MACsec
frame should not exceed 16 octets: add MACSEC_STD_ICV_LEN in uapi
definitions accordingly, and avoid accepting configurations where the ICV
length exceeds the standard value. Leave definition of MACSEC_MAX_ICV_LEN
unchanged for backwards compatibility with userspace programs.
Fixes: dece8d2b78 ("uapi: add MACsec bits")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Heinrich Schuchardt found a possible null pointer being dereferenced in
i40e_debug_aq(), fixed the issue by doing the variable assignment after
we are sure the pointer is not null.
Avinash fixed an issue when link was down, we were not showing the
correct advertised link modes.
Mitch cleans up a useless initializer since the variable is assigned
right away. Refactors the receive filter handling to properly track
filter adds and deletes so the driver will not lose filters during a
reset and up/down cycles. Also added a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Catherine removes a device id which is not needed (or used). Moves
a mutex lock since we need to lock the client list around the
i40e_client_release() call to prevent the release from interrupting
the client instances while they are being added.
Joshua adds Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Amitoj Kaur Chawla cleans up a redundant memset() call before a memcpy().
Stefan Assmann adds the missing link advertise for some x710 NICs.
Tushar Dave fixes and issue found on SPARC, where a PF reset clears MAC
filters and if a platform-specific MAC address is used, the driver has
to explicitly write default MAC address to MAC filters otherwise all
incoming traffic destined to the default MAC address will be dropped
after reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export cxgbi_ppm_release() to release
ppod manager and cxgbi_tagmask_set() to
set tag mask, they are used by cxgb3i, cxgb4i
and cxgbit.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add common library module(libcxgb.ko) for
Chelsio drivers to remove duplicate code.
Code for iSCSI DDP Page Pod Manager is moved
from cxgb4.ko to libcxgb.ko. Earlier only cxgbit.ko
was using this code, now cxgb3i and cxgb4i will
also use common Page Pod manager code.
In future this module will have common connection
management and hardware specific code that can be
shared by multiple Chelsio drivers.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using an IPoIB bond currently only active-backup mode is a valid
use case and this commit strengthens it.
Since commit 2ab82852a2 ("net/bonding: Enable bonding to enslave
netdevices not supporting set_mac_address()") was introduced till
4.7-rc1, IPoIB didn't support the set_mac_address ndo, and hence the
fail over mac policy always applied to IPoIB bonds.
With the introduction of commit 492a7e67ff ("IB/IPoIB: Allow setting
the device address"), that doesn't hold and practically IPoIB bonds are
broken as of that. To fix it, lets go to fail over mac if the device
doesn't support the ndo OR this is IPoIB device.
As a by-product, this commit also prevents a stack corruption which
occurred when trying to copy 20 bytes (IPoIB) device address
to a sockaddr struct that has only 16 bytes of storage.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads port mirroring directives to hw using the matchall TC
with action mirror. It includes both the implementation of the
ndo_setup_tc function for the spectrum driver and the spectrum hardware
offload configuration code.
The hardware offload code is basically two new functions which are capable
of adding and removing a new mirror ports pair. It is done using the MPAT,
MPAR and SBIB registers:
- A new Switch-Port Analyzer (SPAN) entry is added using MPAT to the 'to'
port.
- The 'to' port is bound to the SPAN entry using MPAR register.
- In case of egress SPAN, the 'to' port gets a new internal shared
buffer using SBIB register.
In addition, a new database was added to the mlxsw_sp struct to store all
the SPAN entries and their bound ports list. The number of supported SPAN
entries is determined by resource query.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MPAR register is used to bind ports to a SPAN entry (which was
created using MPAT register) and thus mirror their traffic (ingress /
egress) to a different port.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MPAT register is used to query and configure the Switch Port Analyzer
(SPAN) table. This register is used to configure a port as a mirror output
port, while after that a mirrored input port can be bound using MPAR
register.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBIB register configures per port buffer for internal use. This
register is used to configure an egress mirror buffer on the egress port
which does the mirroring.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max span resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resources query implementation. If exists, query the HW for its
builtin resources instead of having them as consts in the code.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware in several ZTE devices (at least the MF823/831/910
modems/mifis) use OS fingerprinting to determine which type of device to
export. In addition, these devices export a REST API which can be used to
control the type of device. So far, on Linux, the devices have been seen as
RNDIS or CDC Ether.
When CDC Ether is used, devices of the same type are, as with RNDIS,
exported with the same, bogus random MAC address. In addition, the devices
(at least on all firmware revisions I have found) use the bogus MAC when
sending traffic routed from external networks. And as a final feature, the
devices sometimes export the link state incorrectly. There are also
references online to several other ZTE devices displaying this behavior,
with several different PIDs and MAC addresses.
This patch tries to improve the handling of ZTE devices by doing the
following:
* Create a new driver_info-struct that is used by ZTE devices that do not
have an explicit entry in the product table. This struct is the same as the
default cdc_ether driver info, but a new bind- and an rx_fixup-function
have been added.
* In the new bind function, we check if we have read a random MAC from the
device. If we have, then we generate a new random MAC address. This will
ensure that all devices get a unique MAC.
* The rx_fixup-function replaces the destination MAC address in the skb
with that of the device. I have not seen a revision of these devices that
behaves correctly (i.e., sets the right destination MAC), so I chose not to
do any comparison with for example the known, bogus addresses.
* The MF823/MF832/MF910 sometimes export cdc carrier on twice on connect
(the correct behavior is off then on). Work around this by manually setting
carrier to off if an on-notification is received and the NOCARRIER-bit is
not set.
This change will affect all devices, but it should take care of similar
mistakes made by other manufacturers. I tried to think of/look/test for
problems/regressions that could be introduced by this behavior, but could
not find any. However, my familiarity with this code path is not that
great, so there could be something I have overlooked.
I have tested this patch with multiple revisions of all three devices, and
they behave as expected. In other words, they all got a valid, random MAC,
the correct operational state and I can receive/sent traffic without
problems. I also tested with some other cdc_ether devices I have and did
not find any problems/regressions caused by the two general changes.
v3->v4:
* Forgot to remove unused variables, sorry about that (thanks David
Miller).
v2->v3:
* I had forgot to remove the random MAC generation from usbnet_cdc_bind()
(thanks Oliver).
* Rework logic in the ZTE bind-function a bit.
v1->v2:
* Only generate random MAC for ZTE devices (thanks Oliver Neukum).
* Set random MAC and do RX fixup for all ZTE devices that do not have a
product-entry, as the bogus MAC have been seen on devices with several
different PIDs/MAC addresses. In other words, it seems to be the default
behavior of ZTE CDC Ether devices (thanks Lars Melin).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here's the big USB driver update for 4.8-rc1. Lots of the normal stuff
in here, musb, gadget, xhci, and other updates and fixes. All of the
details are in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iFYEABECABYFAleVPioPHGdyZWdAa3JvYWguY29tAAoJEDFH1A3bLfspB5AAnj7a
VJ2t2kcWzFUNQ6dyJrJCGGRAAKDZmb5CnOGeqJmdVpDzN1CGLYjfiw==
=47iA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-4.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb
Pull USB updates from Greg KH:
"Here's the big USB driver update for 4.8-rc1. Lots of the normal
stuff in here, musb, gadget, xhci, and other updates and fixes. All
of the details are in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues"
* tag 'usb-4.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (169 commits)
cdc-acm: beautify probe()
cdc-wdm: use the common CDC parser
cdc-acm: cleanup error handling
cdc-acm: use the common parser
usbnet: move the CDC parser into USB core
usb: musb: sunxi: Simplify dr_mode handling
usb: musb: sunxi: make unexported symbols static
usb: musb: cppi41: add dma channel tracepoints
usb: musb: cppi41: move struct cppi41_dma_channel to header
usb: musb: cleanup cppi_dma header
usb: musb: gadget: add usb-request tracepoints
usb: musb: host: add urb tracepoints
usb: musb: add tracepoints to dump interrupt events
usb: musb: add tracepoints for register access
usb: musb: dsps: use musb register read/write wrappers instead
usb: musb: switch dev_dbg to tracepoints
usb: musb: add tracepoints support for debugging
usb: quirks: Add no-lpm quirk for Elan
phy: rcar-gen3-usb2: fix mutex_lock calling in interrupt
phy: rockhip-usb: use devm_add_action_or_reset()
...
This patch address a few issues with the initial crosstalk fix. Most
important of which is the SDP that indicates the presents of a SFP+
module changes between HW types. With this change that is taken in
to consideration
It also moves the check closer to the base code that checks link. This
makes it so we only need to do the check in one spot.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The last check on ret_val is redundant since ret_val has not changed
since the previous check, so remove it as it is extraneous.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are
performing the same operations done here; change those functions to
utilize ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently when setting the VF's MTU, the PF can return a NACK but this
isn't passed on to the VF. Propagate the results from the PF to the VF
so errors can be reported.
In ixgbevf_change_mtu, return an error and reject the change.
For ixgbevf_configure_rx, log the error for debugging purposes since
the function is buried in a series of Rx config routines that are void.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbevf_reset_subtask We weren't verifying that the port haven't
been removed, we are with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the missing destroy_workqueue() before return from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbevf_reinit_locked() assumes you have the rtnl lock
however we didn't when calling from the service task. This patch
corrects that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
mac->ops.setup_fc can be null for backplanes which can cause the driver
to crash on load.
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <patrickm@gaikai.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add VF support for the new X553 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The array subscript increments after the execution of the statement.
So there is no issue here. However it helps to read the code better.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed this variable used for register reads wasn't an unsigned
so this patch corrects that. I don't believe this was causing any
issue as is but this is more consistent with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump the version number to more closely match the function included
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The second parameter of these functions is the index to the led we
are interested in affecting. However we were mistakenly passing
the offset in the register. This patch corrects that and adds some
bonds checking which would hopefully make bugs like this more noticeable
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
index != 0.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e PF reset clears mac filters. If platform-specific mac address
is used, driver has to explicitly write default mac address to mac
filters otherwise all incoming traffic destined to default mac
address will be dropped after reset.
This issue was found on SPARC while toggling i40e ntuple via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adding the missing link advertise for some X710 NICs.
This can be observed by simply calling ethtool on the interface.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: Not reported
[...]
With fix applied.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: 10000baseT/Full
[...]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to lock the client list around the i40e_client_release call to
prevent the release from interrupting the client instances while they are
being added.
Change-Id: I99993f20179aaf8730207833e7d0869d2ccffa1d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove redundant call to memset before a call to memcpy.
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@@
expression e1,e2,e3,e4;
@@
- memset(e1,e2,e3);
memcpy(e1,e4,e3);
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly track filter adds and deletes so the driver doesn't lose filters
during resets and up/down cycles. Add a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Implement a simple state machine so the driver can track the status of
each filter throughout its lifecycle. Properly manage the overflow promiscuous
state for the each VSI, and provide a way for the driver to detect when to exit
overflow promiscuous mode.
Remove all possible default MAC filters that the firmware may have set up so
that the driver can manage these correctly, particularly when VLANs come into
play. Remove the LAA flag for filters; instead just send whatever we get through
set_mac to the firmware as the LAA for wakeup purposes.
Finally, add the state of each filter to debugfs output so we can see what's
going on inside the driver's pointy little head.
Change-ID: I97c5e366fac2254fa01eaff4f65c0af61dcf2e1f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Change-ID: I9c4fe6d8dfd34f7f68ebc9fdae225c8768439c89
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID is not needed, so take it out.
Change-ID: I148d29f68a1f58b03980ecd83047a1b440f4f74d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This initializer isn't needed because the variable is assigned right
away.
Change-ID: I6ce3edb3f4e0364db248a7a0bcc62ca95c01d941
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When link is down, Advertised Link Modes was wrongly displaying full
supported link modes instead of Advertised link mode. Added conditional
checks in order to make sure correct Advertised link modes are
displayed when the link is down.
Change-ID: I8a61413f9ee174149c7a33157b5f0b0a8da9842d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In function i40e_debug_aq parameter desc is assumed to be
possibly NULL. Do not dereference it before checking the
value.
Fixes: f905dd62be ("i40e/i40evf: add max buf len to aq debug print helper")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use gro_gells to trigger GRO and allow RPS on macsec traffic
after decryption.
Also, be sure to avoid clearing software offload features in
macsec_fix_features().
Overall this increase TCP tput by 30% on recent h/w.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For consistency, and in order to hint at the synchronous nature of the
xdp_prog field, use READ_ONCE in the destroy path of the ring. All
occurrences should now use either READ_ONCE or xchg.
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-20
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Ngai-Mint provides a fix to clear PCIE_GMBX bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt after a data path reset.
Jake provides most of the patches in the series, starting with a early
return from fm10k_down() if we are already down to prevent conflict with
other threads. Fixed an issue where fm10k_update_stats() could cause
a null pointer dereference, specifically if it is called when we are going
down and the rings have been removed. Cleans up and fixes the data path
reset flow, Tx hang routine and stop_hw(). Re-worked the fm10k_reinit()
to be more maintainable and fixed several inconsistencies with the work
flow. Implemented fm10k_prepare_suspend() and fm10k_handle_resume()
which abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Fixed an issue where if an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of
bus master mode, and the driver will be unable to recover from the reset
properly, so ensure bus master is enabled after every reset. Fixed an
issue where a reset will occur as if for no reason, regularly every few
minutes until the switch manager software is loaded, which is caused
by continuously requesting the lport map so only do the request after
we have verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the last usage of the locked mv88e6xxx_reg_read function with
a new mv88e6xxx_port_read helper, useful later for chips with different
port registers base address.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 6352 family of switches and compatibles provide a 8-bit address and
16-bit data access to an optional EEPROM.
Newer chip such as the 6390 family slightly changed the access to 16-bit
address and 8-bit data.
This commit cleans up the EEPROM access code for 16-bit access and makes
it easy to eventually introduce future support for 8-bit access.
Here's a list of notable changes brought by this patch:
- provide Global2 unlocked helpers for EEPROM commands
- remove eeprom_mutex, only reg_lock is necessary for driver functions
- eeprom_len is 0 for chip without EEPROM, so return it directly
- the Running bit must be 0 before r/w, so wait for Busy *and* Running
- remove now unused mv88e6xxx_wait and mv88e6xxx_reg_write
- other than that, the logic (in _{get,set}_eeprom16) didn't change
Chips with an 8-bit EEPROM access will require to implement the
8-suffixed variant of G2 helpers and the related flag:
#define MV88E6XXX_FLAGS_EEPROM8 \
(MV88E6XXX_FLAG_G2_EEPROM_CMD | \
MV88E6XXX_FLAG_G2_EEPROM_ADDR)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only reg_lock is necessary now and phy_mutex is dead. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial MAC address is retrieved from hardware if it's not
provided by device-tree. The reserved MAC address from hardware
will be used if non-reserved MAC address is invalid. It will
cause mismatched MAC address seen by hardware and software.
This disallows using the reserved hardware MAC address to avoid
the mismatched MAC address seen by hardware and software.
Fixes: 113ce107af ("net/faraday: Read MAC address from chip")
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Suggested-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
memset the command buffers rather than the pointers to them.
Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ("net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pci_enable_msix_range() function returns a positive value of the
number of allocated vectors if it succeeds. On failure it returns
a negative error code. Return this code properly so that the error
message printed by the driver will show the actual error code instead of
being masked by -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
